Skip to main content

Full text of "1963-1964 West Chester State College Undergraduate Course Catalog"

See other formats


n&v^'  %^Ji^  4v^ 


Bulletin 

WEST 
CHESTER 
STATE 
COLLEGE 

WEST  CHESTER,  PENNSYLVANIA 


Catalogue  Number 
1963-1964  Sessions 


V'--^i 


*^ 


i 


■f 

11 3^^  '• 

■iii 

H^tt' '^■-P 

-i  jy^ 

1 

K  "-'/y  \^      HH^-'''         y 

u 

#^ 

^s> 

-    x-'^iiWii&dt-_Jli 

iiJ^« 


WEST  CHESTER 
STATE  COLLEGE  BULLETIN 

WEST  CHESTER,  PENNSYLVANIA 


Vol.  91 


1963-1964   Sessions 
CATALOGUE  NUMBER 


March,   1963 
WEST  CHESTER.   PENNSYLVANIA 


No.  2 


WEST  CHESTER  STATE  COLLEGE 

IS  ACCREDITED  BY 

THE  MIDDLE  STATES  ASSOCIATION  OF  COLLEGES 

AND  SECONDARY  SCHOOLS, 

THE  NATIONAL  COUNCIL  FOR  ACCREDITATION 

OF  TEACHER  EDUCATION, 

THE  AMERICAN  ASSOCIATION  FOR  HEALTH, 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  AND  RECREATION, 

AND  THE 

NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION  OF  SCHOOLS  OF  MUSIC 


Issued  six  times  a  year,  February,  March,  April,  May,  August  and  Octo- 
ber by  the  Trustees  of  West  Chester  State  College 
at  West  Chester,  Pennsylvania. 

Entered  as  second  class  matter  March  3,  1931,  at  the  Post  Office  at  West 
Chester,  Pennsylvania,  under  the  Act  of  Congress  of  August  24,  1912. 

Second  Class  Postage  Paid  at  West  Chester,  Pa. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Administrative  Officials  ~~ 7 

Administrative  Officers  8 

Emeriti    _       9 

Faculty    9 

Staffs 22 

Correspondence  and  Communication 27 

College  Calendar  _ 28 

General  In  formation _ 31 

College  Community  Organization  _ 37 

Marking   System   „    44 

Stu  dent  Li  f e  _ _ 51 

Extra-Curricular  Activities „....     53 

Scholarships 55 

Loan  Funds „ 60 

Student   Employment   _ 61 

Admission  to  the  College 65 

Expenses  and  Fees „ 72 

Curricula  Offered _ _ 83 

Elementary  Education _. 83 

Secondary  Education „ 87 

Health  and  Physical  Education  102 

Music  Education 108 

Dental   Hygiene  _ 110 

Public  School  Nursing  113 

Liberal  Arts  116 

Course   Descriptions   135 

Summer  Session,  1964  221 

Extension  Courses  222 

Graduate  Studies 223 

Index   „ 225 

Request    for   Application   ^ 229 


Administration  and  Faculty 


Administrative  Officials  7 

COMMONWEALTH  OF  PENNSYLVANIA 
STATE  COUNCIL  OF  EDUCATION 

Dr.  Charles  H.  Boehm,  President 
and  Chief  Executive  Officer 

Paul  R.  Anderson Philadelphia 

James  H.  Duckrey  Cheyney 

O.  H.  English  Abington 

Stephen  B.  Sweeney Philadelphia 

Cathleen  M.  Champlin  _ Philadelphia 

Andrew  J.  Nowak  Erie 

Mario  C.  Celli  Greensburg 

Ira  C.  Gross  - Beaver  Springs 

Dwane  E.  Wilder Warren 

DEPARTMENT  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 

Charles  H.  Boehm Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 

George  W.  Hoffman  Special  Deputy  Superintendent 

Neal  V.  Musmanno  Deputy  Superintendent 

Richard  Gibboney  Deputy  Superintendent 

BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES.  WEST  CHESTER  STATE  COLLEGE 

Harry  C.  Symons,  President  Pottstown 

Mrs.  Nolan  N.  Atkinson,  Vice-President Bryn  Mawr 

Mrs.  J.  Herbert  Chambers,  Secretary West  Chester 

Robert  R.  Batt Ithan 

Mrs.  James  John  West  Chester 

Joseph  A.  Joyce  West  Chester 

Mrs.  Elizabeth  Read  Ross Doylestown 

Robert  M.  Urbani  Wynnewood 


8  Administrative  Officers 

ADMINISTRATIVE    OFFICERS 

President  Earl  F.  Sykes 

Academic  Affairs 

Dean  of  Academic  Affairs  Walter  J.  Gale 

Director  of  Undergraduate  Program  Emil  H.  Messikomer 

Director  of  the  Liberal  Arts  Program  Kenneth  C.  Slagle 

Director  of  the  Graduate  Program  Willard  J.  Trezise 

Staff  Assistant  to  the 

Dean  of  Academic  Affairs  Arnold  Fletcher 

Director  of  Admissions  B.  Paul  Ross 

Assistant  to  the  Director  of  Admissions Milton  C.  Woodlen 

Registrar  Helen  E.  Shippee 

Head  Librarian  Joseph  K.  Hall 

Principal  of  the  Demonstration  School Gerald  B.  Cartright 

Director  of  Student  Teaching  and  Placement Mark  M.  Evans 

Assistant  Director  of  Student  Teaching 

and  Placement  Charles  M.  Micken 

Student  Affairs 

Dean  of  Student  Affairs  Jack  A.  Owens 

Assistant  to  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs  William  R.  Benner 

Dean  of  Women  M.  Jane  Caton 

Assistant  Dean  of  Women Bernice  H.  Bernatz 

Assistant  Dean  of  Women Florence  B.  Inghram 

Dean  of  Men  W.  Glenn  Killinger 

Assistant  Dean  of  Men  Robert  M.  Mitten 

Director  of  the  Student  Activities  Association 

B.  Reed  Henderson 

Director  of  Athletics  Robert  W.  Reese 

Administrative  Affairs 

Dean  of  Administrative  Affairs  Kenneth  R.  Widdall 

Business  Manager  Everett  E.  Shaefer 

Assistant  Business  Manager Robert  Grander 

Superintendent  of  Buildings  and  Grounds  Herbert  Clavier 

Assistant  to  the  Superintendent 

of  Buildings  and  Grounds  William  A.  Peoples 

Public  Relations  and  College  Publications 

Director  of  Public  Relations 

and  College  Publications  Alexander  Antonowich 

Specialist  in  College  Publications  John  W.  Clokey 


Faculty 


EMERITI 

GRACE  D.  McCarthy  Department  of  English,  Emeritus 

University  of  Michigan,  B.A. ;  University  of  Chicago,  M.A. 

ANNE  M.  GOSHEN  Department  of  Education,  Emeritus 

West  Chester  State  College ;  University  of  Michigan,  B.L. ;  University 
of  Pennsylvania,  A.M. 

GERTRUDE  K.  SCHMIDT  Department  of  Music.  Emeritus 

Institute  of  Musical  Art,  New  York ;  Trenton  State  Normal  School ; 
New  York  University,  B.S.  Mus.,  M.A. 

CHARLES  W.  HEATHCOTE  Department  of  Social  Science,  Emeritus 
Gettysburg  College,  B.A. ;  University  of  Pennsylvania,  A.M. ;  George 
Washington  University,  Ph.D. 

MARION  FARNHAM  Department  of  Art,  Emeritus 

Massachusetts  School  of  Art ;  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  B.A. ;  Boston 
University,  M.A. 

GEORGE  R.  CRESSMAN  Department  of  Education,  Emeritus 

Pennsylvania  State  University,  B.S. ;  University  of  Pennsylvania,  A.M., 
Ph.D. 

THOMAS  J.  S.  HEIM  Department  of  Social  Science,  Emeritus 

Bucknell  University,   B.S. ;  M.A.;  University  of  Pittsburgh,   Ed.D. 

FACULTY 

1963-1964 

EARL  F.  SYKES   (1938)  President 

B.A.,  Montana  University ;  M.A.,  Montana  University ;  Ed.D.,  Colum- 
bia University 

ALEXANDER  ANTONOWICH  (1945)  Director  of  Public  Relations 

Professor  of  Music 
Institute  of  Musical  Art;  B.S.,  Juilliard  School  of  Music;  M.A.,  Co- 
lumbia University;  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University 

DOROTHY  D.  BAILEY   (1958)  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Our  Lady  of  the  Lake  College ;  M.A.,  University  of  Texas ;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin 

MICHAEL  F.  BANNON  (1955)  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  State  College,  Troy,  Alabama;  M.A.,  Columbia  University;  Ed.D., 
George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers. 

ROBERT  K.  BARON    (i960)  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  Temple  University;  M.A.,  Temple  University. 

EDWARD  A.  BARROW  (1956)  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  M.M.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester. 


10  Faculty 

ELIZABETH  B.  BEATTY   (i960)  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  University  of  Michigan ;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University. 

HAROLD  W.  BENDA  (1956)  Chairman  of  Education  Department 

Professor  of  Education 
B.A.,  Iowa  State  Teachers  College ;  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa ;  Ed.D., 
New  York  University. 

WILLIAM  R.  BENNER  (1938)      Assistant  to  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

Assistant  Professor 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.A.,  Temple  University. 

GERTRUDE  W.  BERNARD  (1957)  Supervisor  of  Student  Teaching 

Associate  Professor  of  Music 
B.F.A.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University ;  Juilliard  School  of  Music. 

BERNICE  H.  BERNATZ   (1954)  Assistant  Dean  of  Women 

Associate  Professor 
B.A.,  Iowa  State  Teachers  College ;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan. 

THOMAS  E.  BERRY   (1946)  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,   A.M.,   University  of   Pennsylvania;   Ph.D.,   University  of   Pitts- 
burgh. 

FLOYD  R.  BIELSKI  (1961)  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography 

B.S.,  Indiana  State  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Ilinois. 

JAMES  A.  BINNEY  (1947)  Professor  of  English 

Clarion    State    College ;    B.A.,    Pennsylvania    State    University ;    M.A., 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh. 

LLOYD  W.  BLACK  (i960)  Assistant  Professor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 
Head  Coach  of  Wrestling 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Temple  University. 

MARY  M.  BLISS  (1952)  Assistant  Professor  of  Science 

A.B.,  Swarthmore  College ;  M.S.,  Temple  University. 

RICHARD  A.  BOERLIN   (1961)  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois. 

JAMES  B.  BONDER  (1946)  Professor  of  Education 

Head  Coach  of  Football 
B.A.,  LaSalle  University;  M.A.,  Villanova  University;  Ed.D.,  Temple 
University. 

KENNETH  BRADDOCK-ROGERS   (1938)  Professor  of  Science 

B.S.,  Haverford  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

RICHARD  G.  BRANTON    (1962)  Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.S.,  University  of  Delaware. 


Faculty  11 

WILLIAM  J.  BRUEHL  (i960)  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College ;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania ; 
Hofstra  College. 

WALTER  E.  BUECHELE  (1962)  Assistant  Profesor  of  Education 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University. 

ROBERT  L.  CARL  (1946)  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University;   B.M.,  M.M.,  Peabody  Conservatory 
of  Music. 

ROBERT  E.  CARLSON  (1961)  Professor  of  Social  Science 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh. 

CECILY  G.  CARMICHAEL  (1962)  Assistant  Librarian 

Instructor 
B.S.,  Simmons  College. 

PAUL  E.  CARSON  (1946)  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  Central  Missouri  University;  M.F.A.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology. 

GERALD  B.  CARTRIGHT  (1961)  Principal  of  Demonstration  School 

Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
B.S.,  Lock  Haven  State  College ;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

MARY  J.  CATON  (1954)  Dean  of  Women 

Assistant  Professor 
B.S.,  Indiana  State  Teachers  College;  M.S.,  Ohio  University. 

CONRAD  E.  CHALICK   (1962)  Demonstration  School 

Instructor  of  Education 
B.A.,  Pennsylvania  Military  College;  Temple  University. 

FRANK  T.  CHEESMAN  (1947)  Professor  of  Music 

Conservatory  of  Music,  Toronto,  Canada ;  B.M.Ed.,  B.M.,  M.M.,  North- 
western University;  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University. 

KATHRYN  F.  CHILDS  (1962)  Lecturer  in  Mathematics 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania; 
Rutgers  University. 

CARMELA  L.  CINQUINA  (1961)  Lecturer  in  Science 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College. 

JOHN  W.  CLOKEY   (1946)  Specialist  in  College  Publications 

Associate  Professor  of  English 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University. 

BARBARA  J.  COATES  (19S4)  Associate  Professor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  Lock  Haven  State  College;  M.A.,  Allegheny  College. 

NORMAN  A.  COCHRAN  (1956)  Associate  Professor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland. 


12  Faculty 


FAYE  A.  COLLI COTT  (1929)  Assistant  Librarian 

Associate  Professor 
A.B.,  Simpson  College;  B.S.,  Columbia  University;  A.M.,  Columbia 
University. 

GERALDINE  C.  CONBEER  (1946)  Assistant  Librarian 

Associate  Professor 
B.S.,  Millersville  State  College;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh;  B.S., 
Drexel  Institute  of  Technology. 

EDWIN  B.  COTTRELL  (1955)  Vice-Chairman  of  Health  and 

Physical  Education  Department,  Supervisor  of 

Student  Teaching,  Professor  of  Health  and 

Physical  Education 

Head  Coach  of  Golf 

B.S.,  Slippery  Rock  State  College;   M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh; 

Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

ALVIN  B.  DAVIS  (1948)  Assistant  Professor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 
Head  Coach  of  Gymnastics 
B.S.,  Panzer  College;  M.A.,  Montclair  State  College. 

GRETA  H.  DeLONG  (1961)  Professor  of  Education 

A.B.,  B.S.,  Michigan  State  Normal  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Michi- 
gan ;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University. 

JOHN  E.  C.  DORCHESTER  (1961)  Professor  of  Science 

B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  British  Columbia ;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tor- 
onto. 

CHARLES  P.  EMERY  (1957)  Supervisor  of  Student  Teaching 

Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

MARK  M.  EVANS  (1947)        Director  of  Student  Teaching  and  Placement 

Professor  of  Education 
B.Ph.,  Dickinson  College;  M.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh. 

EDWARD  G.  EVERETT   (1954)  Professor  of  Social  Science 

B.S.,  Indiana  State  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh. 

KATHERINE  W.  FAUCETT   (1956)         Assistant  Professor  of  English 
B.A.,  Washington  College ;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

ALBERT  E.  FILANO  (1956)  Chairman  of  Mathematics  Department 

Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  Uni- 
versity. 

BYRON  Y.  FLECK  (1953)  Chairman  of  Social  Science  Department 

Professor  of  Social  Science 
Franklin  and  Marshall;  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa. 


Faculty  13 


ARNOLD  FLETCHER  (1946)  Staff  Assistant  to  the  Dean  of 

Academic  Affairs,  Professor  of  Music 
B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Temple  University;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania; 
Juilliard  School  of  Music ;  Columbia  University. 

HOWARD  T.  FREEMAN  (1961)  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Millersville  State  College ;  M.A.,  University  of  Wyoming ;  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania. 

WARREN  E.  FRIEMAN  (1961)  Lecturer  in  Latin  and  Greek 

B.S.,  NeviT  York  University;  S.T.B.  General  Theological  Seminary; 
S.T.M.,  Philadelphia  Divinity  School;  Th.D.,  Philadelphia  Divinity 
School. 

JOHN  J.  FURLOW  (1961)  Instructor  of  Health  and 

Physical  Education 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College. 

WALTER  J.  GALE  (1962)  Dean  of  Academic  Affairs 

Professor 
B.S.,  New^  Jersey  State  College  at  Glassboro ;  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Duke  Uni- 
versity. 

ALBERT  A.  GALLEN   (1961)  Lecturer  in  Education 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University. 

CHARLES  D.  GANGEMI   (1961)  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

HENRY  E.  GOODWIN  ( i960)  Assistant  Professor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  Lock  Haven  State  College;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

ROBERT  B.  GORDON  (1938)  Chairman  of  Science  Department 

Professor  of  Scienc-e 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University. 

MIRIAM  S.  GOTTLIEB  (1946)  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

A.B.,  University  of  Denver ;  M.  A.,  Columbia  University ;  Juilliard 
School  of  Music. 

JOHN  W.  GRAFTON,  JR.,   (1961)  Demonstration  School 

Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College ;  M.A.,  Scarritt  College ;  Temple  Uni- 
versity. 

WILLIAM  R.  GRAY  (1962)  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,   Princeton  University;   M.A.,   University  of   Pennsylvania 

THELMA  J.  GREENWOOD  (1922)  Assistant  Professor  of  Science 

B.S.,  M.A.,  New  York  University. 

CATHERINE  E.  GREGG  (1954)  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Oberlin  College;  M.A.,  Western  Reserve  University;  Ph.D.,  Co- 
lumbia University. 


14  Faculty 


EDWARD  D.  GROSS   (1961)  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

JOHN  W.  GUTSCHER  (1946)  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  Juilliard  School  of  Music;  M.A.,  Columbia  University;  Leipzig 
Conservatory;  New  York  College  of  Music. 

ETHEL  G.  HAAS  (1953)  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Plattsburgh  State  Teachers  College;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Mary- 
land. 

HELEN  E.  HALES   (1962)  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  M.M.,  Peabody  Conservatory  of  Music ;  Johns  Hopkins  University 

JOSEPH  K.  HALL  (1953)  Head  Librarian 

Associate  Professor 
A.B.,  University  of  Kentucky ;  B.S.,  Columbia  University ;  M.A.,  Villa- 
nova  University. 

H.  THEODORE  HALLMAN  (1950)  Chairman  of  Art  Department 

Associate  Professor  of  Art 
Philadelphia  Museum  School  of  Fine  Art;  B.F.A.,  B.S.,  M.F.A.,  Tem- 
ple University;  Tyler  School  of  Fine  Arts. 

CLIFFORD  H.  HARDING  (i9S3)  Professor  of  Social  Science 

A.B.,  Nebraska  State  College;  M.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa;  Ph.D., 
New  York  University. 

ROBERT  W.  HAWKES   (1962)  Instructor  in  Science 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

ARTHUR  S.  HAWTHORNE  (1949)       Associate  Professor  of  Geography 

Head  Coach  of  Cross  Country 
B.S.,  California  State  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh. 

JOHN  J.  HEIM   (1961)  Assistant  Professor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  M.Ed.,  University  of  Delaware;  Columbia  University;  West 
Chester  State  College 

WILLIAM  H.  HENRY,  JR.  (i960)  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Ed.M.,  A.M.,  Temple  University. 

ROBERT  W.  HERRES  (1961)  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Oswego  State  Teachers  College ;  M.A.,  Syracuse  University ;  Co- 
lumbia University;  New  York  University;  University  of  Virginia. 

JULIUS  M.  HILL  (1955)  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Northern  Michigan  College  of  Education;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan. 

MARGARET  W.  HOLMAN   (1962)  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 


Faculty  15 


ANTHONY  B.  HOPKINS  (i960)  Assistant  Professor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 


B.S,  M.S.,  Springfield  College. 


Head  Coach  of  Basketball 


FLORENCE  B.  INGHRAM  (i960)  Assistant  Dean  of  Women 

Assistant  Professor 
B.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa ;  M.A.,  Columbia  University ;  Clare- 
mont  Graduate  College. 

HELEN  T.  IVINS  (1946)  Assistant  Professor  of  Social  Science 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

SUZANNE  T.  JACOBS   (1962)  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;   M.Ed.,  Temple  University;   Penn- 
sylvania State  University;   Delawrare  University 

RAYMOND  H.  JENSEN    (1962)  Lecturer  in  Social  Studies 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania; 
Temple  University 

CONSTANTINE  JOHNS  (1954)  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  Southeast  Missouri  State  Teachers;  M.A.,  Columbia  University; 
Ed.D.,  Columbia  University. 

ROBERT  E.  JOHNS  (1962)  Lecturer  in  Education 

A.B.,    Frankhn    and    Marshall    College;    M.S.,    Ed.D.,    University    of 
Pennsylvania 

ARTHUR  E.  JONES  (1936)  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University;  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

HARRY  G.  JONES  (i960)  Assistant  Professor  of  Science 

B.S.,  Millersville  State  College;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

RUBY  J.  JONES  (i0i)  Demonstration  School 

Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College ;  M.A.,  Temple  University. 

LEAH  E.  JORDAN   (1962)  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Swarthmore  College ;  M.A.,  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ALVIN  S.  KEINARD  (1948)  Chairman  of  Geography  Department 

Professor  of  Geography 
B.A.,  Juniata  College;  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

ANNE  S.  KELLY  (1952)  Instructor  of  Music 

B.A.,  Academy  of  Vocal  Arts,  Philadelphia. 

W.  GLENN  KILLINGER  (1934)  Dean  of  Men 

Assistant  Professor 
Head  Coach  of  Baseball 
B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  M.A.,  Columbia  University;  D.S., 
Gettysburg  College. 


16  Faculty 

CHARLOTTE  E.  KING  (1955)  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Temple  University. 

FRITZ  K.  KRUEGER  (1961)  Instructor  of  Music 

A.B.,  Midland  College;  B.S.,  B.M.,  Wittenburg  University;  B.M.,  Cur- 
tis Institute  of  Music. 

ALOIS  H.  KULHANEK  (1961)  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign 

Languages 
B.S.,  Institute  of  Teachers,  Prague;  M.S.,  University  of  Political  and 
Social  Science,  Prague. 

CARRIE  C.  KULP  (1958)  Demonstration  School 

Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
A.B.,  Wheaton  College;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Delaware. 

LUCILLE  C.  KYVALLOS   (1962)  Assistant  Professor  in  Health 

and  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  Springfield  College;  M.S.,  Indiana  University;  New  York  Uni- 
versity 

WILLIAM  R.  LANDRUM  (1953)  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Virginia  Military  Institute ;  M.A.,  Temple  University. 

GEORGE  LANGDON   (1956)  Professor  of  Geography 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Pennsylvania   State  University;   Ph.D.,  Clark  University. 

RONALD  P.  LOMBARDI  (1962)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Foreign  Languages 
B.S.,   M.A.,   University  of   Pennsylvania 

MELVIN  M.  LORBACK  (1957)  Associate  Professor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 
Head  Coach  of  Soccer 
B.S.,   State  College,   Brockport,   N.Y. ;   M.S.,  Pennsylvania   State  Uni- 
versity. 

THOMAS  A.  LUEBKING  (1962)  Assistant  Librarian 

Instructor 

A.B.,   M.S.,  L.S.,  Villanova  University. 

IRMA  S.  LUSTIG   (1962)  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Temple  University;  LIniversity  of  Pennsylvania;  Univer- 
sity of  Birmingham,  England 

CLARENCE  A.  LYNN  (1962)  Lecturer  in  Education 

B.S.,   West   Chester   State    College 

JAMES  M.  McDonnell  (1953)  Assistant  Professor  of  Science 

A.B.,  M.A.,  Temple  University. 


Faculty  17 

WILLIAM  A.  McKENDRY    (1962)  Lecturer  in  Education 

B.A.,  Gettysburg  College;  M.S.,  Columbia  University 

DAVID  E.  McKENTY  (1961)  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  Temple  University;   M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

ROBERT  D.  McKINNEY  (1952)  Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B.S.,  Edinboro  State  College;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

MARY  M.  MANEVAL  (1956)  Professor  of  Social  Science 

B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mich- 
igan. 

KATHERINE  A.  MARGERUM  (1959)        Associate  Professor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University. 

LUCILE  MEREDITH  (1931)  Demonstration  School 

Associate  Professor  of  Education 
A.B.,  Women's  College  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina ;  M.A., 
Columbia  University. 

EMIL  H.  MESSIKOMER  (1946)        Director  of  Undergraduate  Program 

Associate  Professor 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.A.,  Columbia  University. 

KENNETH  L.  MICHAEL  (1962)  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Holy  Cross  College ;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University 

CHARLES  MICKEN  (1959)  Assistant  Director  of  Student 

Teaching  and  Placement 
Supervisor  of  Student  Teaching 
Professor  of  Education 
B.S.,  Millersville  State  College;  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylva- 
nia. 

S.  POWELL  MIDDLETON  (1935)  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College ;  M.S.,  Duquesne  University. 

FRANK  E.  MILLIMAN  (i960)  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.N.S.,  College  of  Holy  Cross ;  A.B.,  Hobart  College ;  A.M.,  Columbia 
University. 

LLOYD  C.  MITCHELL  (1936)  Chairman  of  Music  Defartment 

Professor  of  Music 
Morningside  College,  Sioux  City,  Iowa;  B.M.,  M.M.,  Peabody  Con- 
servatory of  Music;  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

ROBERT  M.  MITTEN   (1953)  Assistant  Dean  of  Men 

Associate  Professor  of  Health  and 
Physical  Education 
A.B.,  MA.,  University  of  North  Carolina. 

CLIFTON  E.  MORGAN  (1956)  Assistant  Professor  of  Social  Science 

B.S.,  East  Stroudsburg  State  College;  M.A.,  Rutgers  University. 


18  Faculty 


LARUE  M.  MORGAN  (1961)  Assistant  Librarian,  Instructor 

B.S.,  Millersville  State  College. 

MARY  ANN  MORGAN    (1962)  Demonstration  School 

Instructor  of  Education 
B.S.,  East  Stroudsburg  State  College 

ELIZABETH  P.  MORGANTHALL  (1961)  Supervisor  of  Student 

Teaching 
Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
B.S.,  Elizabethtown  College;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

VERNON  H.  MORRILL  (1961)  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  North  Texas  University;  M.A.,  Columbia  University. 

PATRICIA  M.  NESLEY  (i960)  Assistant  Professor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.Ed.,  Lehigh  University. 

EDWARD  N.  NORRIS  (1958)  Associate  Professor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 
Head  Coach  of  Swimming 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.S.  in  Physical  Therapy,  Medical 
College  of  Virginia. 

JACK  A.  OWENS  (1956)  Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

Professor 
A.B.,  Concord  College;  M.A.,  West  Virginia  University;  Ed.D.,  Penn- 
sylvania State  University. 

CHARLES  W.  PATTERSON  (1946)  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
B.S.,  Shippensburg  State  College;  M.Ed.,  Duke  University;  University 
of  Pennsylvania. 

FRANK  E.  PETERSON   (1962)  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  Edinboro  State  College;  M.A.,  Columbia  University 

FREDERICK  C.  PFLIEGER  (1961)  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.M.,  University  of  West  Virginia; 
Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester. 

LOUIS  J.  PHILLIPS  (1962)  Associate  Professor  of  Social  Science 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

LORRAINE  L.  POWLUS  (1961)  Assistant  Professor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Florida  State  University. 

HENRY  RADETSKY  (1962)  Assistant  Professor  of  Social  Science 

A.B.,  Brooklyn  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

LESTER  N.  RECKTENWALD  (1962)  Associate  Professor 

of  Education 
B.S.,  M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota;  University  of  Wisconsin;  Co- 
lumbia University 


Faculty  19 


NAOMI  R.  REED  (1953)  Associate  Professor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  East  Stroudsburg  State  College;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  Uni- 
versity; University  of  Delaware. 

ROBERT  W.  REESE  (1951)  Director  of  Athletics 

Assistant  Professor 
B.S.,  East  Stroudsburg  State  College;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylva- 
nia ;  Temple  University. 

FRANCIS  J.  REYNOLDS  (1961)  Associate  Professor  of  Science 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

RUSSELL  K.  RICKERT  (1956)  Professor  of  Science 

B.S.,    West    Chester    State    College;    M.S.,    University    of    Delaware; 
Ed.D.,   New  York  University. 

FRANCES  VV.  RING  (i960)  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.S.,  Columbia  University;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University. 

ALFRED  D.  ROBERTS   (1959)  Chairman  of  Foreign 

Language  Department 
Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.S.,  Ursinus  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

JOAN  C.  ROKUS  (1961)  Instructor  of  Health  and 

Physical  Education 
B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

B.  PAUL  ROSS  (1946)  Director  of  Admissions 

Professor  of  Education 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

ANNE  M.  SCHAUB  (1929)  Assistant  Professor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  M.A.,  Columbia  University. 

ROBERT  SCHICK  (1961)  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,    Swarthmore    College;    M.A.,    Columbia    University;    A.Mus.D., 
Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester 

DORIS  R.  SCHOEL  (i960)  Lecturer  in  Nursing 

R.N.,  Bryn  Mawr  Hospital;  B.S.,  Villanova  University;  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania. 

EUGENE  W.  SCHOOLER  (1961)  Professor  of  Social  Science 

B.S.,  Fort  Hays  Kansas  State  College;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Kansas; 
A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University. 

NEVIN  D.  SCHULER   (1962)  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

A.B,,  Juniata  College;  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

FRANCIS  A.  SEVIER  (1962)  Lecturer  in  Mathematics 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;   Temple  University 


20  Faculty 

RALPH  C.  SGAMBATI  (1961)  Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.A.,  Villanova  University. 

HAROLD  SHAFFER  (1952)  Associate  Professor  of  Sociel  Science 

A.B.,    Susquehanna    University;    Litt.M.,    University    of    Pittsburgh; 
Pennsylvania  State  University. 

JANE  E.  SHEPPARD  (1953)  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.AL,  Westminster  College ;  Juilliard  School  of  Music ;  M.A.,  Columbia 
University. 

IRENE  G.  SHUR  (1956)  Assistant  Professor  of  Social  Science 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Delaware. 

CAROLYN  G.  SIMMENDINGER  (1958)  Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B.S.,  Kutztown  State  College;  M.F.A.,  Temple  University;  Pennsylva- 
nia State  University. 

WILLIAM  C.  SKILLEN  (1947)  Associate  Professor  of  Science 

B.S.,  Temple  University;   M.S.,  University  of   Pennsylvania;   Temple 
University. 

KENNETH  C.  SLAGLE  (1938)  Director  of  Liberal  Arts  Program 

Chairman  of  English  Department 

Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Mount  Union  College ;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

FLORENCE  B.  SMITH  (1961)  Demonstration  School 

Instructor  of  Education 
B.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

JANE  G.  SMITH  (1955)  Assistant  Librarian 

Associate  Professor 
B.S.,  Millersville  State  College;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University; 
M.L.S.,  Columbia  University. 

CHARLES  A.  SPRENKLE  (1955)  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,    M.M.,   Peabody  Conservatory  of   Music;    B.S.,   Johns   Hopkins 
University ;  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

RUTH  S.  STANLEY   (1959)  Lecturer  in  Mathematics 

B.S.,  M.A.,  University  of  Oklahoma. 

RICHARD  L.  STRAYER  (1956)  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College ;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Delaware. 

RICHARD  G.  STUDENMUND  (1956)       Supervisor  of  Student  Teaching 

Associate  Professor  of  Education 
B.S.,  Shippensburg  State  College ;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University. 


Faculty  21 

RUSSELL  L.  STURZEBECKER  (1946)  Chairman  of  Health  and 

Physical  Education  Department 
Supervisor  of  Student  Teaching 
Professor  of  Health  and  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University. 

ROY  D.  SWEET  (1953)  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  Fredonia  State  College;  M.M.,  Eastman   School  of  Music,  Uni- 
versity of  Rochester. 

WILLIAM  A.  TALLEY  (1959)    '  Supervisor  of  Student  Teaching 

Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.Ed.,  Harvard  University. 

ELINOR  Z.  TAYLOR  (1955)  Assistant  Professor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University. 

POWELL  S.  THOMAS  (1946)  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Gettysburg  College;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

WILLARD  J.  TREZISE  (1938)  Director  of  Graduate  Program 

Professor  of  Science 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University. 

MILAN  TRNKA  (1962)  Assistant  Professor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 
A.B.,  Syracuse  University;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois 

EDWARD  T.  TWARDOWSKI   (1951)  Professor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania; 
Ed.D.,  Temple  University. 

WILLIAM  F.  VOLBRECHT  (1938)  Professor  of  Social  Science 

A.B.,    Northwestern    University;    M.A.,    Columbia    University;    Ph.D., 
University  of  Pennsylvania ;  University  of  Berlin. 

JOHN  W.  WARD  (1961)  Instructor  of  English 

A.B.,  M.A.,  Miami  University. 

RICHARD  P.  WEAGLEY  (1954)  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College;  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  Uni- 
versity. 

W.  BENJAMIN  WHITTEN   (1959)  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  M.M.,  Peabody  Conservatory  of  Music. 

HARRY  WILKINSON   (1948)  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  Temple  University;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University;  Ph.D.,  Eastman 
School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester. 

LLOYD  C.  WILKINSON  (i960)  Assistant  Professor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Miami;  Uni- 
versity of  Villanova. 


22  Faculty 

LOIS  M.  WILLIAMS   (1955)  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Western  Michigan  College  of  Education ;  Hochschule  fur  Musik, 
Cologne,  Germany ;  M.A.,  Columbia  University ;  University  of  Indiana. 

THOMAS  B.  WILLIAMS  (1961)  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,   Salisbury   State   Teachers   College;    M.Ed.,   Ed.D.,  Temple  Uni- 
versity. 

DORA  F.  WOLFANGLE  (1929)  Demonstration  School 

Associate  Professor  of  Education 
West  Chester  State  College;  B.S.,  M.A.,  Columbia  University;  Temple 
University. 

MILTON  C.  WOODLEN  (1952)  Assistant  to  the  Director  of 

Admissions 
Professor 
B.S.,  Temple  University;  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University. 

JAMES  J.  WRIGHT  (1945)  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University;   Ph.D., 
Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester. 

DOROTHY  YANISCH  (1947)  Associate  Professor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University. 

RICHARD  B.  YODER  (1962)  Instructor  in  Health  and 

Physical  Education 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College ;  M.A.,  Villanova  University 

EDWIN  L.  YOUMANS  (i960)  Professor  of  Health  and 

Physical  Education 
Head  Coacli  of  Track  and  Field 
B.A.,  Iowa  State  Teachers  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa. 


SUPERVISORY  AND   ADMINISTRATIVE  PERSONNEL, 

EVERETT  E.  SHAEFER   Business  Manager 

ROBERT  T.  CRAUDER   Assistant  Business  Manager 

ELIZABETH  C.  GRIFFITH   Principal  Clerk 

SARA  Y.  BAXTER    Accountant 

HANNAHBELLE  T.  MORRISON  Senior  Clerk 

EMILY  C.  HAINES   Procurement  Clerk 


MEDICAL  STAFF 

C.  P.  KISTLER,  M.D Medical  Director 


Staff  23 

OPERATING  STAFF 

DONALD  SHEELER  Chief  Security  Officer 

JOHN  WOOLDRIDGE   Laundry  Supervisor 

AGNES  SPEAKMAN  Housekeeper 

BEATRICE   F.  CONNELL    Postmistress 

ELMA  PIERCE  Chief  Switchboard  Operator 

CHARLES  FINEGAN Labor  Foreman 

JOHN  RAY   Building  Maintenance  Foreman 

JOHN  WINDER   Utility  Plant  Supervisor 

THOMAS  MUSKEY  Supervisor,  I.B.M.  Staff 

MARY  R.  WEIR  Secretarial  Assistant  to  the  Board  of 

Trustees  and  to  the  President 

JULIA  D.  OAT  Secretary  to  the  President 

JOAN  JAMES  Secretary  to  the  Dean  of 

Academic  Affairs 

BEVERLY  N.  LENNON  Secretary  to  the  Dean  of 

Student  Affairs 

JANE  F.  MULLISON  Secretary  to  the  Dean  of 

Administrative  Affairs 


General  Information 


PHILIPS   MEMORIAL  TOWERS 


Correspondence  27 


CORRESPONDENCE  AND  COMMUNICATIONS 

Listed  below  are  the  officers  to  which  inquiries  should  be  directed. 
In  each  case  the  post  office  address  is  West  Chester  State  College,  West 
Chester,  Pa.;   telephone,   692-3210. 

Director  of  Undergraduate  Program — 

Certification  requirements  for  teaching 
Courses  and  curricula 
Graduation  requirements 
Selective  Service  information 

Director  of  Admissions — 

Applications  and  Admission  to  the  Undergraduate  Program 
Catalogues  and  other  publications 

Business  Manager^ 

Deferred  Payments 

Fees  and  Expenses 

Refunds  on  Accounts 

Checks  for  Student  Help,  Loans,  and  Scholarships 

Dean  of  Student  Affairs- 
Scholarships  and  loans 
Work  opportunities  for  students 

Director  of  Student  Teaching  and  Placement — 
Placement  Service 

Director  of  Graduate  Studies- 
Application   and  Admission   to  the  Graduate  Program 
Graduate  School  Catalogue 

Director  of  Liberal  Arts  Program — 

Application  and  Admission  to  the  Liberal  Arts  Program 

Registrar — 

Transcripts  of  college  credits 
Veterans'  affairs 


28  Calendar 

COLLEGE  ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 
1963-1964 

FALL   SEMESTER 

Last  day  for  new  students  to  qualify  for  ad- 
mission to  the  fall  semester   Thursday,  August  15 

Faculty  and  Department  Meetings  Tuesday,  September  3 

Registration 

Freshmen    Wednesday,   September  4 

Sophomores  and  Seniors  Thursday,  Septemebr  5 

Juniors    Friday,  September  6 

Readmission,  Transfer  and  Special  Students  ....  Friday,  Sept.  6  (p.m.) 
Part-time  and  Graduate  Students   Saturday,  September  7 

Freshmen  Classification  Tests   Thursday,  September  5  and 

Friday,  September  6 

Freshmen  Orientation  Friday,  September  6 

Classes  begin    Monday,  September  9 

Thanksgiving  Recess 

Begins  —  close  of  classes  Tuesday,  November  26 

Ends  —  8:00  a.m Monday,  December  2 

Christmas  Recess 

Begins  —  close  of  classes  Tuesday,  December  17 

Ends  —  8:00  a.m. 

Undergraduate  Monday,  January  6 

Part-time  and  Graduate Saturday,  January  4 

Final  Examinations  Thursday,  January  9-17 

Commencement Thursday,  January  16 

Fall  semester  ends  Friday,  January  17 

SPRING   SEMESTER 

Last  day  for  new  students  to  qualify  for  ad- 
mission to  the  spring  semester   Friday,  January  10 

Registration 

Part-time  Students   Saturday,  January  18 

Freshmen  and  Seniors  Monday,  January  20 

Sophomores  and  Juniors  Tuesday,  January  21 

Classes  begin 

Part-time  and  Graduate  Monday,  January  20 

Undergraduate  Wednesday,  January  22 

Washington's  Birthday 

Begins  —  close  of  classes  '  Thursday,  February  20 

Ends  —  8:00  a.m Monday,  February  24 

Spring-Easter  Recess 

Begins  —  close  of  classes  Saturday,  March  21 

Ends  —  8:00  a.m Tuesday,  March  31 

Final  Examinations    Thursday,  May   14  to 

Thursday,  May  21 

Alumni  Day  Saturday,  May  23 

Commencement   Sunday,  May  24 


Calendar  29 

SUMMER  SCHOOL  —  1964 

Pre-Session    June  8  -  June   26 

Regular  Session   June  29  -  August  7 

Part  Session  August  10  -  August  28 


THE  ACADEMIC  YEAR 
1964-1965 

FALL  SEMESTER 

Faculty  and  Department  Meetings  Tuesday,  September    8 

Registration 

Freshmen  Wednesday,  September    9 

Sophomores  and  Seniors  Thursday,  September  10 

Juniors    Friday,   September  11 

Readmission,  Transfer,  and  Special 

Students   Friday,  September  11    (p.m.) 

Part-time  and  Graduate  Students  Saturday,  September  12 

Freshman  Classification  Tests  Thursday,  September  10  and 

Friday,  September  11 

Freshman  Orientation    Friday,   September  11 

Classes  begin   Monday,  September  14 

Thanksgiving  Recess 

Begins  —  close  of  classes  Tuesday,  November  24 

Ends  —  8:00  a.m Monday,  November  30 

Christmas  Recess 

Begins  —  close  of  classes  Saturday,  December  19 

Ends  —  8:00  a.m Monday,  January    4 

Final  Examinations    Thursday,  January   14  to 

Friday,  January  22 

Commencement   Thursday,  January  21 

Fall  semester  ends  Friday,  January  22 

SPRING   SEMESTER 

Registration 

Part-time  Students   Saturday,  January  23 

Freshmen  and  Seniors    Monday,  January  25 

Sophomores  and  Juniors   Tuesday,  January  26 

Classes  begin 

Part-time  and  Graduate  Monday,  January  25 

Undergraduate   Wednesday,  January  27 


30  Calendar 

Washington's  Birthday- 
Begins  —  close  of  classes  Saturday,  February  20 

Ends  —  8:00  a.m Tuesday,  February  23 

Spring  Recess 

Begins  —  close  of  classes  Saturday,  March  20 

Ends  —  8:00  a.m Monday,  March  29 

Easter  Recess 

Begins  —  close  of  classes  Thursday,  April  15 

Ends  —  8:00  a.m Tuesday,  April  20 

Final  Examinations   Thursday,  May  13  to 

Saturday,  May  22 

Alumni  Day  Saturday,  May  22 

Commencement   Sunday,  May  23 


SUMMER  SESSION 
1965 

Pre-Session    June  7  to  June  25 

(no  classes  July  5) 

Regular  Session  June  28  to  August  6 

(Commencement  August  5) 

Post  Session    August  9  to  August  27 


Information  31 

fflSTORY  AND   OBJECTIVES  OF 
WEST  CHESTER  STATE  COLLEGE 

The  College  marks  its  beginning  with  the  founding  of  the  West 
Chester  Academy  in  1812.  In  1871  the  Academy  became  the  West 
Chester  Normal  School  devoted  to  the  preparation  of  teachers.  When 
the  State  Normal  School  became  the  State  Teachers  College  in  1927 
the  four  year  program  of  teacher  training  was  instituted.  On  January 
8th,  1960,  the  West  Chester  State  Teachers  College  became  the  West 
Chester  State  College  by  action  of  the  Pennsylvania  State  Legislature. 
This  action  opened  the  door  for  the  College  to  become  a  multi-purpose 
institution. 

Historically,  the  College  has  held  as  its  primary  objective  the  prep- 
aration of  teachers  for  the  public  schools  of  Pennsylvania.  West 
Chester  offers  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with 
majors  in  four  basic  curricula  —  Elementary,  Secondary,  Music,  and 
Health  and  Physical  Education  —  plus  degree  curricula  for  Public 
School  Nurses  and  Dental  Hygienists.  The  College  also  has  instituted 
a  program  of  courses  designed  to  meet  certification  requirements  for 
the  teaching  of  mentally  retarded  and  physically  handicapped  children. 

West  Chester  also  operates  an  extensive  two-track  program  for 
teachers-in-service.  One  phase  of  the  program  consists  of  evening  and 
Saturday  courses  for  those  desiring  to  satisfy  various  professional  needs, 
including  certification  requirements.  The  second  phase  consists  of  a 
graduate  program  leading  to  a  Master  of  Education  degree  in  the  fol- 
lowing fields:  elementary  education,  music  education,  health  and  phys- 
ical education,  and  secondary  education  specializations  in  English, 
social  studies,  geography,  biological  science,  and  mathematics.  (For 
further  details  see  the  Graduate  Announcement.) 

The  second  major  objective  of  the  College  program  is  to  provide  a 
liberal  college  education  for  the  youth  of  the  Commonwealth.  To  this 
end,  the  College  has  been  officially  approved  by  the  State  Council  of 
Education  for  the  purpose  of  offering  a  liberal  arts  program,  effective 
September,  1962.  This  is  a  four-year  program  in  the  areas  of  Human- 
ities, Social  Sciences,  and  Natural  Sciences  (including  the  subject  field 
of  mathematics). 

The  various  programs  at  West  Chester  are  comprehensive,  designed 
to  satisfy  the  mental,  physical,  and  spiritual  needs  of  all  students. 
Extra-curricular  activities,  lectures,  entertainments,  and  religious  club 
activities  afford  each  student  an  opportunity  to  develop  wholesome 
personality  and  character  traits. 

From  time  to  time  the  faculty  study  the  needs  of  the  College  in 


32  Campus  Plans 


relation  to  the  work  of  the  teacher  in  the  public  schools.  Curriculum 
studies  are  directed  both  to  content  of  subject  matter  areas  emd 
methods  to  be  used  in  each  field.  Special  committees  are  appointed 
to  study  various  problems  and  to  report  their  findings  and  recom- 
mendations to  the  faculty.  In  the  late  fifties  a  state-wide  study  of  the 
curricula  in  the  several  State  Colleges  was  completed  and  led  to  the 
adoption  of  revised  curricula  for  the  freshman  class  of  1959.  Further 
studies  and  adjustments  are  being  continued  as  the  need  arises. 


COMPREHENSIVE  CAMPUS  PLANS 

During  recent  years  the  College  has  been  engaged  in  the  formula- 
tion of  long  range  plans  for  the  expansion  of  the  campus  and  develop- 
ment of  the  physical  plant  serving  its  academic,  athletic,  residential, 
recreational,  cultural,  and  student  activity  programs.  This  endeavor, 
known  as  the  1960-1970  Comprehensive  Campus  Plan  for  West  Chester 
State  College,  has  been  approved  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Col- 
lege, the  Department  of  Public  Instruction,  the  State  Art  Commission, 
and  the  General  State  Authority. 

Presently,  the  College  is  deep  in  projects  which  upon  completion 
will  constitute  the  first  third  of  the  entire  program.  It  is  anticipated 
that  the  remaining  two-thirds  of  the  program  will  necessitate  the  ex- 
penditure of  an  additional  twenty-five  million   dollars. 

At  the  conclusion  of  this  program  the  College  is  expected  to  have 
an  enrollment  of  5,600  full-time  students,  of  whom  3,800  will  be  housed 
in  newly  constructed  dormitories  and  1,800  will  be  commuting  full-time 
day  students. 

To  all  who  have  known  the  campus  or  to  those  who  visit,  it  becomes 
readily  apparent  that  the  College  is  in  a  period  of  rapid  transition  from 
the  old  to  the  new.  The  gradual  emergence  of  a  dynamic,  aggressive, 
ongoing  program  of  higher  education  from  a  relatively  traditional  past 
is  marked  by  the  demolition  of  familiar  landmarks  and  the  erection  of 
aesthetically  pleasing  buildings  functionally  designed  to  meet  both  the 
needs  of  today  and  the  challenges  of  the  twenty-first  century. 

To  accommodate  the  rapidly  expanding  student  population  and  to 
provide  suitable  sites  for  the  many  teaching,  learning,  and  living  centers 
of  varied  description,  the  College  has  embarked  on  an  extensive  pro- 
gram of  land  acquisition.  The  campus  of  the  future  will  be  expanded 
from  its  current  263  acres  to  a  beautiful  campus  of  approximately  400 
acres  at  the  turn  of  the  century.  By  the  year  1970  total  campus  area  is 
expected  to  be  in  excess  of  350  acres. 

Land  owned  by  West  Chester  State  College  may  be  divided  into  two 


Campus  Plans  33 


major  areas:  North  Campus  and  South  Campus.  Presently,  North 
Campus  accommodates  all  of  the  instructional,  academic,  recreational, 
and  student  activity  programs.  However,  current  and  future  demands 
on  the  69  acres  of  North  Campus  for  classrooms,  dormitories,  dining 
halls,  parking  areas,  and  student  activity  facilities  have  so  encroached 
on  existing  outdoor  areas  as  to  make  the  replacement  of  such  areas  a 
major  item  in  the  Comprehensive  Campus  Plan. 

Long  range  land  utilization  planning  calls  for  North  Campus  to 
accommodate  a  World  Culture  Arts  Center,  Commuter  Student  Center, 
laundry,  maintenance  and  storage  building,  ten  dormitories,  a  library, 
several  classroom  buildings,  two  dining  halls,  a  central  heating  plant 
and  service  center,  an  administration  center,  numerous  parking  areas, 
the  President's  residence,  learning  research  laboratory,  infirmary,  two 
academic  quadrangles,  a  College  Mall  located  adjacent  to  a  student- 
faculty-alumni  center  and  field  house,  and  other  facilities  designed  for 
relaxation  and  recreation. 

South  Campus  will  be  expanded  greatly  as  its  development 
progresses.  A  unique  feature  of  South  Campus  will  be  an  outdoor 
band  shell  serving  to  enrich  the  academic  and  cultural  pursuits  of  the 
student  body,  the  community  of  Greater  West  Chester,  and  the  general 
southeastern  service  area  of  the  Commonwealth. 

South  Campus  will  also  provide  the  vast  expanse  necessary  to  serve 
ambitious  programs  in  intercollegiate  competition  and  intramural  activi- 
ties. Tennis  courts,  soccer  and  baseball  fields,  field  hockey  and  lacrosse 
areas,  archery  and  rifle  ranges,  an  outdoor  education  site,  a  stadium 
for  intercollegiate  football  and  track  and  field  events,  an  aquatic  sports 
area,  and  a  9-hole  golf  covirse  will  be  part  of  this  campus.  A  new  field 
house,  complete  with  gymnasia,  pools,  classrooms,  dance  studios,  offices, 
and  other  facilities,  serviced  by  an  auxiliary  heating  plant,  completes 
the  area  which  is  provided  with  adequate  parking  areas  interconnected 
by  north-south  and  east-west  traffic  arteries. 


CURRENT  CAMPUS  EXPANSION  PROJECTS 

The    following    projects,    representing    an    investment    of    approxi- 
mately $8.5  million,  are  in  various  stages  of  development: 

1.  An  air  conditioned  three-story  Dining  Hall  serving  2,400  students 
and  100  faculty  and  staff,  incorporating  closed  circuit  television, 
auditorium,  postal  facilities,  student  lounge,  day  student  lunch 
room,  administrative  and  student  organization  offices,  and  day 
student  locker  facilities. 

2.  A  three-story  Biological  Science  Center  with  auditorium,  lecture 
hall,  science  museum,  rooftop  greenhouse,  laboratories,  seminar 
rooms,  research  areas,  and  faculty  offices. 


34  Campus  Plans 

3.  Heating  Plant  and  Campus  Utilities  Expansion  incorporating 
the  installation  of  three  boilers  with  a  capacity  of  1,300  horse- 
power,  expansion  and  development  of  basic  utility  services. 

4.  A  $300,000  Off-Campus  Utilities  Expansion  Project  serving  the 
College  via  a  West  Chester  Borough — Commonwealth  contract. 

To  integrate  the  Comprehensive  Campus  Plan  of  the  College  with 
the  overall  long  range  development  of  the  Greater  West  Chester  area, 
College  officials  are  meeting  with  representatives  of  the  various  Plan- 
ning Boards  of  several  nearby  municipalities.  Such  cooperative  joint 
ventures  into  the  Campus  of  The  Future  involve  not  only  those  presently 
at  the  College  and  in  the  community  but  deal  with  many  arms  of  the 
Commonwealth  such  as  the  Legislature,  the  Office  of  Administration, 
the  Department  of  Public  Instruction,  the  Department  of  Labor  and  In- 
dustry, the  State  Art  Commission,  the  Pennsylvania  Council  of  Educa- 
tion, The  General  State  Authority  and,  indeed,  the  citizens  and  tax- 
payers from  all  sections  of  the  Commonwealth. 


FRANCIS  HARVEY  GREEN  LIBRARY 

The  college  library,  built  in  1902,  was  completely  remodeled  in 
1938-1941,  and  in  1947  it  was  dedicated  to  Dr.  Francis  Harvey  Green, 
former  chairman  of  the  English  Department.  The  library  is  organized 
in  the  usual  fashion,  having  a  Reference  Room,  Periodical  Room,  Rec- 
reational Reading  Room,  Conference  Rooms,  and  a  reserve  section. 
There  is  also  a  Curriculum  Laboratory  and  a  Juvenile  Room  which  is 
used  by  the  children  from  the  Demonstration  School.  Microcards  and 
microfilms  are  available. 

In  addition  to  the  regular  collection,  the  Library  subscribes  to 
almost  500  magazines  and  newspapers.  It  has  also  a  valuable  collection 
of  rare  books  on  natural  history,  the  four  folios  of  Shakespeare's  plays 
(1623-1685),  and  the  Sanderson  Biographies  of  the  Signers  of  the  Dec- 
laration of  Independence,   with  autographs  of  the  signers. 

The  library  is  affiliated  with  the  Philadelphia  Union  Catalogue. 

All  freshman  students  are  given  lessons  in  the  use  of  the  library. 
Other  classes  and  graduate  groups  come  for  advanced  instruction. 

Sheet  music,  scores,  and  records  are  located  in  the  Music  Library 
of  Swope  Hall. 


College  Community 


College  Community  3,7 

COLLEGE  COMMUNITY  ORGANIZATION 

AND  ADMINISTRATION 

Based  upon  the  belief  that  all  who  share  in  the  advantages  of  the 
college  community  should  join  in  the  responsibility  of  government,  a  col- 
lege community  has  been  conceived  whereby  faculty  and  students  co- 
operate as  fully  as  possible  for  the  mutual  advancement  of  the  college 
program. 

Achievement  goals  for  each  college  year  have  been  set  up  as  tenta- 
tive guides  for  a  program  of  college  life,  subject  to  constant  modification 
to  meet  new  trends  and  needs.  These  goals  cover  the  areas  of  adminis- 
tration, instruction,  student  life  and  personnel,  community  and  service 
area  relationship,  and  teacher  education. 

These  goals  are  achieved  through  councils  and  standing  committees. 

The  Academic  Affairs  Council  is  an  advisory  group  composed  of 
Departmental  Chairmen  and  administrators.  This  Council  aids  the  Presi- 
dent in  formulating  and  executing  the  general  administrative  policies  of 
the  institution. 

The  standing  committees  represent  both  faculty  interests  and  faculty- 
student  interests.  They  include  committees  on  Admission,  Personnel  and 
Guidance,  Curriculum  Study  and  Revision,  Library,  Scholarship,  Student 
Life  and  Activities,  Athletics,  and  Student  Teaching  and  Placement. 

Student  Government 

The  purpose  of  the  Student  Government  Association  shall  be  to  give 
the  students  of  West  Chester  State  College  the  learning  experience  of  a 
representative  and  cooperative  government  organization  to  work  toward 
the  betterment  of  the  general  welfare  of  the  student  body  of  the  college; 
to  provide  an  opportunity  for  students  to  participate  in  and  assume  the 
responsibility  of  formulating  policy,  procedures,  programs,  etc.  which 
pertain  to  student  affairs. 

The  Student  Government  Association  shall  function  as  the  liaison 
between  the  student  body,  the  faculty,  and  the  administration.  This  or- 
ganization shall  act  in  all  areas  to  contribute  to  the  betterment  of  the 
college  community. 

The  Student  Government  Association  shall  be  composed  of  the  Presi- 
dents of  the  Women's  Advisory  Board;  the  classes,  Freshmen,  Sopho- 
more, Jimior  and  Senior;  the  Presidents  of  the  Women's  and  Men's  Dor- 
mitory Councils  and  the  Presidents  of  the  Women's  and  Men's  Day  Stu- 
dents Council. 

The  advisers  to  this  Association  shall  be  the  Deans  of  Women  and 
Men  and/or  their  assistants. 


38  Musical  Organizations 


All  Star  Entertainment  Program 

The  annual  All-Star  Course  brings  to  the  campus  some  of  the  world's 
most  famous  artists  in  fields  of  music,  drama  and  dance.  Among  these 
have  been  the  Pittsburgh,  Detroit,  National,  Cleveland  and  Minneapolis 
Symphony  Orchestras,  the  Robert  Shaw  Chorale,  the  Jose  Limon  Dance 
Company,  the  Boston  Opera  Company,  George  London,  Isaac  Stem, 
Brian  Sullivan,  the  Canadian  Players,  Carmen  Amaya,  Jerome  Hines, 
Blanche  Thebom,  Nathan  Milstein,  the  Singing  Boys  of  Norway,  Roberta 
Peters,  Cesare  Siepi  and  the  Wagner  Opera  Company. 

The  William  Pyle  Philips  Lecture  Foundation  brings  to  the  Ccimpus 
lecturers  who  are  leaders  in  the  fields  of  literature,  science  and  world 
affairs.  Among  these  have  been  Madame  V.  L.  Pandit,  Arnold  Toynbee, 
Harrison  Salisbury,  Loren  Eiseley,  C  H.  Lowe,  Daniel  Schorr,  Ashley 
Montague,  Walter  Sullivan,  Robert  Frost  and  Bennett  Cerf. 

The  college  Assemblies,  which  are  held  approximately  twice  each 
month,  provide  the  students,  faculty  and  citizens  of  the  community  with 
an  additional  series  of  cultural  and  professional  programs. 


Musical  Organizations 

In  conjunction  with  the  regularly  scheduled  student  and  faculty  re- 
citals, the  College  Administration  has  set  up  the  following  well-devel- 
oped musical  organizations  which  contribute  to  the  wealth  of  fine  music 
on  campus: 

1.  TWO  COLLEGE  BANDS:  THE  CONCERT  BAND  AND  THE 
MARCHING  BAND. 

Membership  in  these  organizations  is  determined  by  the  student's 
qualifications  regardless  of  curriculum. 

2.  THE  CRITERIONS. 

The  dance  band  of  the  College  consists  of  ten  or  more  men, 
carefully  selected,  who  furnish  the  music  at  social  functions  of  the 
College. 

3.  THE  SYMPHONY  ORCHESTRA. 

Membership  in  this  organization  is  determined  by  the  student's 
qualifications  regardless  of  curriculum. 

4.  THE  MIXED  CHOIR. 

A  mixed  chorus  selected  from  students  in  the  Music  Education 
Curriculum,  meeting  twice  a  week,  devoting  their  efforts  towards 
acquiring  a  fine  technique  of  choral  singing  through  the  prepara- 
tion of  an  extensive  repertoire  for  performance. 

5.  THE  WOMEN'S  CHORUS. 

All  women  not  in  the  College  Choir,  enrolled  in  the  Music  Edu- 


Athletics  39 

cation  Curriculum  are  required  to  take  this  course,  devoting 
their  efforts  primarily  towards  acquiring  the  techniques  of  choral 
singing. 

6.  COLLEGE  WOMEN'S  GLEE  CLUB. 

Members  are  carefully  chosen  from  women  of  the  Elementary, 
Secondary,  and  Health  and  Physical  Education  groups  for  this 
club. 

7.  MEN'S  CHORUS. 

Members  are  selected  from  the  men  of  the  Elementary,  Second- 
ary, and  Health  and  Physical  Education  curricula  and  joined  with 
the  men  not  in  the  College  Choir  for  this  choral  group. 

8.  THE  SINFONIETTA. 

The  Sinfonietta  is  a  group  of  about  twenty-five  outstanding  play- 
ers chosen  from  the  Symphony  Orchestra.  It  was  organized  to 
bring  before  the  College  and  the  community  compositions  written 
especially  for  small  orchestras. 

9.  THE  MUSIC  CLUB  AND  CHAMBER  MUSIC  GROUPS. 
Membership  in  these  groups  is  determined  by  the  student's  quali- 
fications. 


INTERCOLLEGIATE  ATHLETICS  (MEN) 

It  has  become  recognized  by  educators  and  public  alike  that  athletics 
are  a  part  of  general  education  because  athletic  activities  provide  situa- 
tions that  are  akin  to  life  experiences,  and  as  such,  are  conducted  with 
the  purpose  of  developing  the  educational  values  which  grow  out  of  them. 

With  this  in  mind,  the  College  Administration  has  set  up  an  organ- 
ization for  the  control  of  athletics;  it  has  provided  facilities,  built  sched- 
ules, and  furnished  instructors  for  the  purpose  of  filling  these  educational 
needs. 

Sports  such  as  football,  baseball,  basketball,  soccer,  track,  wrestling, 
swimming,  tennis,  gymnastics,  lacrosse,  golf,  and  cross-country,  are  con- 
ducted for  the  purpose  of  providing  our  young  men  with  activities  that 
not  only  will  prove  beneficial  to  their  health  but  also  will  give  them  a 
training  which  will  be  valuable  when  they  are  called  upon  to  coach  these 
sports. 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  College  Administration  first,  to  provide  a 
variety  of  sports,  as  indicated  above,  in  order  that  as  many  young  men 
as  possible  may  participate  in  the  activities  which  interest  them  most  and 
in  which  they  may  achieve  a  high  degree  of  personal  skill;  second,  to 
provide  eligibility  rules  that  are  just  and  sensible,  yet  will  insure  good 
scholarship;  third,  to  provide  schedules  which  are  in  our  college  class, 


40  Athletics 

yet  are  in  keeping  with  the  traditions  and  standing  of  our  College;  fourth, 
and  finally,  to  give  athletics  their  rightful  place  in  our  educational  pro- 
gram of  preparing  teachers  so  that  they  will  function  properly  in  the  life 
of  the  student  body,  but  will  not  assume  an  importance  out  of  all  pro- 
portion to  their  value. 

The  West  Chester  State  College  is  a  member  of  the  National  Col- 
legiate Athletic  Association,  the  Middle  Atlantic  States  Collegiate  Ath- 
letic Conference,  the  National  Association  of  Intercollegiate  Athletics,  the 
I.C.4A.,  and  a  charter  member  of  the  Eastern  Collegiate  Athletic  Confer- 
ence. In  addition.  West  Chester  conforms  to  the  eligibility  standards  set 
by  the  Board  of  Presidents  of  the  Pennsylvania  State  Colleges. 

The  athletic  program  at  West  Chester  provides  adequate  player  and 
spectator  opportunities.  Facilities  and  equipment  are  of  the  best.  All 
team  coaches  are  regular  members  of  the  faculty. 

Men's  Intramural  Athletics 

An  athletic  program  cannot  be  justified  educationally  if  it  is  con- 
fined to  intercollegiate  competition  alone.  There  must  be  provision  for 
all  students.  The  policy  of  the  College  Administration  to  expand  this 
part  of  the  program  for  both  men  and  women  in  order  that  a  variety  of 
activities  may  be  supplied  for  all  of  our  students.  Such  sports  as  touch 
football,  swimming,  soccer,  tennis,  basketball,  roller  hockey,  track,  speed 
ball,  soft  ball,  and  volley  ball  are  organized  and  conducted  for  the  men 
students. 


WOMEN'S   ATHLETICS 

In  the  best  interests  of  the  women  students  a  program  of  athletics  is 
provided  with  an  opportunity  to  participate  in  a  variey  of  athletic  ac- 
tivities including  team,  individual,  and  dual  sports.  Through  participa- 
tion, leadership  responsibilities  are  developed  in  the  planning,  organiz- 
ing, and  functioning  of  these  sports  as  a  part  of  the  total  college  program. 
AU  women  students  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  intramural  program 
under  the  direction  of  the  Women's  Athletic  Association  (WAA)  and/or 
the  intercollegiate  sports  which  are  conducted  by  the  Women's  Inter- 
collegiate Athletic  Program. 

Women's  Athletic  Association — Intrctmurals 

Intramural  athletics  for  women  are  conducted  by  the  Women's  Ath- 
letic Association  for  the  social,  physical,  and  recreational  benefits  of  the 
women  students  at  the  college.  The  governing  council  consists  of  the 
club  officers  and  sports  managers  who  are  elected  by  the  students,  and 
a  faculty  adviser.  Its  program  provides  a  range  of  activities  including 
hockey,  volleyball,  basketball,  tennis,  Softball,  table  tennis,  lacrosse,  and 


Health  —  Insurance  41 

badminton.  The  basic  purpose  of  the  organization  is  to  foster  good 
sportsmanship  and  to  promote  and  increase  participation  in  intramural 
sports  for  women.  For  the  individual  participant,  an  opportunity  is  pro- 
vided to  develop  skills  in  leisure  time  activities  which  may  continue 
after  college.  Personal  satisfaction  and  enjoyment  are  the"  desired  out- 
comes of  sport  activity. 

The  WAA  belongs  to  the  National  Athletic  and  Recreation  Federa- 
tion of  College  Women  and  the  Pennsylvania  Division  of  the  Athletic 
and  Recreation  Federation  of  College  Women. 

Women's  Intercollegiate  Athletic  Program 

The  activities  of  the  WIAP  are  conducted  by  the  director  of  the  pro- 
gram, the  women  coaches,  and  a  student  advisory  council  consisting  of 
the  managers  of  the  varsity  sports.  The  managers  are  selected  by  the 
coaches.  The  program  includes  a  variety  of  team  and  individual  sports, 
such  as  hockey,  swimming,  lacrosse,  basketball,  tennis,  and  synchronized 
swimming.  This  program  provides  opportunities  for  wholesome  com- 
petition with  other  college  women  of  comparable  skill.  Activities  are 
planned  in  accordance  with  the  highest  ideals  of  good  sportsmanship. 
Students  participating  develop  interest  and  skill  in  worthy  leisure  time 
activities,  further  cultural  understanding  and  appreciations  through  con- 
tacts with  students  from  other  colleges,  gain  knowledge  and  experience 
of  coaching  procedures  and  techniques. 

The  entire  women's  intercollegiate  program  is  guided  by  the  stan- 
dards and  policies  of  the  Division  of  Girls  and  Women's  Sports,  which  is 
a  division  of  the  American  Association  of  Health,  Physical  Education 
and  Recreation.  A  basic  over-all  standard  of  the  above  named  organ- 
ization is  "The  one  purpose  of  sports  for  girls  and  women  is  the  good  of 
those  who  play." 

The  accident  insurance  referred  to  under  the  section  entitled  "Stu- 
dent Health  Service"  has  been  made  compulsory  by  the  College  Board 
of  Trustees  for  all  students. 

Student  Health  Service 

The  College  assumes  no  responsibility  for  furnishing  or  paying  for 
medical  care  to  sick  or  injured  students  beyond  first  aid  treatment.  Qual- 
ified physicians  and  hospital  facilities  are  available  in  the  community  of 
West  Chester.  Students  over  21  and  parents  or  guardians  of  students 
under  21  are  required  to  sign  a  prescribed  statement  authorizing  the  Col- 
lege, or  its  agents,  to  refer  such  students  to  local  doctors  or  hospitals  for 
any  and  all  emergency  medical  care. 

All  costs  of  medical  or  surgical  treatment,  including  hospitalization, 
must  be  borne  by  the  student  involved  or  by  parents  or  guardians.  How- 


42  -^  Placement  —  Film  Libraries 


ever,  a  group  medical  and  accident  policy  approved  by  the  College  cov- 
ering accidents  and  illnesses  on  a  twelve  months  basis  is  available  at  an 
annual  premium  of  $22.50. 

Student  Accident  and  Sickness  Insurance  Plan 

Effective  with  the  opening  of  the  academic  year  1961-1962,  the  Board 
of  Trustees  established  a  regulation  requiring  all  students  to  carry  the 
accident  insurance  plan.    This  plan  may  be  purchased  for  $7.50. 

Students  and  parents  are  requested  to  consider  seriously  the  splen- 
did protection  offered  by  the  two  policies  and  the  low  cost.  THE  IN- 
SURANCE IS  IN  EFFECT  FOR  A  TWELVE  MONTH  PERIOD 
WHETHER  THE  STUDENT  IS  ON  CAMPUS,  TRAVELING,  OR  AT 
HOME. 

Placement  Service 

The  West  Chester  State  College  maintains  an  active  Education  Place- 
ment Service.  The  Placement  Director  has  general  charge  of  the  service. 
He  is  assisted  in  this  work  by  the  heads  of  the  special  curricula  and  by 
the  Committee  on  Placement  composed  of  the  Dean  of  Academic  Affairs 
and  Supervisors  of  Student  Teaching. 

Members  of  school  boards,  superintendents,  supervising  principals, 
and  others  in  need  of  teachers,  are  requested  to  make  application  to  the 
Placement  Director  as  early  as  possible.  The  Placement  Service  is  in 
position  to  send  out  thorough  and  adequate  information  concerning  each 
of  the  graduates  of  the  College.  This  material  is  available  to  any  school 
official  who  desires  the  information  in  connection  with  an  application 
made  by  one  of  our  graduates.  The  information  covers  scholastic  stand- 
ing, a  comprehensive  evaluation  of  the  individual's  student  teaching 
experience,  and  general  evaluations  of  personality,  character,  compe- 
tency, and  professional  potentialities  by  members  of  the  individual's 
major  and  minor  departments  together  with  a  definite  statement  com- 
piled by  the  graduate  himself. 

An  active  file  is  maintained  in  the  Placement  Office  listing  teaching 
positions  by  curriculum.  This  file  is  for  West  Chester  students  and  grad- 
uates only. 

Graduates  of  the  West  Chester  State  College  are  asked  to  keep  in 
touch  with  the  Placement  Director  in  order  that  they  may  be  recom- 
mended for  better  positions  demanding  experience.  Graduates  are  also 
asked  to  keep  the  office  informed  of  vacancies  so  that  these  positions,  in 
turn,  may  be  brought  to  the  attention  of  teachers  not  placed. 

The  Pennsylvania  Regional  Film  Library 

The  College  operates  a  film  library  service  for  the  schools  in  the 
service  area  surrounding  West  Chester.  The  service  includes  rental  of 
films,  film-strips,  and  projection  equipment.    All  schools  and  church  or- 


Film  Library  —  Classification  43 

ganizations  in  Bucks,  Chester,  Delaware  and  Montgomery  counties  are 
eligible  for  these  services. 

The  library  was  established  through  the  State  Department  of  Public 
Instruction.  It  maintains  some  five  hundred  titles  on  16  mm.  motion  pic- 
ture film  and  over  twelve  hundred  titles  on  filmstrip. 

Further  information  can  be  had  by  correspondence  with:  The  Penn- 
sylvania Regional  Film  Library,  West  Chester  State  College,  West  Ches- 
ter, Pa. 


The  Delaware-Chester  Regional  Film  Library 

The  Delaware-Chester  Regional  Film  Library  is  housed  on  the  col- 
lege campus.  This  two-county  film  library  has  over  1700  films  at  pres- 
ent, all  instructional,  in  many  fields  of  elementary  and  secondary  educa- 
tion. The  Delaware-Chester  Film  Library  is  the  first  joint  regional  film 
library  to  be  formed  in  the  state  of  Pennsylvania  under  a  state  super- 
vised plan. 

Membership  in  the  Library  is  limited  to  the  public  schools  of  the 
two  counties,  who  pay  on  a  per  pupil  basis.  There  are  57  school  systems 
now  belonging,  with  a  pupil  enrollment  of  over  70,000. 

College  faculty  may  make  use  of  the  facilities  of  the  Delaware-Ches- 
ter Film  Library.  All  applications  must  be  made  through  the  College 
Film  Library  in  room  13. 


Classification  of  Students  By  Year  of  Study 

Students  in  the  College  are  classified  according  to  the  number  of 
semester  hours  of  credit  which  they  have  earned: 

Freshmen    31   credits   or  less 

Sophomores    32-63  credits  inclusive 

Juniors     64-95  credits  inclusive 

Seniors    96  credits  or  more 

Special Those  who  are  not  working  on  a  degree  program 

or  who  are  so  classified  for  other  reasons^ 


44  Marking  System 


Marking  System 

The  marking  system  now  in  effect  at  the  West  Chester  State  College 
is  as  follows: 

Mark — Interpretation  Percentage  Equivalents  Quality  Points 

A— Excellent  A— 90-100  4 

B— Superior  B— 80-  89  3 

C— Average  C— 70-  79  2 

D— Below  Average  D— 60-  69  1 

E — Failure  with  re-examina- 
tion privilege 
F — Failure  F — 59  or  lower  0 

I — Incomplete  (See  "Special  Provisions".) 
WF— Withdrew  Failing 
WP — Withdrew  Passing 

Percentage  Equivalents 

For  those  who  prefer  to  think  of  the  marking  in  terms  of  figures, 
it  has  been  determined  that  each  letter  represents  the  range  of  per  cents 
shown  in  the  second  column. 

Scholastic  Index: 

The  minimum  scholastic  index  required  to  remain  in  good  academic 
standing  and  for  graduation  is  a  2.00  (C  average)  for  all  work  taken  at 
the  College.  This  index  is  obtained  by  dividing  the  total  credit  hours 
into  the  total  quality  points. 

Scholastic  Index  =  Total  Quality  Points  -^  Total  Credit  Hours 

Explanation: 

The  marking  system  provides  that  a  "C"  be  interpreted  as  the  aver- 
age accomplishment;  a  "B"  as  accomplishment  superior  to  the  average, 
and  an  "A"  very  superior  or  exceptional  work.  A  mark  of  "D"  represents 
accomplishment  inferior  to  the  average  and  indicates  the  lowest  type  of 
work  that  will  be  accepted  as  of  passing  grade.  An  "F"  represents  that 
accomplishment  wherein  the  quality  of  work  done  by  a  student  is  below 
that  represented  by  a  "D".  A  mark  of  "F"  implies  that  the  course  must 
be  repeated  by  the  student. 

Special  Provisions  Related  to  the  Marking  System: 

If  because  of  personal  illness  certified  by  a  physician  or  other  ap- 
proved reasons,  a  student  is  not  able  to  meet  the  requirements  of  a 
course  at  the  close  of  a  semester,  a  mark  of  "I"  may  be  assigned  by  the 
instructor.  This  mark  indicates  that  the  work  is  incomplete.  This  work 
must  be  completed  satisfactorily  by  the  end  of  the  ninth  week  of  the 
semester  following  the  giving  of  the  mark.    Failure  to  meet  this  require- 


Scholastic  Requirements  45 

ment  will  result  in  the  "I"  grade  being  changed  to  an  "F"  on  the  per- 
manent report  card.  In  no  case  is  a  student  given  a  mark  of  "I"  in 
any  course  when  the  cause  of  incomplete  work  is  irregular  attendance, 
negligence,  unexcused  absence  from  final  examination,  or  inability  to  do 
college  grade  work. 

When  a  student  fails  a  course  by  a  margin  so  close  that  the  instructor 
believes  that  a  re-examination  is  justified,  the  student  may  be  marked 
"E."  In  all  cases  where  an  "E"  is  assigned,  the  student  must  take  the 
re-examination  by  the  end  of  the  Tiinth  week  of  the  semester  following 
the  giving  of  this  mark.  The  final  mark  for  an  "E"  (re-examination 
privilege)  cannot  exceed  a  "D."  Failure  to  meet  this  requirement  will 
result  in  the  "E"  being  changed  to  an  "F"  on  the  permanent  record  card. 

Scholastic  Requirements 

A  student  admitted  to  the  West  Chester  State  College  must  show 
that  he  has  capacity  to  do  academic  and  professional  work  of  college 
grade. 

Students  who  earn  a  scholastic  index  of  less  than  2.00  ("C"  average) 
during  a  semester  will  automatically  be  placed  on  academic  probation 
if  they  qualify  for  admission  to  the  subsequent  semester. 

Students  who  earn  a  scholastic  index  of  less  than  2.00  ("C"  average) 
during  a  period  of  academic  probation  will  be  subject  to  dismissal 
from  the  College. 

1.  Freshmen  whose  cumulative  averages  are  below  1.75  at  the  end 
of  two  semesters  are  automatically  dismissed  from  the  College. 

2.  Upperclassmen   whose  cumulative   averages   are  below  2.00   are 
automatically  dismissed  from  the  College. 

Students  should  consult  the  Student  Handbook  for  complete  infor- 
mation regarding  scholastic  requirements. 

Full-time  students  (those  who  carry  12  semester  hours  of  credit  or 
more)  who  do  not  pass  at  least  ten  semester  hours  of  work  during  a 
semester  will  be  dismissed  from  the  College. 

Students  dismissed  for  academic  reasons  will  not  be  eligible  to  ap- 
ply for  readmission  for  at  least  one  regular  academic  semester.  Appli- 
cation for  readmission  must  be  filed  with  the  Director  of  Admissions  at 
least  30  days  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  semester  for  which  admission 
is  desired. 

These  policies  are  under  study  by  the  Committee  of  Academic  Stand- 
ards and  are  subject  to  revisions. 


46  -  ,  Scholastic  Requirements 


Requirements  for  Junior  Standing 

(This  policy  is  effective  for  the  class  entering  September,  1962,  and 
all  subsequent  classes.) 

In  order  to  qualify  for  Junior  Standing,  the  student  must  fulfill  the 
requirements  stipulated  below: 

1.  Junior  Standing  shall  be  based  on  the  accumulation  of  not  less 

than  60  semester  hours  of  credit  and  the  attainment  of  a  mini- 
mum cumulative  scholastic  index  of  2.00  with  no  failures  out- 
standing. 

2.  Students  must  attain  a  minimum  percentile  rank  (as  established 
by  the  Academic  Standards  Committee)  on  the  sophomore  ad- 
ministration of  the  Reading  and  Writing  STEP  Tests. 

3.  The  mastery  of  the  field  of  specialization  shall  be  determined  by 
the  major  department  involved.  The  use  of  STEP  Test  scores 
other  than  those  previously  mentioned  is  at  the  discretion  of  the 
department.  Personal  fitness  to  teach,  including  freedom  from 
defective  speech,  shall  also  be  determined  by  the  major  depart- 
ment. 


Reports  to  Parents 

The  office  of  the  Registrar  will  mail  a  report  of  each  student's  marks 
to  his  parents  or  guardian  after  the  close  of  each  semester.  This  requires 
approximately  15  days  after  all  grades  are  reported  by  the  faculty. 

Honors  Lists 

The  Honors  Lists  will  be  published  at  the  close  of  each  semester. 

High  Honors  List— Scholastic  Index  of  3.50—4.00 

Honors  List  —Scholastic  Index  of  3.00—3.49 

Students  maintaining  the  above  averages  during  the  student  teach- 
ing semester  will  be  placed  on  separate  High  Honors  and  Honors  Lists. 

Credit  by  Examination 

A  student  in  good  academic  standing  may  request  opportunity  to 
take  a  comprehensive  examination  in  a  particular  course  offered  by  the 
College.  Such  a  request  must  be  filed  in  duplicate  and  during  the  first 
two  weeks  of  a  semester  on  a  form  secured  from  the  office  of  the 
Director  of  the  Undergraduate  Program.  Requests  will  be  reviewed  by 
the  College  department  involved  and  the  Director  of  the  Undergraduate 


Advanced  Placement  47 

Program.  Permission  to  take  such  an  examination  requires  demonstra- 
tion by  the  individual  of  mastery  in  the  field.  If  the  request  is  approved, 
the  student  will  register  for  the  course  in  the  usual  w^ay  and  will  be  per- 
mitted to  audit  the  class  if  he  desires.  If  credit  by  examination  would 
involve  an  over-load,  the  student  must  have  "Honors  List"  standing. 
The  semester  hours  of  credit  earned  by  examination  will  apply  toward 
graduation  requirements. 

Advanced  Placement  Program 

Courses  taken  before  admission  to  college  under  the  Advanced 
Placement  Program  conducted  by  the  Educational  Testing  Service, 
Trenton,  New  Jersey,  may  be  applied  towards  graduation  requirements 
by  students  who  are  admitted  to  the  college  to  pursue  one  or  more  se- 
mester's work.  To  secure  such  credit  the  student  must  make  formal  ap- 
plication to  the  office  of  the  Director  of  the  Undergraduate  Program. 
The  course  must  satisfy  college  requirements  and  the  score  on  the  Ed- 
ucational Testing  Service  examination  must  be  satisfactory  to  College 
officials.  If  request  for  Advanced  Placement  standing  is  approved,  the 
student  will  register  for  the  course  and  pay  the  established  fee.  Not 
more  than  fifteen  (15)  credits  earned  by  such  examination  may  be  ap- 
plied toward  graduation  requirements. 

The  Educational  Testing  Service  does  not  handle  this  program  but 
cooperates  in  certain  matters  concerning  it.  Information  can  be  received 
from  Advance  Placement  Program,  College  Entrance  Examination  Board, 
475  Riverside  Drive,  New  York  27,  New  York.  However,  all  correspond- 
ence concerning  the  examinations  should  be  addressed  to  College  Board 
Advance  Placement  Examinations,  Box  592,  Princeton,  New  Jersey. 

Student  Teaching 

Student  teaching  is  to  be  taken  in  the  seventh  or  eight  semester 
and  normally  culminates  the  professional  experience  in  preservice  prep- 
aration for  teaching.  Students  should  file  applications  for  admission  to 
student  teaching  during  the  spring  semester  of  their  junior  year.  An 
annoimced  meeting  is  held  in  February  for  this  purpose. 

To  be  eligible  for  student  teaching,  candidates  must  have  senior 
standing  (96  semester  hours)  and  a  scholastic  index  of  2.00  (C)  or 
higher. 

Applications  for  admission  to  student  teaching  are  reviewed  by  the 
department  or  departments  in  which  the  applicant  wishes  to  secure  cer- 
tification, by  the  Director  of  the  Undergraduate  Program,  and  by  the 
Director  of  Student  Teaching. 

Remedial  Instruction 

New  students  whose  records  are  low  on  the  College  Board  Examina- 
tions, which  are  required  of  all  incoming  students,  may  be  required  to 


48  Credit  Requirement 


carry  fewer  semester  hours  of  credit  than  a  normal  class  load  and  may 
be  required  to  attend  without  credit  remedial  classes  in  English  and/or 
Reading. 

Resident  Credit  Requirement 

The  last  thirty  (30)  semester  hours  of  credit  must  be  taken  at  West 
Chester  to  qualify  for  graduation  from  a  degree  curriculum.  Resident 
credits  may  be  earned  in  day,  evening,  and  Saturday  classes  which  are 
offered  on  campus. 

Class  and  Assembly  Attendance 

Regular  and  punctual  attendance  at  classes  and  assemblies  is  con- 
sidered essential  to  sound  scholarship  and  good  campus  citizenship. 
Upon  enrolling  in  the  College,  each  student  is  supplied  with  a  student 
handbook  which  contains  a  statement  of  the  absence  policy.  Enrollment 
in  the  College  implies  agreement  on  the  part  of  the  student  to  conform 
with  its  provisions. 

Freshmen  and  Sophomores  are  required  to  attend  all  assemblies. 
Juniors  and  Seniors  are  encouraged  to  attend. 

Withdrawals  From  College 

The  student  must  notify  the  Director  of  the  Undergraduate  Program 
in  writing,  stating  the  reason  for  his  intention  of  withdrawal  from  the 
College  and  the  date  of  his  withdrawal. 

Should  a  student  fail  to  comply  with  this  requirement,  the  adminis- 
tration will,  after  ten  days  of  unexplained  absence,  declare  the  student 
not  a  member  of  the  College.  The  date  on  which  his  connection  with 
the  College  terminates  will  be  the  day  on  which  he  last  attended  classes. 

When  a  student  discontinues  his  work  at  the  College,  either  for  ill- 
ness or  any  other  reason,  he  must  notify  the  Director  of  the  Undergrad- 
uate Program  as  soon  as  possible;  otherwise  he  will  receive  marks  of 
"F"  in  each  of  his  courses  on  his  permanent  record  card.  This  will  re- 
sult in  difficulty  in  re-entering  the  College  or  in  securing  admission  to 
another  institution. 


Transcripts 

Applications  for  official  transcripts  should  be  made  to  the  Office 
of  the  Registrar. 

A  copy  of  the  student's  entire  record  (a  transcript)  is  attached  to 
his  application  for  certification  in  the  State  of  Pennsylvania.  This  trans- 
script  is  provided  free  of  charge. 


Class  Load  49 


There  is  a  fee  of  one  dollar  for  the  second  and  each  subsequent 
transcript.  Checks  must  accompany  requests  and  should  be  made  pay- 
able to  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania. 

Transcripts  are  considered  official  only  when  sent  directly  to  the 
school  or  college  authority  who  is  to  evaluate  and/or  record  them. 
Therefore,  transcripts  sent  to  students  are  not  official  and  do  not  bear 
the  state  seal.  Most  states  and  most  school  and  college  authorities  ac- 
cept only  official   transcripts. 

Names  and  addresses  to  whom  transcripts  are  to  be  mailed  should 
be  included  with  applications. 

No  charge  is  made  for  transcripts  sent  to  Pennsylvania  school  of- 
ficials in  connection  with  applications  for  a  position. 

Dismisscds  From  College 

Administrative  officers  and  the  student  councils  may  make  recom- 
mendations to  the  President  for  suspension  and  dismissal.  No  student 
shall  be  suspended  or  dismissed  from  the  College  except  upon  the  ap- 
proval of  the  President. 

Student  Class  Load 

A  full-time  student's  schedule  must  have  a  normal  load  which  is 
12-17  semester  hours  of  credit.  No  student  shall  be  permitted  to  schedule 
more  than  34  semester  hours  of  credit  in  one  academic  year  without  the 
approval  of  the  Director  of  the  Undergraduate  Program. 

Withdrawals  from  a  Course 

Approved  withdrawal  from  a  course  is  not  permitted  without  justi- 
fiable reason  and  must  be  approved  by  the  Department  Chairman  and 
the  Director  of  the  Undergraduate  Program. 

A  student  may  receive  approval  to  withdraw  from  or  "drop"  a 
course  during  the  first  four  (4)  weeks  of  a  semester.  In  the  case  of 
summer  sessions,  he  may  withdraw  during  the  first  three  (3)  days  of  a 
Pre-  or  Post  Session  and  during  the  first  week  of  Regular  Session.  No 
notation  of  this  course  will  then  appear  on  the  student's  permanent  rec- 
ord. Except  for  special  reasons  and  emergencies,  withdrawal  from  a 
course  is  not  permitted  after  the  first  four  (4)  weeks  of  the  semester  or 
as  indicated  for  the  summer  sessions. 

Faculty  will  record  a  grade  of  "WP"  if  the  student's  work  is  pass- 
ing and  "WF"  if  the  student's  work  is  failing  at  the  time  of  approved 
withdrawal.  A  grade  of  "F"  will  be  recorded  if  a  student  withdraws 
from  a  course  without  approval.  A  grade  of  "WF"  receives  the  same 
penalty  in  quality  points  as  an  "F." 


50  Graduation 


Students  wishing  to  withdraw  or  "drop"  a  course  should  follow  the 
procedure  listed  below: 

1.  Student  should  secure  a  "Drop  Schedule"  from  the  office  of  the 
Dean  of  Academic  Affairs. 

2.  Student  should  confer  with  the  faculty  member  regarding  with- 
drawal. 

3.  Faculty  member  should  confer  with  the  Department  Chairman 
who  will  make  any  comments  regarding  approval  or  disapproval 
of  student's  request. 

4.  Faculty  member  returns  "Drop  Schedule"  form  to  the  office  of 
the  Director  of  Undergraduate  Program,  by  mail,  for  final  dis- 
position of  the  request. 

Classification  of  Students  by  College  Program 

Regular  Student — All  undergraduates  who  are  admitted  to  a  degree 
program  in  Elementary  Education,  Secondary  Education,  Health  and 
Physical  Education,  Music  Education,  and  Liberal  Arts.  All  students 
classified  in  this  category  must  carry  a  total  of  at  least  12  semester 
hours  credit  in  a  semester. 

Special  student  —  any  student  other  than  the  above  who  is  pursu- 
ing a  program  which,  when  completed,  will  comprise  twelve  or  more 
semester  hour  credits.     Such  program  types  include: 

a.  Degree  program  for  Public  School  Nurses; 

b.  Degree  program  for  Dental  Hygienists; 

c.  Certification  program  for  college  graduates  seeking  teaching 
certificates; 

d.  Other  non-degree  program  for  purposes  of  fulfilling  re- 
quirements imposed  by  other  colleges,  self-improvement, 
special  interest,  etc. 

Entrant  —  any  student  accepted  for  attendance  at  the  college  and 
restricted  to  a  total  accumulation  of  nine  semester  hour  credits. 

Notice  of  Anticipation  of  Graduation 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student  to  report  to  the  Office  of  the 
Director  of  the  Undergraduate  Program  at  least  three  months  before  the 
date  of  his  anticipated  graduation.  It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to 
see  that  his  name  is  placed  upon  the  list  of  prospective  graduates  and 
to  indicate  at  that  time  the  way  his  name  should  appear  on  the  diploma. 
If  he  fails  to  do  this,  his  graduation  will  be  postponed  until  the  next 
regular  commencement. 

Each  student  must,  of  necessity,  assume  responsibility  for  seeing  that 
he  meets  all  of  the  requirements  for  graduation  outlined  in  the  college 
catalog.    These  include  the  meeting  of  all  general  and  professional  edu- 


Student  Life  51 

cation  requirements,  requirements  in  major  and  minor  fields,  a  total  of 
one  hundred  twenty-eight  (128)  credits,  and  a  minimum  scholastic  index 
of  2.00  or  "C"  average. 

Graduation 

A  student  will  be  reconmiended  for  graduation  when  all  the  require- 
ments for  his  curriculum  have  been  met.  Diplomas  will  not  be  issued 
until  all  bills  and  obligations  to  the  College  have  been  met. 

The  Alumni 

The  West  Chester  State  College  alumni  number  approximately  fif- 
teen thousand,  and  their  devotion  to  the  College  is  marked.  The  annual 
meeting  held  at  the  College  just  before  commencement  is  well  attended 
and  active  branch  organizations  hold  meetings  at  the  following  places: 
Allentown,  Atlantic  City,  Bethlehem,  New  York  City,  Pottsville,  Reading 
and  York.  The  Tri-County  organization  consists  of  graduates  living 
in  Delaware  Cotmty,  Montgomery  County,  and  Philadelphia. 

SELECTIVE  SERVICE  INFORMATION 

The  Director  of  the  Undergraduate  Program  is  the  College  adviser 
on  Selective  Service.  Students  wishing  advice  on  this  subject  should 
apply  at  his  office  in  the  Philips  Memorial  Building. 

A  student  seeking  deferment  must  complete  at  the  end  of  each 
college  year  an  SS109  Form  which  will  be  submitted  to  the  student's 
local  Selective  Service  Board  by  the  Director  of  the  Undergraduate  Pro- 
gram. These  forms  can  be  secured  from  the  Dean  of  Men  and  the  Dean 
of  Student  Affairs. 

STUDENT  LIFE 

Classification  of  Students:  Commuting — Resident 

1,   Resident  Students.  Resident  students  are  of  two  types: 

a.  Dormitory  Students — those  who  live  in  a  college  dormitory 
and  take  their  meals  in  the  College  dining  room.  All  dormitory 
students  are  required  to  eat  in  the  College  dining  room. 

b.  Off-Campus  Students — those  who  are  assigned  to  a  College  ap- 
proved off-campus  residence  by  the  Dean  of  Women  or  by 
the  Dean  of  Men. 

All  off-campus  rooms  must  be  assigned  by  the  Dean  of  Women 
or  Men.  Students  living  in  off-campus  housing  are  required 
to  eat  their  meals  in  the  College  Dining  Room. 


52  Student  Life 

c.  Day  (Commuting)  Students  are  those  who  live  at  the  home  of 
their  parents  or  legal  guardians  and  commute  daily  to  and  from 
the  College.  Those  driving  cars  must  register  with  the  Dean  of 
Men. 

The  classification  of  students  is  determined  by  the  Deans  of  Wo- 
men and  Men.  These  deans  advise  on  the  living  conditions  of  all 
students. 

Resident  Students  are  required  to  eat  in  the  College  dining  room. 
The  Dean  of  Student  Affairs  may  approve  exceptions  to  this  rule  in 
very  rare  cases. 

Application  for  permission  to  eat  out  of  the  College  dining  room 
must  be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs  two  weeks  be- 
fore the  opening  of  each  semester.  The  College  Health  Service  will  re- 
view each  application  based  on  a  health  condition  when  the  family 
physician  has  submitted  a  detailed  diagnosis  with  a  laboratory  report 
such  as  blood  count,  urinalysis,  and  basal  metabolism  test  * 

Housing 

The  College  has  more  than  500  rooms  for  women  and  approximately 
300  rooms  for  men  in  respective  dormitories.  Rooms  are  provided  in 
private  homes  for  Off-Campus  Students.  These  rooms  are  inspected  and 
approved  by  the  Dean  of  Men,  and  Dean  of  Women.  Off-Campus  Stu- 
dents are  under  the  same  college  regulations  as  all  other  resident  stu- 
dents. 

Students  who  live  in  the  college  dormitories  are  provided  with  bed 
linens  and  counterpanes.  All  other  bed  furnishings  and  toilet  necessities 
are  provided  by  the  students. 

The  College  cannot  provide  housing  or  apartments  for  married  stu- 
dents and  their  families.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  individual  to 
secure  housing  facilities  prior  to  registration  day.  Local  real  estate 
agents  should  be  consulted. 

Regulations  Concerning  Dormitory  Students 

A  student  who  accepts  an  assignment  in  any  college  dormitory  at 
the  beginning  of  a  semester  or  session  will  be  responsible  for  the  pay- 
ment of  the  room  rent  fee  for  the  entire  semester  or  session.  Exceptions 
will  be  made  only  in  cases  of  personal  illness,  the  same  being  certified 
by  an  attending  physician,  or  for  such  other  reasons  as  may  be  approved 
by  the  President  of  the  College  and  the  Board  of  Trustees.    A  student 


The  College  Infirmary  must  be  furnished  with  a  diet  list  prepared  and 
signed  by  the  family  physician.  This  list  should  be  made  out  in  dupli- 
cate, one  copy  to  be  kept  at  the  eating  place  of  the  student's  choice  and 
the  other  to  be  placed  on  file  at  the  Infirmary. 


PEALE  PORTRAIT  OF  WASHINGTON 

This  portrait,  which  was  done  by  Charles  Wilson  Peale  in  1778, 
hangs  in  the  Philips  Memorial  Building.  It  is  owned  by  the  Alumni 
Association  of  the  West  Chester  State  College. 


Student  Life  53 

admitted  to  a  college  dormitory  after  a  semester  or  session  begins  will 
be  responsible  for  the  payment  of  the  room  rent  fee  for  the  balance  of 
the  semester  or  session  on  a  prorated  basis. 

Regulations  Concerning  Dormitory  Guests 

A  dormitory  student  is  permitted  to  have  an  overnight  guest  on  Fri- 
day and  Saturday  nights  ONLY  when  there  is  an  available  bed.  The 
guest  must  be  registered  with  and  approved  by  the  Dean  of  Women,  in 
the  case  of  women  students,  or  the  Dean  of  Men,  in  the  case  of  men  stu- 
dents. A  charge  of  $1.56  per  night  is  required  for  each  guest.  Resident 
students  will  be  responsible  individually  for  the  observation  of  this  re- 
regulation. 

Student  Automobile  Regulations 

Resident  students  who  have  valid  reasons  within  the  existing  Col- 
lege Automobile  Regulations  may  maintain  and  operate  automobiles  on 
campus,  providing  they  apply  for  and  obtain  permission  from  the  Dean 
of  Men  or  Women  prior  to  bringing  automobiles  on  campus. 

Commuting  students  will  be  granted  permission,  upon  application 
to  the  Chief  of  Security,  to  drive  automobiles  to  and  from  the  College 
daily. 

College  Book  Store 

The  College  Book  Store  carries,  in  addition  to  books,  a  complete 
line  of  student  necessities.  This  book  store  is  operated  as  a  student  en- 
terprise, the  net  profits  of  which  accrue  to  the  benefit  of  the  Student 
Activities  Association. 

EXTRA-CURRICULAR  ACTIVITIES 

The  developing  of  the  extra-curricular  program,  fitting  it  to  the 
needs  of  the  students,  and  co-ordinating  its  various  phases  into  the  whole 
of  college  living  is  the  responsibility  of  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs. 
Questions  of  policy  and  regulations,  the  evaluating  of  the  objectives  of 
an  activity,  and  other  problems  are  acted  upon  by  the  Student  Affairs 
Council. 

The  program  of  extra-curricular  activities  at  West  Chester  empha- 
sizes four  types  of  activities  leading  to  individual  and  group  develop- 
ment. The  various  clubs,  organizations,  activities,  and  responsibilities 
are  grouped  under  one  of  four  headings  according  to  type  of  develop- 
ment emphasized.  The  following  indicates  the  four  types  together  with 
some  of  the  activities  included  in  each  phase. 

Type  A:  Activities  that  center  around  college  group  life;   activities  of 
college  community  government  and  living,   such   as:    Student 


54  EXTRA-CURRICULAR   ACTIVITIES 

Activities  Association  Executive  Board,  Student  Councils,  Class 
Committees,  Epicurean  Club,  Quad  Angles,  Student-Faculty 
Committees,  Serpentine,  Press  Board,  Little  Theatre. 

Type  B:  Activities  that  promote  better  professional  development — that 
train  for  sponsorship  and  organization  of  "extra-class"  pro- 
grams in  the  public  schools.  The  various  departments  of  the 
College  sponsor  professional  clubs,  such  as:  Association  of 
Childhood  Education,  English,  French,  Geography,  Mathe- 
matics, Music,  Social  Studies,  Science,  men's  and  women's 
sports  activities  for  health  and  physical  education  students. 

Type  C:  Activities  that  promote  finer  ethical  values.  These  groups  have 
organized  a  Council  of  Religious  Clubs  that  plans  for  a  uni- 
fied program  for  the  year  as  well  as  emphasizes  ethical  action 
as  a  unified  front;  it  is  through  united  effort  in  this  area  that 
we  may  raise  the  standards  of  honor  and  character  on  the 
campus.  The  organizations  in  this  group  are:  Inter-Varsity 
Christian  Fellowship,  Hillel  Foundation,  Newman  Club,  and 
Student  Christian  Association. 

Type  D:  Activities  that  satisfy  individual  interests.  These  activities  are 
those  of  hobby  groups  and  include  a  long  list,  such  as:  art, 
athletics,  glee  clubs,  photography,  phonograph,  nature  study, 
orchestra,  etc. 

Each  student  is  urged  to  participate  in  the  activities  of  a  club  for 
one  semester  of  each  of  the  four  years  on  campus.  The  Student  Affairs 
Council  and  the  Student  Affairs  Division  ask  the  co-operation  of  the 
students  in  taking  advantage  of  the  varied  types  of  extra-curricular  ac- 
tivities that  are  offered. 

No  student  is  permitted  to  hold  more  than  one  office  in  one  se- 
mester. It  is  hoped  that  in  this  way  it  may  be  possible  to  spread  oppor- 
tunity and  divide  responsibility,  thus  develop  leaders  and  discover  latent 
abilities  as  well  as  continue  to  enjoy  the  services  of  those  who  are 
naturally  inclined  to  direct  affairs. 

Students  are  urged  to  take  into  account  the  fact  that  their  extra- 
curricular participation  often  has  an  important  bearing  upon  their 
placement  when  seeking  positions.  Students  should  keep  in  mind  not 
only  the  placement  value  of  their  extra-curricular  program  but  also  its 
cultural  value. 


PUBLICATIONS 

QUAD  ANGLES,  the  student  newspaper,  is  published  by  an  under- 
graduate staff.  Positions  in  the  organization  are  open  to  any  member 
of  the  student  body  with  reporting  or  editing  ability.  A  faculty  member 
serves  as  adviser. 


Scholarships  55 

THE  SERPENTINE  is  the  college  yearbook  published  under  the 
direction  of  the  Senior  Class.  This  record  of  college  activities  is  edited 
by  a  student  staff  with  a  faculty  adviser. 

THE  RAM'S  HORN  is  a  publication  of  the  Varsity  Club  produced 
on  the  occasion  of  each  home  game  of  the  football  season.  The  staff 
is  made  up  from  the  undergraduate  body  of  the  College  aided  by  a 
faculty  adviser. 

THE  HANDBOOK  is  published  each  year  as  an  aid  to  incoming 
freshmen.  It  is  prepared  by  a  student  staff  with  the  advice  of  a  faculty 
sponsor. 

SCHOLARSfflPS 

The  College  does  not  have  scholarships  to  offer  incoming  students. 
Scholarships  in  the  form  of  financial  aid  which  students  receive  from 
other  sources  may  be  used  at  West  Chester. 

The  following  scholarships  are  available  to  "West  Chester  students 
who  qualify  for  them: 

William  Pyle  Philips  Scholarships 

The  William  Pyle  Philips  full  tuition  (basic  fee)  scholarships  are 
available  to  junior  and  senior  students.  To  be  eligible  for  these  scholar- 
ships, students  must  be  natives  of  Chester  County.  There  are  20  to  25 
scholarships  awarded  each  year,  the  beneficiaries  of  which  are  selected 
on  the  basis  of  scholastic  ability  and  citizenship. 

The  Samuel  Martin  Scholarship  Bequest 

This  is  a  fund  which  was  left  by  the  will  of  Mr.  Samuel  Martin  "to 
be  used  to  defray  part  of  the  expenses  of  persons  of  limited  means  who 
are  preparing  to  teach  .  .  .  Persons  who  are  assisted  shall  preferably  be 
educated  at  West  Chester  Normal  School"  (now  West  Chester  State  Col- 
lege). "Children  of  Friends,  or  persons  in  sympathy  with  Friends  are 
preferred."  Persons  wishing  to  obtain  the  benefits  of  this  fund  will  in- 
form Elbert  N.  Pusey,  Esquire,  30  West  Market  Street,  West  Chester, 
Pennsylvania. 


The  Sarah  H.  Mellor  Scholarship  Fund  of  the  Chester  Coimty 
Council  of  Parent-Teacher  Associations 

Mrs.  Sarah  H.  Mellor  was  associated  with  the  West  Chester  State 
College  as  student,  teacher,  and  member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees.  Her 
interest  in  education  in  general,  in  children,  and  in  youth  found  expres- 
sion in  her  devotion  to  the  work  of  the  Parent-Teacher  Associations,  es- 
pecially those  in  Chester  County.     It  was,  therefore,  most  fitting  that 


56  Scholarships 

the  Chester  County  Council  of  Parent-Teacher  Associations  memorialize 
her  through  this  scholarship.  A  Joint  Committee  from  the  Chester 
County  Council  of  PTA  and  the  College  makes  the  award  annually  to 
a  Chester  County  student  who  is  in  attendance  at  the  West  Chester 
State  College.  This  award  of  $100,  each  year  is  based  upon  the  need, 
personality,  character,  and  scholastic  ability  of  the  student. 

Hannah  Kent  Schoff  Memorial  Scholarships 

The  Pennsylvania  Congress  of  Parents  and  Teachers,  believing  that 
there  is  great  value  in  offering  financial  aid  to  worthy  students  who  are 
preparing  for  the  teaching  field,  for  many  years  has  maintained  a  me- 
morial loan  fund  in  honor  of  its  first  president,  Mrs.  Hannah  Kent  Schoff. 
In  1957  this  loan  fund  became  the  Hannah  Kent  Schoff  Memorial  Schol- 
arship fund.  Outstanding  students  are  recommended  by  their  high  schools 
and  may  become  candidates  for  these  scholarships  to  Pennsylvania  State 
Colleges.  Each  scholarship  is  an  outright  grant  of  $150  per  year,  or 
$600  for  the  four  years.  The  money  is  paid  directly  to  the  college  and 
is  applied  to  the  student's  account.  These  scholarships  are  valid  only 
at  the  fourteen  Pennsylvania  State  Colleges.  Application  forms,  which 
should  be  secured  from  the  High  School  Guidance  Counselor,  must  be 
filed  with  the  State  College  of  the  applicant's  choice  before  March  1st. 

The  David  M.  Sensenig  Memorial  Scholarship 

In  memory  of  Dr.  David  M.  Sensenig,  who  was  Head  of  the  Mathe- 
matics Department  of  the  Normal  School  from  1895  until  1908,  a 
scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  two  juniors  who  have  shown  out- 
standing ability  and  achievement  in  Mathematics.  The  award  is  a  $50 
United  States  savings  bond. 

Elift-Mnlleai  Memorial  Scholarship  for  Future  Teachers 

The  scholarship  has  been  inaugurated  by  the  Robert  L.  Kift-Thomas 
R.  Mullen,  Jr.  Memorial  Fund,  Inc.,  provided  for  by  the  Lehigh  Struc- 
tural Steel  Company,  AUentown,  Pennsylvania.  To  apply  for  this  schol- 
arship, students  must  be  either  juniors  or  seniors  and  must  be  graduates 
of  AUentown  High  School  or  AUentown  Central  Catholic  High  School. 
The  amount  of  the  scholarship  is  $200.  per  year. 

The  Theodore  Presser  Foundation  Scholarship 

A  scholarship  for  music  students  is  awarded  by  the  Music  Depart- 
ment, with  the  approval  of  the  President  of  the  College.  The  amount 
granted  totals  $400  yearly,  as  approved  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  of 
the  Presser  Foundation.  This  award  was  first  granted  to  West  Chester 
in  1929  and  is  available  to  juniors  and  seniors  in  the  music  curriculum. 

Music  Department  Scholarship  of  the  General  Student  Fund 

Three  scholarships,  each  in  the  amount  of  $100.  are  awarded  dur- 
ing the  sophomore  year  to  sophomore  music  education  students.    Col- 


Scholarships  57 

lege  citizenship  and  performance  in  the  area  of  applied  music  are  the 
factors  considered  in  making  this  award. 

SICO  Scholarships 

The  SICO  Company  of  Mount  Joy,  Pennsylvania,  has  established 
one  scholarship  of  $300  each  year  for  students  who  are  to  enter  the 
West  Chester  State  College  in  the  field  of  Elementary  Education.  The 
applicants  for  these  scholarships  must  have  legal  residence  in  Chester, 
Berks,  Cumberland,  Dauphin,  Lancaster,  Lebanon  or  York  Counties,  or 
the  State  of  Delaware,  and  must  apply  for  the  scholarship  in  their  senior 
year  of  high  school  through  the  high  school  guidance  counsellor.  The 
scholarships  are  awarded  on  the  basis  of  competitive  examinations  that 
are  held  at  the  College  in  March  of  each  year. 

Friars  Memorial  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  is  in  memory  of  all  those  West  Chester  men  who 
lost  their  lives  in  World  War  II.  The  amount  of  the  scholarship  is 
$100  awarded  when  the  society  is  able  to  the  junior  male  student  who 
has  been  selected  on  the  basis  of  1)  Leadership,  2)  Character,  3)  Friend- 
ship, 4)  Financial  need,  5)  Academic  achievement,  and  6)  Contribution 
to  the  development  and  improvement  of  West  Chester  State  College. 

The  Southeast  Delco  Lions'  Scholarship 

The  members  of  this  organization  have  established  a  scholarship  for 
a  graduate  of  the  Yeadon,  Darby-Colwyn,  Collingdale  or  Sharon  Hill 
Borough  high  schools.  In  order  to  be  eligible,  students  must  meet  the 
following  qualifications:  (1)  be  a  commuting  student;  (2)  have  commend- 
able sophomore  standing  at  West  Chester  State  College;  (3)  have  ex- 
hibited good  campus  citizenship  and  participated  in  the  College's  extra- 
curricular program;  (4)  continue  their  education  at  West  Chester  State 
College  with  average  or  better  than  average  grades;  (5)  be  in  need  of 
financial  assistance. 

The  amount  of  the  scholarship  is  to  be  one  thousand  dollars 
($1000.00).  Three  hundred  and  twenty -five  dollars  ($325)  will  be 
awarded  at  the  beginning  of  the  Sophomore  year;  three  hundred  and 
twenty-five  dollars  ($325)  at  the  beginning  of  the  Junior  year;  and  three 
hundred  and  fifty  dollars  ($350)  at  the  beginning  of  the  Senior  year, 
provided  the  above  requirements  are  met  annually.  The  first  scholar- 
ship is  to  be  awarded  in  September  1961  and  it  is  the  intention  of  the 
Club  to  award  this  Scholarship  every  three  years.  The  recipient  will 
be  chosen  by  the  scholarship  committee  of  the  Southeast  Delco  Lions' 
Club  and  the  West  Chester  State  College. 

Valkyrie  Club  Scholarship 

The  scholarship,  which  amounts  to  $100  each  year,  is  awarded  to  a 
member  of  the  Valkyrie  Club  in  her  junior  year  and  is  to  be  applied  to 


58  ScHOLARSHIPb 


the  payment  of  college  expenses.  The  award  is  made  on  the  basis  of 
academic  scholarship,  need,  and  service  to  the  Club. 


York  County  Alumni  Club  Award 

The  members  of  this  organization  have  established  the  Elsie  O.  Bull 
Scholarship  fund  to  be  awarded  each  year  by  a  Special  Committee  of 
Awards  to  a  person  from  York  County  who  is  attending,  or  will  attend, 
West  Chester  State  College.  The  award  is  made  on  the  basis  of  the 
need,  ability,  and  achievement  of  the  student  considered. 


Schuylkill  County  Alumni  Club  Award 

A  fund  has  been  created  by  this  group,  to  be  awarded  each  year 
by  the  Scholarship  Committee  of  the  Club,  to  a  person  from  Schuylkill 
County  who  is  attending  the  West  Chester  State  College.  Need,  ability, 
and  promise  are  the  prerequisites  necessary  for  consideration. 

Bethlehem  Alumni  Club  Scholarship 

The  Bethlehem  Alumni  Club  has  set  up  a  scholarship  amounting  to 
$200  per  year,  which  is  awarded  to  a  student  from  the  Bethlehem  High 
School  or  the  Bethlehem  Catholic  High  School.  This  award  is  made  di- 
rectly to  a  senior  in  the  above  mentioned  high  schools  by  the  Alumni  Club. 

Scholarship  Awarded  by  the  Delaware  County  Federation  of 
Junior  Women's  Clubs 

A  fund  has  been  created  by  this  group  to  be  awarded  by  the  Schol- 
arship Committee  of  the  Club  to  one  or  more  junior  class  women  from 
Delaware  County  who  are  in  attendance  at  the  West  Chester  State  Col- 
lege.    The  amount  of  this  award  varies  but  averages  over  $100  a  year. 

State  Department  Scholarship 

The  State  Department  of  Public  Instruction  offers  a  scholarship  of 
$200  per  year  for  four  years  to  the  student  earning  the  highest  score  in 
the  competitive  examinations  given  in  each  county.  This  scholarship 
may  be  used  at  West  Chester.  If  a  student  is  interested  in  competing 
for  this  scholarship,  he  should  apply  to  his  high  school  guidance  coun- 
sellor. 


H.  and  P.E.  Department  Scholarship 

The  Health  and  Physical  Education  Department  has  a  scholarship 
fund  subsidized  by  income  from  the  Quadrennial  show.  Monies  accru- 
ing from  the  performance  of  every  fourth  year  are  placed  in  the 
General  Student  Fund  account  to  the  credit  of  this  scholarship  fund. 

Each  academic  year,  dependent  upon  the  monies  available,  three 


Scholarships  59 

(3)  $100.00  scholarships  are  awarded  to  second  semester  sophomores. 
The  recipients  are  bound  to  use  their  awards  for  bona  fide  or  stipu- 
lated college  expenses.  The  criteria  upon  which  all  potential  recipients 
are  judged  concern  the  following  points  which  of  necessity  are  not 
of  equally  weighted  value. 

1.  Outstanding    scholarship. 

2.  Campus  leadership   including   contributions  to  both  the   major 

department  and  the  college  in  general. 

3.  Need. 

4.  Citizenship. 

5.  Character. 

6.  Ability  in  specific  areas  of  the  major  field. 

The  men's  and  women's  staff  may  furnish  a  preliminary  list. 
Major  department  sponsored  student  groups  such  as  Valkyrie  Club, 
Major  Club,  Exhibition  Group,  Experimental  Dance  Group,  etc.,  may 
suggest  candidates  to  the  screening  committee. 


Charles  S.  Swope  Memoricd  Scholarship  Fund 

This  scholarship  has  been  established  by  the  Swope  family  and 
by  the  generous  gifts  of  many  of  the  alumni  and  friends  of  the  late 
President  Swope.  The  purpose  of  the  scholarship  fund  is  to  aid  and 
assist  such  students  as  the  Scholarship  Committee  may  determine  are 
of  moral,  mental,  intelligent,  and  physical  well-being,  and  who  have 
demonstrated  academic  achievement,  participated  in  extra-curricular 
activities,  and  shown  a  sincere  desire  to  prepare  for  the  teaching 
profession. 

Any  male  student  in  order  to  qualify  for  this  scholarship  must  be 
willing  upon  the  completion  of  his  formal  college  training  to  serve  in 
the  military  service  of  his  country  contingent  upon  the  needs  under 
the  Selective  Service  Act. 

Application  forms  for  this  scholarship  may  be  obtained  at  the 
office  of  the  president  of  the  college. 


60  Loan  Funds 


LOANS 

The  College  endeavors  to  aid  needy  and  deserving  students  to  take 
advantage  of  their  educational  opportunity.  A  student  whose  record  is 
satisfactory,  both  in  academic  achievements  and  in  respect  to  personal 
and  community  responsibility,  may  feel  that  his  application  for  financial 
aid  will  receive  favorable  consideration.  Applicants  should  apply  at  the 
Office  of  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs  for  the  necessary  forms. 

There  are  several  Loan  Funds  from  which  a  student  may  seek  fi- 
nancial assistance.    These  are  listed  below. 

Notioncd  Defense  Student  Loan  Fund 

The  specific  purpose  of  this  Government  Loan  Program,  established 
under  the  National  Defense  Education  Act  of  1958,  is  "to  stimulate  and 
assist  in  the  establishment  at  institutions  of  higher  education  of  funds 
for  the  making  of  low-interest  loans  to  students  in  need  thereof  to  pursue 
their  courses  of  study  in  such  institutions."  While  making  these  loans 
available  to  needy  students  in  any  field  of  study,  the  Act  specifies  that 
"in  the  selection  of  students  to  receive  loans  .  .  .  special  consideration 
shall  be  given  to  (a)  students  with  a  superior  academic  background  who 
express  a  desire  to  teach  in  elementary  or  secondary  schools,  and  (b) 
students  whose  academic  background  indicates  a  superior  capacity  or 
preparation  in  science,  mathematics,  engineering,  or  a  modern  foreign 
language."  Further  information  concerning  these  loans,  cis  well  as  ap- 
plication forms,  may  be  secured  from  Dr.  Jack  A.  Owens,  Institutional 
Representative  for  this  Loan  Fund. 

Genercd  Student  Alumni  Loan  Fund 

This  is  a  fund  which  was  created  by  the  Alumni  Association  to  aid 
needy  students.  The  maximum  loan  is  $100  per  year.  These  loans  must 
be  used  exclusively  for  college  expenses.  Applicants  must  be  good  stu- 
dents and  in  need  of  this  loan  to  continue  their  college  education.  Legal 
security  is  required.    No  interest  is  charged. 

Loans  must  be  repaid  before  graduation  or  prior  to  registration  for 
the  next  academic  year. 

The  Student  Activities  Association  Loan  Fxmd 

The  Student  Activities  Association,  a  student  organization  on  the 
College  Campus,  has  set  aside  a  fund  to  assist  needy  students  through 
loans.  Each  application  is  decided  upon  its  own  merits  by  a  Committee. 
Application  forms  may  be  secured  from  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Stu- 
dent Affairs. 

Loans  must  be  repaid  before  graduation  or  prior  to  registration  for 
the  next  academic  year. 


Loan  Funds  61 


Viola  Mcnrple  Scholarship  Loan  Fimd 

In  accordance  with  the  will  of  Miss  Viola  Marple,  former  teacher 
in  the  English  Department  at  the  Normal  School,  two  scholarship  loan 
funds  were  established  for  the  education  of  two  deserving  young  women 
in  need  of  financial  aid,  "whose  whole  record  of  ability,  scholarship,  and 
Protestant  Christian  character  gives  evidence  of  fitness  for  teaching  and 
promise  for  future  usefulness;  the  said  loan  to  be  made  to  such  students 
each  year  as  may  be  selected  by  the  President  and  the  English  faculty." 
Renewal  of  any  loan  may  be  granted  if  the  scholastic  conditions  are 
maintained.  The  awardees  are  required  to  sign  promissory  notes  which 
will  bear  no  interest,  but  will  be  payable  after  graduation. 

B'nai  B'rith  Loan  Fund 

The  Alan  Kodish  Lodge  of  B'nai  B'rith,  West  Chester,  Pennsylvania, 
has  established  a  loan  fund  for  needy  and  deserving  students,  whereby 
short  term  loans  may  be  made  up  to  $100.  This  loan  is  available  to 
any  student  who  is  doing  satisfactory  academic  work  and  who  needs 
additional  funds  to  continue  his  college  education. 

Loans  must  be  repaid  before  graduation  or  prior  to  registration  for 
the  next  academic  year. 

For  further  information  on  any  of  the  above  listed  loan  funds, 
students  should  consult  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs. 


STUDENT  EMPLOYMENT 

Applications  for  the  various  types  of  student  employment  are  ac- 
cepted after  May  1  of  each  year.  Appointments  for  the  year  are  made 
about  July  1.    Applications  must  be  renewed  each  year. 

Student  Help  Assistants 

The  College  employs  a  limited  number  of  students  as  helpers  in  some 
of  the  departments  of  the  College;  for  example,  the  library,  laboratories, 
and  offices.  Positions  pay  eighty  cents  an  hour,  the  amount  earned  de- 
pending upon  the  number  of  hours  employed  during  a  month.  Part-time 
positions  require  twenty-five  hours  of  work  per  month;  full-time  posi- 
tions require  fifty  hours  work  each  month.  Most  of  these  jobs  require 
some  special  form  of  training  or  skill.  The  money  earned  must  be  used 
exclusively  for  college  expenses  and  is  available  primarily  for  those  who 
could  not  otherwise  attend  college. 

Student  Waiters 

Each  year  a  number  of  men  students  are  employed  as  waiters  for 
the  dining  hall.     Students  thus  employed  are  paid  on  an  hourly  basis 


62  Employment 

and  may  earn  from  $375.  to  $400.  for  the  year.  Such  positions  are 
primarily  available  for  those  who  coiild  not  otherwise  go  to  college. 
The  money  thus  earned  must  be  used  exclusively  for  college  expenses. 


Part  Time  and  Odd  Jobs 

The  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs  offers  to  assist  students 
who  wish  to  earn  money  toward  their  college  expenses.  Students  may 
register  for  such  part  time  work  or  odd  job  work  as  may  come  to  this 
office  from  the  campus  or  community.  While  every  effort  is  made  to 
obtain  places  for  those  who  wish  employment,  students  should  not  de- 
pend upon  this  source  for  any  regular  income.  The  opportunities  range 
from  a  few  dollars  to  nearly  $200.  for  the  college  year.  Students  who 
enter  college  with  training  in  some  special  field  are  able  to  earn  more 
than  those  with  little  or  no  training. 


PATTERN  FOR  HANDLING 

GRADUATE  ASSISTANTSHIPS,  SCHOLARSHIPS, 

AND/OR  FELLOWSHIPS  OFFERED  BY 

OTHER  COLLEGES  AND  UNIVERSITIES 

Senior  students  planning  to  take  graduate  work  at  other  colleges  and 
universities  may  obtain  information  regarding  scholarships,  assistant- 
ships  and/or  fellowships  from  the  file  maintained  in  the  Office  of  the 
Dean  of  Student  Affairs,  Room  109  Anderson  Hall.  This  office  serves 
as  the  clearing  house  for  all  such  information.  Students  should  advise 
with  their  faculty  advisor  and/or  major  department  chairmen  regarding 
their  interest  in  particular  scholarships,  assistantships,  and/or  fellow- 
ships. Students  interested  in  such  scholarships,  assistantships,  and/or 
fellowships  should  consult  the  materials  on  file  in  the  College  Library, 
including  catalogs  from  the  various  institutions. 


Admission  and  Fees 


Admission  65 


ADMISSION  TO  THE  COLLEGE 

Students  who  expect  to  attend  college  should  take  the  college  pre- 
paratory or  academic  course  in  high  school.  By  completing  such  a  course 
with  good  marks,  an  adequate  background  for  college  work  will  be  ob- 
tained. Technically,  students  who  graduate  from  other  curricula  may 
qualify  for  admission  to  West  Chester  if  their  records  are  good,  but  cer- 
tain deficiencies  will  exist  in  their  preparation  which  will  require  more 
time  and  greater  effort  to  overcome  while  a  student  in  college. 

1.  Students  will  be  admitted  to  the  College  on  the  basis  of  satis- 
factorily meeting  the  following  requirements: 

A.  General  scholarship  as  evidenced  by  graduation  from  an  ap- 
proved secondary  school,  or  equivalent  preparation  as  deter- 
mined by  the  Credentials  Evaluation  Division  of  the  Penn- 
sylvania Department  of  Public  Instruction; 

B.  All  candidates  for  admission  to  West  Chester  State  College 
must  take  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  and  the  English  Com- 
position  Test  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board. 

Junior  year  scores  or  Senior  year  scores  will  be  accepted.  The 
scores  should  be  sent  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  directly 
from  the  headquarters  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination 
Board  in  Princeton,  N.J. 

Students  who  apply  for  admission  to  the  Secondary  Educa- 
tion Curriculum  and  the  Liberal  Arts  Curriculum  must  also 
take  the  Achievement  Test  corresponding  to  the  student's 
intended  major  field. 

Applicants  for  admission  to  all  curricula  are  urged  to  take 
one  achievement  test  of  their  own  choosing  in  addition  to  the 
required  English  Composition  Test.  The  College  Board  ex- 
aminations are  offered  in  December,  January,  March,  May, 
and  July  but  applicants  who  take  the  tests  not  later  than 
January  will  be  given  preference  in  admissions  for  Sep- 
tember. Second  semester  applicants  must  take  the  College 
Board  tests  not  later  than  December. 

Applications  and  all  necessary  information  for  taking  the 
examinations  may  be  obtained  from  high  school  guidance 
counselors  or  directly  from  the  College  Entrance  Examina- 
tion Board,  P.  O.  Box  592,  Princeton,  New  Jersey; 

C.  Satisfactory  character  and  personality  traits  as  well  as  proper 
attitudes  and  interests  as  determined  by  the  high  school  prin- 
cipal, guidance  director,  or  other  school  official  acquainted 
with  the  student; 

D.  Good  health  and  physical  condition  as  evidenced  by  a  health 
examination  by  the  student's  family  physician  reported  on  a 


66  Admission 


form  supplied  by  the  College.  No  student  shall  be  admitted 
who  has,  in  the  opinion  of  the  College,  disabilities  which 
would  impair  his  service  as  a  teacher.  Applicants  may  be 
rejected  for  the  following  reasons: 

(1)  incurable  defects  or  diseases  of  the  heart,  lungs,  kidneys, 
digestive  system,  nervous  system  (including  hysteria,  epi- 
lepsy, nervous  instability),  skin,  organs  of  the  special 
senses,  thyroid; 

(2)  defective  vision  of  marked  degree; 

(3)  permanently  impaired  hearing; 

(4)  marked  speech  defects; 

(5)  unsightly  deformities; 

(6)  marked  obesity. 

Students  with  remediable  defects  may  be  accepted  on  condi- 
tion that  immediate  treatment  be  undertaken  for  removal  of 
these  defects; 

E.  Recommendations  of  college  staff  members  following  an  inter- 

view with  the  applicant.  Particular  attention  will  be  paid 
to  personality,  speech  habits,  social  presence,  expressed  in- 
terests, and  promise  of  professional  development.  Only  those 
students  who  can  meet  the  academic  requirements  for  ad- 
mission will  be  invited  to  the  College  for  interviews;  how- 
ever, an  invitation  to  come  for  interviews  is  not  to  be  inter- 
preted as  meaning  the  student  has  met  the  academic  require- 
ments for  admission; 

F.  In  addition  to  the  College  Board  Tests,  a  student  desiring  ad- 
mission to  the  Music  Education  curriculum  must  pass  the 
Music  Qualifying  Tests  offered  by  the  Department.  (See  IV 
below) ; 

G.  For  admission  to  the  Health  Education  Curriculum,  a  student 
must  meet  the  conditions  stated  in  V  below. 

II.  Foreign  languages  are  not  required  for  admission,  but  are  rec- 
ommended for  those  who  elect  them  as  areas  of  specialization 
in  college. 

III.  To  elect  mathematics  in  College,  students  must  present  three 
high  school  units  of  mathematics  including  algebra  and  plane 
geometry. 

IV.  Special  requirements  for  admission  to  the  Music  Education  Cur- 
riculum. 

Special  attention  will  be  given  to  the  promise  of  professional  de- 
velopment and  musical  ability  of  the  candidate  as  shown  by: 


Admission  67 

A.  The  ability  to  sing  songs  with  acceptable  voice  and  inter- 
pretation; 

B.  The  ability  to  sing  hymns  and  folk  tunes  at  sight  with  a  fair 
degree  of  accuracy  and  facility; 

C.  Applicants  whose  major  instrument  is  piano  must  give  evi- 
dence of  mastery  of  fourth  grade  material; 

D.  Applicants  whose  major  instrument  is  other  than  piano  must 
give  evidence  of  mastery  of  second  grade  material  in  piano, 
or,  lacking  this  requirement,  should  demonstrate  sufficient 
musical  ability  to  remedy  this  deficiency; 

E.  Students  whose  major  performance  area  is  instrvimental 
should  perform  on  an  instrument  in  the  Music  Qualifying 
Tests.  The  following  are  considered  to  be  major  orchestral 
instruments  —  violin,  viola,  'cello,  bass,  trumpet,  trombone, 
tuba,  French  horn,  oboe,  English  horn,  flute,  clarinet,  and  bas- 
soon. The  Music  faculty  will  audition  any  student  who  is 
desirous  of  enrolling  in  the  Music  Education  curriculum  on 
any  instrument.  However,  the  marimba,  saxophone,  accor- 
dion, drums,  etc.  are  not  considered  acceptable  as  a  major 
performance  area  instrument. 

NOTE:  The  abilities,  as  stated  above,  will  be  determined  by  special  tests 
in  sight  singing,  ear  training,  voice,  piano,  and  musical  instru- 
ments. These  tests  are  administered  at  stated  times  during  the 
year.  Candidates  will  be  notified  by  the  Director  of  Admissions 
when  to  come  to  the  College  for  the  tests. 

V.  Special  requirements  for  admission  to  the  Health  and  Physical 
Education  Curriculum. 

The  student  must  have  participated  in  both  the  required 
physical  education  classes  and  the  extra  curricular  athletic 
program  of  his  secondary  school.  The  extent  of  participa- 
tion in  the  latter  along  with  evidence  of  active  interest  in 
other  leadership  areas  will  be  evaluated  in  the  pre-admission 
departmental  interview. 

VI.  A  student  must  be  a  citizen  of  the  United  States  to  be  eligible 
for  a  teacher's  certificate  in  Pennsylvania. 

Evidence  of  Character 

All  applicants  for  admission  shall  present  evidence  of  good  moral 
character.  ' 

Evaluation  of  Credentials 

Credentials  of  all  students  entering  the  West  Chester  State  College 
on  the  basis  of  an  approved  secondary  school  preparation  are  evaluated 


68  Admission 

by  College  officials;  students  not  having  an  approved  preparation  or 
students  whose  preparation  is  irregular,  shall  have  their  credentials  eval- 
uated by  the  Credentials  Evaluation  Division,  Department  of  Public  In- 
struction, Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania. 

Last  Day  for  Admission  of  New  Freshmen 

All  applications  must  be  completed  not  later  than  August  15  for  the 
fall  semester  or  January  10  for  the  spring  semester. 

Application  for  Admission 

High  school  seniors  who  desire  to  enroll  for  a  semester  beginning 
in  September  should  fill  in  the  Request  for  Application  Forms  found  at 
the  back  of  this  catalogue  and  send  it  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  in 
September  of  the  senior  year  in  high  school  or  as  soon  thereafter  as 
possible.  Complete  application  forms  and  instructions  will  be  mailed 
to  all  persons  who  file  a  request.  The  Director  of  Admissions  will  con- 
tinue to  accept  applications  for  admission,  College  facilities  permitting, 
throughout  the  winter,  spring,  and  summer  months  of  the  year  in  which 
admission  is  desired. 

A  student  who  desires  to  enroll  for  a  semester  beginning  in  January 
should,  about  October  1  but  not  later  than  December  10,  fill  in  the  Re- 
quest for  Application  Forms  found  at  the  back  of  this  catalogue  and 
send  it  to  the  Director  of  Admissions.  Complete  application  forms  and 
instructions  will  be  mailed  upon  receipt  of  the  request.  January  appli- 
cants must  take  The  College  Board  Examinations  not  later  than  Decem- 
ber as  scores  will  not  be  available  if  taken  later. 

Readmission  of  Former  Students 

Students  who  have  attended  West  Chester  State  College  and  who 
have  withdrawn  for  acceptable  reasons  may  direct  a  request  to  the  Ad- 
missions Office  for  an  "Application  for  Readmission."  Those  who  have 
attended  any  institutions  of  higher  learning  since  leaving  West  Chester 
must  request  such  institutions  to  forward  transcripts  of  their  record  to 
the  Director  of  Admissions  at  West  Chester. 

Students  who  were  dismissed  or  asked  to  withdraw  for  academic 
reasons  and  those  who  withdrew  from  the  College  with  a  below  average 
academic  record,  will  not  be  considered  for  readmission  for  at  least  one 
academic  semester.  Details  may  be  secured  from  the  Director  of  Ad- 
missions. All  readmission  applications  must  be  filed  not  later  than  Au- 
gust 15  for  the  fall  semester  or  January  10  for  the  spring  semester. 

Admission  of  Special  Students 

Graduates  of  other  colleges  who  wish  to  complete  the  requirements 
for  a  teacher's  certificate  may  apply  for  admission  as  special  students. 
Application  forms  and  information  may  be  secured  from  the  Director 
of  Admissions.     Applications  and  credentials  must  be  filed  not  later 


Admission  69 


than  August  15  for  admission  to  the  fall  semester,  nor  later  than  Jan- 
uary 10  for  admission  to  the  spring  semester. 

Admission  of  Transfer  Students 

1.  students  who  have  been  enrolled  in  any  institution  of  collegiate  rank, 
regardless  of  length  of  time  attended,  are  classified  as  transfer  stu- 
dents; 

2.  All  transfer  students  must  complete  admissions  procedures  by  Aug- 
ust 15  for  admission  to  the  fall  semester,  and  by  January  10  for 
admission  to  the  spring  semester. 

3.  An  applicant  must  file  transfer  application  forms,  obtainable  by  mail 
from  the  Admissions  Office,  and  must  have  the  following  sent  direct- 
ly to  the  Director  of  Admissions,  West  Chester  State  College,  West 
Chester,  Pennsylvania: 

a.  An  official  transcript  of  the  applicant's  record  at  each  institution 
attended.  To  be  acceptable,  transcripts  must  show  an  honorable 
dismissal; 

b.  A  letter  of  recommendation  from  the  Dean  of  Men  (for  men)  or 
the  Dean  of  Women  (for  women)  of  the  last  college  attended; 

c.  Two  letters  of  recommendation  from  well  known  persons  (not 
relatives)  in  the  applicant's  home  commtmity; 

d.  A  letter,  written  by  the  applicant,  explaining  frankly  and  fully 
the  reasons  for  wishing  to  transfer  to  West  Chester  State  College; 

e.  A  deposit  of  ten  dollars  ($10.00)  which  must  accompany  the  appli- 
cation. This  is  a  guarantee  of  intention  to  enter  the  college  for 
the  semester  designated.  It  wiU  be  credited  to  the  Basic  Fee  if 
the  applicant  enrolls.  No  review  of  an  application  will  be  made 
unless  the  deposit  has  been  received  by  the  Admissions  Office. 

THIS  DEPOSIT  WILL  NOT  BE  REFUNDED  for  any  reason  what- 
soever; 

f.  Transfer  students  with  four  or  less  semesters  of  college  experience, 
and  those  with  more  than  four  semesters  whose  scholarship  rec- 
ord has  not  been  entirely  satisfactory,  must  file  College  Board 
scores  for  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test,  English  Composition  Test, 
and  one  other  test; 

4.  Students  enrolled  in  other  colleges  or  universities  as  freshmen  dvuring 
the  fall  semester,  who  apply  for  admission  to  West  Chester  for  the 
spring  semester,  wiU  be  evaluated  academically  in  terms  of  high 
school  record.  College  Board  test  scores,  etc.,  on  the  same  basis  as 
new  freshmen  applicants; 

5.  Transfer  students  who  qualifiy  may  be  approved  for  admission, 
provided,  the  classes  to  which  they  should  be  assigned  are  not 
filled  by  students  already  enrolled  in  the  College; 


70  Credit  Iransfer 


6.  When  an  application  has  been  completed  in  the  Admissions  Office,  it 
will  be  reviewed  and  the  applicant  will  be  informed  concerning  (1) 
the  tests  and  interviews  that  will  be  required,  or  (2)  the  rejection  of 
the  application.  If  tests  and  interviews  are  required,  the  applicant 
will  be  notified  concerning  the  time  and  place.  After  fulfilling  this 
requirement,  final  action  will  be  taken  on  the  application  and  notice 
of  acceptance  or  rejection  will  be  sent  to  the  applicant. 

Advanced  Credit  and  Resident  Credit  Requirements 

Advanced  credit  may  be  granted  for  equivalent  courses  in  accredit- 
ed institutions  of  collegiate  grade,  but  no  student  may  be  graduated  with- 
out earning  the  last  30  semester  hours  of  credit  on  the  West  Ches- 
ter State  College  campus. 

Courses  offered  for  transfer  of  credits  will  not  be  accepted  if  the 
marks  for  those  courses  are  the  lowest  passing  marks  of  the  institution 
assigning  them.  If  "D"  is  the  lowest  passing  mark,  courses  so  marked 
will  not  be  accepted.  If  numerical  marking  is  used,  courses  wiU  be 
accepted  when  the  grade  is  10  or  more  points  above  the  passing  mark. 

West  Chester  State  College  does  not  allow  credit  for  courses  taken 
through  correspondence. 

Pre-Admission  Course  Credit 

Not  more  than  nine  (9)  semester  hours  of  course  work  completed 
at  West  Chester  prior  to  formal  admission  to  a  degree  program  will  be 
credited  toward  a  degree.  In  order  to  obtain  degree  credit  for  such 
pre-admission  courses,  a  minimum  grade  of  "C"  must  be  attained. 


POLICY  ON  EARLY  ADMISSIONS 

I.  Early  admissions  is  interpreted  to  mean  the  admission  of  certain 
students  to  college  freshman  classes  after  they  have  completed  the 
junior  year  of  high  school.  It  is  not  a  procedure  for  admitting  all 
juniors  who  have  high  academic  marks.  Other  factors,  which  are 
indicated  below,  must  be  evaluated  to  determine  whether  a  stu- 
dent is  prepared  for  college  work  and  college  life  without  the 
benefit  of  the  senior  year  in  high  school. 

The  objective  of  this  Early  Admissions  policy  is  to  provide  an 
opportunity  for  high  school  students  with  high  academic  ability, 
achievement,  and  personal  development  to  undertake  a  college 
program  when  it  is  evident  they  will  benefit  more  from  it  than 
from  the  senior  year  in  high  school. 

II.    Admission  Requirements 

A.  Academic  qualifications: 

1.  Completion  of  the  junior  year  of  an  accredited  high  school; 


Credit  Transfer  71 

2.  College  preparatory  course  in  grades  nine,  ten,  and  eleven 
with  five  major  academic  subjects  each  year; 

3.  Rank  in  the  upper  5%  of  the  class  (ranking  to  include  only 
academic  marks  for  grades  nine,  ten,  and  eleven); 

4.  College  Board  Examinations: 

SAT  —  600  minimum  score  on  each  part; 
English  Composition  —  600  minimvun  score; 

5.  The  chairman  of  the  department  to  which  the  applicant  de- 
sires admission  will  determine  what  additional  achievement 
or  skill  tests  will  be  required  and  the  minimum  acceptable 
achievement  on  such  tests. 

B.  Recommendations: 

1.  The  high  school  principal  must  highly  recommend  the  stu- 
dent for  early  admission; 

2.  The  guidance  counselor  of  the  high  school  must  highly  rec- 
ommend the  student  for  early  admission; 

3.  The  high  school  department  head  of  the  subject  area  in 
which  the  student  wishes  to  major  in  college  must  highly  rec- 
ommend the  student  for  early  admission. 

Recommendations  are  to  include  specific  statements  concerning 
the  following: 

1.  Physical  development; 

2.  Emotional  maturity; 

3.  Social  maturity; 

4.  Personality; 

5.  Study  habits; 

6.  Motivation. 

C.  Interviews: 

The  applicant  shall  be  interviewed  by: 

1.  The  Director  of  Admissions; 

2.  The  Chairman   of  the  depsirtment  in  which  the  student 
desires  to  enroll; 

3.  The  Dean  of  Men  (for  boys)  or  the  Dean  of  Women  (for 
girls) . 

III.    Approval  or  rejection  of  an  applicant  for  Early  Admission  shall 
be  the  responsibility  of  the  Director  of  Admissions  after  recom- 


Fees 


mendations   have   been   received   from   the   department   Chairman 
and  the  Dean  of  Men  or  the  Dean  of  Women. 

IV.    Applications  shall  be  made  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  not  later 
than  August  1.    Instructions  and  forms  will  be  supplied  by  him. 


EXPENSES 

A.   FEES* 
1.  For  Students  Who  Are  Legal  Residents  of  Pennsylvania — 

**A.   Fees  for  each  full-time  student  are  charged  EACH  SEMESTER 
as  follows: 


Special 

Basic 

Curriculum 

Curriculum 

Feet 

Fee 

Total* 

Elementary  Education 

$125. 

$125. 

Secondary  Education 

$125. 

$125. 

Health  and 

Physical  Education 

$125. 

$18. 

$143. 

Music  Education 

$125. 

$45. 

$170. 

Liberal  Arts 

$150. 

$150. 

Part-time  Campus  Students  and  Extension  Students  (students 
taking  eleven  semester  hours  or  less) 

(1)  Basic  Fee — $12.50  per  semester  hour  (minimum  basic  fee  $37.50) 

(2)  Special  Curriculum  Fee — same  as  for  full-time  students  pro- 
rated on  the  basis  of  eighteen  semester  hours. 

The  President  of  the  College  may,  at  his  discretion,  authorize  pay- 
ments for  not  less  than  one  month  in  advance  by  worthy  students 
who  are  in  full-time  attendance. 


♦FEES  ARE  SUBJECT  TO  CHANGE  WITHOUT  NOTICE. 

♦*The  acceptance  of  a  student  is  for  a  semester.  Parents  or  guardians 
who  are  providing  for  the  expenses  of  a  student  should  understand 
that  their  financial  obligations  are  for  a  full  semester. 

tThis  fee  covers  registration  and  keeping  of  records  of  students,  library, 
student  welfare,  health  service  (other  than  extra  nurse  and  quaran- 
tine), and  laboratory  facilities. 


2.  For  Students  Other  Than  Legal  Residents  of  Pennsylvania 

A.   Full-time  Students 

(1)  $20  per  credit  hour  (averages  $320  for  regular  16  credit  hour 
load)  plus  special  curricular  fees. 


Fees 


(2)  Special  Curriculum  Fee 

(a)  Health  and  Physical  Education — 
$18  per  semester 

(b)  Music  Education — $45  per  semester 

(c)  Liberal  Arts — $25  per  semester 

B.  Part-time  Campus  Students,  Off -Campus  Extension  Students,  and 
Svunmer  Session  Students — 

(1)  Basic  Fee — $20  per  semester  hour  (minimum  basic  fee  $60) 

(2)  Special  Curriculum  Fee — same  as  for  full-time  s'udents  pro- 
rated on  the  basis  of  eighteen  semester  hours. 

3.  Housing  Fee 

A.  Housing  rate  for  students. 

The  housing  rate  for  students  is  $306  per  semester. 

This  includes  room  and  meals,  during  the  time  the  College  is  of- 
ficially in  session  (excludes  holidays  and  recesses). 

Students  must  vacate  dormitory  rooms  on  the  day  college  re- 
cesses begin.  Rooms  may  be  occupied  after  2:00  P.M.  on  the 
day  preceding  the  end  of  a  college  recess. 

(1)  Official  recesses  to  which  this  regulation  applies  are: 

(a)  Thanksgiving — from  close  of  classes  to  8:00  A.M.  on  the  day 
classes  resume; 

(b)  Christmas — from  close  of  classes  to  8:00  A.M.  on  the  day 
classes  resume; 

(c)  Between  semesters — semesters  end  for  freshmen,  sophomores, 
jvmiors,  non-graduating  seniors,  and  special  students  immedi- 
ately after  their  last  final  examination  or  student  teaching  as- 
signment and  the  recess  extends  to  8:00  A.M.  of  the  day  stu- 
dents are  scheduled  to  register  for  the  next  semester; 

(d)  Spring  Vacation — from  close  of  classes  to  8:00  A.M.  on  the  day 
classes  resume; 

(e)  Easter — from  close  of  classes  to  8:00  A.M.  on  the  day  classes 
resume; 

(f)  Other  official  holidays  (recesses)  to  which  this  regulation  ap- 

plies may  be  designated  by  the  College  Administration, 

(2)  An  additional  charge  of  $9  per  student  will  be  made  each  semester 
for  rooms  with  running  water. 

(3)  In  the  Summer  Sessions  only,  a  student  may  occupy  a  double  room 
alone  by  paying  an  additional  $2  per  week.  A  special  charge  also 
applies  during  the  academic  year  if  room  is  available. 


74  Fees 

(4)  For  the  purpose  of  meeting  the  requirements  of  those  college  stu- 
dents who  live  in  off-campus  private  rooming  houses  but  board  in 
the  college  dining  room,  the  rate  will  be  divided  $8  for  room  and 
$9  for  table  board.  Room  rent  is  paid  to  the  private  householders 
and  not  to  the  College. 

(5)  No  reduction  in  the  rates  is  to  be  made  for  the  absence  of  students 
for  less  than  two  weeks. 

B.  Housing  rates  for  employees  other  than  those  included  in  the  State 
Classification  Schedule  (faculty,  clerks,  etc.)  are  $18  per  week, 
divided  $9  for  meals  and  $9  for  room. 

The  rate  for  separate  meals  is: 

Breakfast  $.60  Limch  $.85  Dinner  $1.25 

Transient  lodging  fee  is  $1.50  per  night  per  person,  plus  tax. 

D.  The  President  of  the  College  may,  at  his  discretion,  authorize  pay- 
ments for  not  less  than  one  month  in  advance  by  worthy  students. 

4.  Damage  Fee 

Students  will  be  responsible  for  damages,  breakage,  loss,  or  delayed 
return  of  college  property.  The  rooms  are  fully  equipped  for  students 
at  entrance.  Any  damage  done  to  furniture,  furnishings  or  buildings, 
beyond  that  which  comes  from  use,  will  be  charged  to  students.  At 
the  opening  of  the  year  all  necessary  electric  light  bulbs  are  furnished 
free.  Thereafter,  students  pay  for  extra  light  bulbs.  If  damage  results 
from  using  appliances  other  than  those  provided  by  the  College,  a  pro- 
portionate amoimt  will  be  charged  to  all  students  accountable. 

5.  Private  Music  Instruction  Fees 

A.  Students  enrolled  in  the  Music  Education  Curriculum  do  not  pay 
extra  fees  for  private  instruction  in  voice,  piano,  band,  or  orchestral 
instruments  that  are  required  in  the  curriculum.  Such  instruction 
is  included  in  the  basic  fee.  There  is  no  charge  for  the  use  of 
pianos  for  practice.    A  rental  charge  is  made  for  the  following: 

(1)  Pipe  organ  for  practice  one  period  per  day,  $36  each  semester. 

(2)  Orchestral  instruments,  $6  per  semester. 

B.  Charges  applicable  to  students  in  the  Elementary,  Secondary,  or 
Health  and  Physical  Education  Curriculum. 

(1)  Voice,  piano,  organ,  band,  or  orchestral  instruments,  $24  each 
semester — for  one  half-hour  lesson  per  week — ^plus  $37.50  out- 
of-music  curriculum  fee. 

(2)  Rental  of  piano  for  practice,  one  period  each  day,  $6  each 
semester. 

Rental  of  pipe  organ  for  practice,  one  period  each  day,  $36  each 

semester. 

Rental  of  band  or  orchestral  instruments,  $6  each  semester. 


Fees  75 


6.  Miscellaneous  Fees 


A.  Diploma  Fee 

A  fee  of  $5  must  be  paid  by  each  candidate  for  a  degree  to  cover 
the  cost  of  the  diploma. 

B.  Record  Transcript  Fee 

One  dollar  will  be  charged  for  the  second  and  each  subsequent 
transcript  of  records. 

C.  Late  Registration  Fee  and  Late  Payments 

A  late  registration  fee  of  $1  per  day,  not  to  exceed  $5,  will  be 
paid  by  students  who  do  not  register  on  the  appointed  registration 
day.  The  same  regulations  shall  apply  to  approved  inter-semester 
payments. 

7.  Delinquent  Accounts 

No  student  will  be  enrolled,  graduated,  or  receive  a  transcript  of  his 
record  until  all  charges  have  been  paid. 

B.   DEPOSITS 
Application  Fees  For  New  Students 

An  application  fee  of  ten  dollars  $10.00  must  be  sent  by  all  applicants 
with  their  application.  This  fee  is  not  refundable  for  any  reason  wliat- 
soever. 

When  a  student  has  been  approved  for  admission,  he  accepts  the 
offer  by  sending  an  additional  fifteen  dollars  ($15.00).  This  is  a  guar- 
antee of  his  intention  to  enter  the  College  for  the  term  or  semester  des- 
ignated and  is  not  refundable. 

When  a  student  enrolls  at  the  College,  he  receives  credit  for  the  sum 
of  the  application  fees  ($25.00)  toward  his  Basic  Fee.  If  a  student  does 
not  enroll,  he  forfeits  the  entire  amount. 

Check  or  money  order  (not  cash)  for  these  deposits  must  be  made 
payable  to  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania. 

Advance  Registration  Fee  For  Upperclassmen 

Upon  notice  by  the  Business  Office,  upperclassmen  are  required  to 
pay  an  advance  registration  fee  as  a  guarantee  of  their  intention  to  re- 
turn to  College.  If  this  fee  is  not  paid  within  the  stipulated  time  limit, 
the  student  is  dropped  from  the  rolls  of  the  College  and  loses  all  privi- 
leges and  priorities  that  were  due  him. 

If,  after  paying  the  advance  fee,  the  student  withdraws  from  the  Col- 
lege or  does  not  enroll  for  the  semester  or  term  designated,  he  forfeits 
the  entire  fee. 

Check  or  money  order  must  be  made  payable  to  the  Commonwealth 
of  Pennsylvania. 


76  Fees 


C.   ADDITIONAL  COSTS 

1.  Compulsory  Accident  Insiironce 

$7.50  per  year 

2.  Student  Activity  Fee 

A  student  activity  fee  will  be  collected  from  all  students  (except  those 
noted  below)  and  administered  under  regulations  approved  by  the 
Board  of  Trustees  through  a  cooperative  organization.  This  fee  will 
cover  the  cost  of  student  activities  in  athletics,  lectures,  entertain- 
ments, student  publications,  et  cetera. 

Students  taking  extension  courses  or  regular  session  students  taking 
less  than  twelve  semester  hours  may  secure  the  benefits  of  the  ac- 
tivities program  by  the  payment  of  the  student  activity  fee.  This 
fee,  as  determined  and  collected  by  the  Student  Activities  Associa- 
tion of  the  West  Chester  State  College  is  $17.50  each  semester. 

3.  Books 

Each  student  purchases  his  own  books  and  supplies.  These  may  be 
bought  at  the  College  Book  Store.  The  cost  is  approximately  $40 
each  semester. 

4.  Gymnasium  Outfits 

A.  Health  and  Physical  Education  Students 

(1)  All  Health  and  Physical  Education  men  students  are  required  to 
purchase  athletic  and  gym  outfits  costing  approximately  fifteen 
dollars  ($15)  the  first  semester,  fifteen  dollars  ($15)  the  third 
semester,  and  twenty  dollars  ($20)  in  the  student  teaching 
semester. 

(2)  Health  and  Physical  Education  women  students  are  required  to 
purchase  gym  outfits  costing  approximately  forty-five  dollars 
($45).  This  expenditure  occurs  at  the  beginning  of  the  first 
semester. 

B.  Elementary,   Secondary,  Music,  and  Liberal  Arts  Students 

In  the  first  semester  of  the  freshmen  year  all  students  other  than 
those  registered  in  the  field  of  Health  and  Physical  Education  are 
required  to  purchase  a  regulation  gym  outfit.  For  the  women 
students  this  outfit  will  include  a  pair  of  blue  shorts,  a  white  shirt, 
a  white  sweat  shirt,  white  socks,  and  canvas  tennis  shoes.  This  reg- 
ulation outfit  may  be  purchased  in  the  stores  of  West  Chester  at 
an  approximate  cost  of  ten  dollars  ($10). 

For  the  men  students  this  regulation  outfit  includes  a  pair  of  white 
shorts,  a  white  T-shirt,  white  socks,  canvas  gym  shoes,  gray  sweat 


Fees 


pants,  and  gray  sweat  shirt.     The  approximate  cost  of  this  gyrr> 
outfit  is  fifteen  dollars  ($15). 

5.  Identification  Cards 

A  charge  not  exceeding  one  dollar  ($1.00)  will  be  made  for  Studfnt 
Identification  Cards  on  the  day  of  registration.  Identification  cards 
are  used  to  admit  students  to  college  functions  sponsored  by  the  Stu- 
dent Activities  Association  and  to  the  College  dining  room.  Identi- 
fication cards  show  each  student's  photograph,  home  address,  IBM 
number,  and  class.  Lost  identification  cards  will  be  replaced  at 
a  cost  of  two  dollars  and  fifty  cents  ($2.50). 

6.  Dues 

Each  student  will  pay  either  a  Day  Student  or  Dormitory  Council 
fee  of  nominal  amount,  which  currently  is  two  dollars  ($2.00)  per 
year  for  women  and  one  dollar   ($1.00)   per  year  for  men. 

7.  Class  Dues 

Class  dues  constitute  an  obligation  which  every  student  assumes  upon 
admission  to  the  College  and  must  be  paid  at  the  time  of  registration- 
Class  dues  are  determined  by  each  class.  For  the  current  year  the 
dues  are  as  follows:  Freshmen — $1;  Sophomores — $4;  Juniors — $15; 
Seniors— $20. 


D.   REPAYMENTS 

1.  Repayments  will  be  made: 

In  case  of  personal  illness,  the  same  being  certified  by  an  attending 
physician,  or  for  such  other  reason  as  may  be  approved  by  the  Board 
of  Trustees,  the  amount  of  the  housing  and  basic  fees  paid  by  the 
student  for  the  part  of  the  semester  which  the  student  does  not  spend 
in  college  will  be  refunded. 

2.  Repayments  will  not  be  made: 

A.  To  students  who  are  temporarily  suspended,  indefinitely  suspended, 
dismissed,  or  who  voluntarily  withdraw  from  the  College. 

B.  Of  the  application  fees  for  any  reason  whatsoever. 


E.   DATE  OF  PAYMENTS 

1963  -  1964 

The  College  sends  out  bills  for  board  and  room  and  the  basic  and 
special  curriculum  fees  each  semester.  This  divides  the  payments  per 
year  into  two  units.  If  special  arrangements  other  than  these  are  de- 
sired, the  student  should  consult  the  Business  Manager  of  the  College. 


78  Fees 

Checks  for  the  basic  and  special  curriculum  fees  and  for  board  and 
room  should  be  made  payable  to  the  COMMONWEALTH  OF  PENN- 
SYLVANIA, and  mailed  to  the  College  Business  Office. 

Checks  for  the  STUDENT  ACTIVITY  FEE  should  be  made  payable 
to  the  Student  Activities  Association  at  West  Chester,  Pa.,  at  the  begin- 
ning of  each  semester.    This  fee  shall  be  paid  upon  receipt  of  bill. 

Late  payment  fees  apply  after  the  following  dotes:  1963-64 

First   semester,    1963-64    September    4,  1963 

Second  semester,   1963-64    January  20,  1964 

Pre-Session,    1964    June    8,  1964 

Regular  Summer  Session,  1964  Jime  29,  1964 

Post-Session,    1964    August  10,  1964 


SUMMARY  OF  COSTS  PER  YEAR* 
FOR  RESIDENTS  OF  PENNSYLVANIA 
1.  Elementary  or  Secondary  Education  Curriculum 

a.  Boarding  at  the  College 

Basic  Fee $250.00 

Activity  Fee 35.00 

Books   (approximately)    80.00 

Room  and  board    612.00 


$977.00* 


b.  Day  Students — Living  at  Home 

Basic  Fee  $250.00 

Activity  Fee  35.00 

Books   (approximately)    80.00 


$365.00* 


2.  Health  and  Physical  Education  Curriculum: 
a.  Boarding  at  the  College 

Basic  and  Special  Curriculum  Fees  $286.00 

Activity  Fee    35.00 

Books   (approximately)    80.00 

Room  and  board  612.00 


$1013.00' 


•Fees  are  subject  to  change  without  notice.    Out-of-state  students  will 
be  charged  a  basic  and  tuition  charge  of  $20  per  credit  hour  (averages 
$640  for  regular  32  credit  hour  load)  plus  special  curricular  fees. 
••Cost  of  gymnasium  outfits  and  class  dues  must  be  added  to  this  total. 


Fees  79 

b.  Day  Students — Living  at  Home 

Basic  and  Special  Curriculum  Fees  $286.00 

Activity  Fee    35.00 

Books  (approximately)    80.00 


$401.00* 


3.  Music  Education  Curriculum: 

a.  Boarding  at  the  College 

Basic  and  Special  Curriculum  Fees $340.00 

Activity   Fee    35.00 

Books   (approximately)    80.00 

Room  and  board    612.00 


$1067.00* 


b.  Day  Students — Living  at  Home 

Basic  and  Special  Curriculum  Fees $340.00 

Activity   Fee    35.00 

Books   (approximately)    80.00 


$455.00* 


4.  Liberal  Arts  Curriculum 

a.  Boarding  at  the  College 

Basic   Fee    $300.00 

Activity   Fee    35.00 

Books   (approximately)    80.00 

Room  and  Board   612.00 


$1027.00* 


b.  Day  Students — Living  at  Home 

Basic   Fee    $300.00 

Activity   Fee    35.00 

Books  (approximately)    80.00 

$415.00* 

•Cost  of  gymnasium  outfits  and  class  dues  must  be  added  to  this  total. 


Curricula 


CURRICrJLA  83 

CURRICULA  OFFERED  AT  WEST  CHESTER 

1.  Elementary  Education  Curriculum 

2.  Secondary  Education  Curriculum 

3.  Health  and  Physical  Education  Curriculum 

4.  Music  Education  Curriculum 

5.  Degree  Curriculum  for  Dental  Hygienists 

6.  Degree  Curriculum  for  Public  School  Nurses 

7.  Liberal  Arts  Curricula. 

THE  ELEMENTARY  CURRICULUM 

Upon  satisfactory  completion  of  the  requirements  of  this  curriculum 
the  student  will  be  granted  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Educa- 
tion by  the  College  and  will  qualify  for  a  Pennsylvania  Provisional  Col- 
lege Certificate  to  be  issued  by  the  Department  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion, Harrisburg,  Pa.  This  certificate  will  be  valid  for  teaching  for  three 
years  in  the  kindergarten  and  grades  one  to  six  inclusive,  and  for  grades 
seven  and  eight  when  they  are  not  a  part  of  an  approved  jvmior  high 
school  or  jvm'      -^enior  high  school  in  Pennsylvania. 

(Sequent  ourses  subject  to  change  for  administrative  reasons) 

Hours 
FIRST  SEMESTER  Clock    Semester 

Eng       101  *Speech    2  2 

Eng       103  'English  I 3  3 

Sci        100  Biological  Science  .';> 3  3 

Edu       100  Social  Foundations  of  Education 3  3 

Geo       101  *World  Geography    3  3 

HEd      101  *Physical  Education  2  1 

16  15 

SECOND  SEMESTER 

Eng       102               *English  II   3  3 

Mus       220               *Fine  Arts .    3  3 

Art       101                Fine  Arts    3  3 

Mat       101               *Introduction  to  College  Mathematics.  3  3 

Sci        150               *Physical  Science 3  3 

HEd      150               *Health 2  2 

17  17 
THIRD  SEMESTER 

His        101  *History  of  Civilization  I  3  3 

Eng       221  *Literature  I    3  3 

Psy       250  *General  Psychology   3  3 

Sci        250  *Science  for  the  Elementary  Grades . .  3  3 

Elective  (in  Science)    5  3 

HEd      201  *Physical  Education   2  1 

19  16 


♦Required  course  in  General  Education. 

♦♦Courses  so  marked  cover  content  materials,  and  specialized  methods 
pertaining  to  the  subject  area  involved. 


84  Elementary 

Hours 
FOURTH  SEMESTER  Clock    Semester 

His        102  *History  of  Civilization  3  3 

Eng       222  *Literature  II    3  3 

Art        202  **Art  for  the  Elementary  Grades 3  3 

Mus       251  **Music  for  the  Primary  Grades,  or 

or  Mus  252  **     Music  for  the  Intermediate  Grades    3  3 

HEd      202  *Physical  Education   2  1 

Eng       353  *Speech  Problems   3  3 

i7~  ie" 

FIFTH   SEMESTER 

Edu       350  Educational  Psychology 3  3 

Edu       309  **Language  Arts    6  6 

Eng       350  **     Children's  Literature  3  3 

HEd      350  **Health  for  the  Elementary  Grades. .     3  2 

Elective    3  3 


Psy 

351 

Mat 

351 

Edu 

320 

Edu 

300 

18  17 


SIXTH  SEMESTER 


His        211  *History  of  the  United  States  and 

Pennsylvania  I    3  3 

*Human  Development  (Childhood) . .     3  3 

** Arithmetic  for  Elementary  Grades..     3  3 

**Social  Studies  and  Geography 3  3 

Audio-Visual  Education    3  2 

Elective    2  2 

it"  i? 

SEVENTH  SEMESTER 

Edu       451                   Tests  and  Measurements  in  Guidance    3  3 

Phi        480                  *Introduction  to  Philosophy   3  3 

PSc       231                  *American   Government    3  3 

Edu       401                   Problems  of  Elementary  Education . .     3  3 

Elective    2  2 

Elective    3  3 

17  17 
EIGHTH  SEMESTER 

Edu       411  Student  Teaching  and  Direction  of 

Student  Activities    30  12 

Edu       413                  Practicum  and  School  Law  2  2 

32  14 

Total  Semester  Hours 

Required  for  Graduation  128 


♦Required  course  in  General  Education. 

••Courses  so  marked  cover  content  materials,  and  specialized  methods 
pertaining  to  the  subject  area  involved. 


Elementary  85 

SPECIALIZATION  AND  ELECTIVES 

Students  may  specialize  in  Early  Childhood,  in  Intermediate  Grade, 
or  in  Upper  Grade  teaching  by  selecting  appropriate  electives.  A  mini- 
mum of  six  semester  hours  in  any  of  the  three  areas  shall  constitute 
specialization  in  that  area.  Students  wishing  to  be  certified  in  Special 
Education  may  do  so  by  taking  a  minimum  of  13  semester  credits  in  that 
area  of  specialization. 

Hours 
ELECTIVES:  Clock    Semester 

Art        201  Arts  and  Crafts   3  3 

Art       301  Problems  in  Art  Education  3  3 

Art       302  Creative  Art    3  3 

Art       303  Creative  Design   3  3 

Edu      301  Pre-School  Education  3  3 

Edu     303  Creativity  in  the  Classroom   3  3 

Edu      307  Diagnostic  and  Remedial  Reading  ...     3  3 

Edu      310  School  and  Community  3  3 

Edu      330  Teaching  the  Exceptional  Child 3  3 

Edu      353  Child  Adjustment   3  3 

Psy       370  Mental  Hygiene   3  3 

Phi       380  Ethics    3  3 

Mus     100  Foundations  of  Music   3  3 

Mus     401  Piano  Class  (Elementary)    3  3 

Mus     403  Teaching  Music  Appreciation  in  the 

Elementary  Schools   3  3 

Students  may  also  elect  courses  in  academic  fields  and  special  cur- 
ricula. Permission  and  guidance  must  be  secured  from  department 
chairmen  of  those  fields. 

ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  SCIENCE 

Although  there  is,  at  present,  no  field  of  specialization  in  Elementary 
School  Science,  each  student  in  the  Elementary  Education  Curriculum  is 
required  to  elect  at  least  one  course  in  the  Science  Department. 

Hours 
RECOMMENDED:  Clock    Semester 

Sci       251  Matter  &  Energy  3  3 

Sci       252  Earth  Science    3  3 

Bio       111  Botany  I   6  4 

Bio       112  Botany  II    6  4 

Bio       141  Zoology  I    6  4 

Bio       142  Zoology   II    6  4 

Bio       210  Field  Botany   5  3 

Bio       241  Field  Zoology   5  3 

Bio       242  Ornithology    5  3 

Biol       301E  Basic  Genetics   5  3 

Bio       302  Ecology    5  3 

Bio       341  Entomology    5  3 

Bio       355  Conservation  of  Plant  and 

Animal  Resources   5  3 


86  Special  Education 


PROGRAM  OF  STUDIES  IN  SPECIAL  EDUCATION 

Beginning  in  January,  1961,  West  Chester  State  College  expanded 
its  curricular  offerings  to  include  certification  in  the  teaching  of  the 
Mentally  Retarded  and  the  Physically  Handicapped.  These  programs 
should  be  regarded  as  extensions  of  existing  certification  curricula  rather 
than  self-sufficient  courses.  The  student  interested  in  special  education 
will  be  graduated  with  dual  certification,  i.e.,  regular  elementary  and  re- 
tarded, or  health  and  physical  education  and  physically  handicapped,  or 
other  similar  combinations. 

The  certification  requirements  of  the  Department  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion specify  "six  semester  hours  of  courses  in  the  area  of  the  psychology 
of  exceptional  children"  and  "six  semester  hours  of  specialized  prepcira- 
tion  in  curriculum  and  methodology  .  .  .  including  arts  and  crafts,  music 
and  audio-visual  aids."  Within  this  framework  a  program  has  been 
planned  totaling  thirteen  semester  hours  in  each  field  in  such  manner 
that  it  will  not  be  necessary  for  the  student  to  carry  an  overload  or  to 
attend  a  summer  session.  It  is  contemplated  that  ultimately  a  summer 
program  will  be  offered  but  certification  should  be  possible  without  sum- 
mer study  if  desired. 

The  planned  program  of  study  in  each  area  is  as  follows: 

Mentally  Retarded  Sem.  Hrs.         Physically  Handicapped 

Psychology  of  Exceptional 

Children 
Psychology  of  the  Physically 

Handicapped 
Curriculum  and  Methods  for 

Physically  Handicapped 
Arts  and  Crafts  for  Atypical 

Children 
Orthopedic  Disabilities  of 

Childhood 


Student  Teaching:  In  each  program  not  less  than  four  weeks  nor  more 
than  nine  weeks  of  the  regular  student  teaching  to  be  allocated  to 
a  special  education  station. 

The  courses  in  the  Psychology  of  Exceptional  Children  and  Arts  and 
Crafts  for  Atypical  Children  are  basic  and  will  be  taken  by  students  in 
either  field.  They  are  being  offered  in  the  Spring  Semester  of  the  present 
academic  year. 

All  interested  students  should  apply  immediately  to  the  Admissions 
Office,  Room  106  Anderson  Hall,  for  further  details. 


Psychology  of  Exceptional 

Children 

3 

Psychology  of  the  Mentally 

Retarded 

3 

Curriculum  Materials  and  Meth 

ods  for  Mentally  Retarded 

3 

Arts  and  Crafts  for  Atypical 

Children 

2 

Problems  in  Special  Education 

2 

Total  13  s.h, 

Secondary  87 


THE  SECONDARY  CURRICULUM 

Upon  satisfactory  completion  of  the  requirements  of  this  curriculum, 
the  student  will  be  granted  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Educa- 
tion by  the  College  and  will  qualify  for  a  Pennsylvania  Provisional  Col- 
lege Certificate  to  be  issued  by  the  Department  of  Public  Instruction, 
Harrisburg,  Pa.  This  certificate  will  be  valid  for  teaching  specific  sub- 
jects in  an  approved  secondary  school  in  Pennsylvania  for  three  years. 
Students  are  required  to  choose  one  area  of  specialization.  These  areas 
are  indicated  on  the  following  pages. 

(Sequence  of  courses  subject  to  change  for  administrative  reasons) 

Hours 
FIRST  SEMESTER  Clock    Semester 

♦English  I   3  3 

♦Speech    2  2 

Biological    Science    3  3 

♦World  Geography    3  3 

♦Physical  Education   2  1 

Elective    3  3 

17  15 

SECOND  SEMESTER 

♦English  II 3  3 

Physical  Science    3  3 

Social  Foundations  of  Education 3  3 

♦Introduction  to  College  Mathematics.  3  3 

♦Physical  Education   2  1 

Elective    3  3 

18  16 

THIRD   SEMESTER 

♦History  of  Civilization  I  3  3 

♦Literature  I    3  3 

♦Fine  Arts    3  3 

♦Health  2  2 

Elective   6  6 

17  17 


Eng 

101 

Eng 

103 

Sci 

100 

Geo 

101 

HEd 

104 

Eng 

102 

Sci 

150 

Edu 

100 

Mat 

101 

HEd 

204 

His 

101 

Eng 

221 

Art 

101 

HEd 

150 

♦Required  course  in  General  Education. 


His 

102 

Eng 

222 

Mus 

220 

HEd 

205 

Psy 

250 

88  Secondary 


Hours 
FOURTH  SEMESTER  Clock    Semester 

*History  of  Civilization  II  3  3 

♦Literature  II    3  3 

*Fine  Arts  3  3 

♦Physical  Education   2  1 

*General  Psychology    3  3 

Electives    3  3 

17  16 
FIFTH  SEMESTER 

His        212                *History  of  the  United  States  and  Penn- 
sylvania II    3  3 

Edu      350  Educational  Psychology   3  3 

Psy       352  Human  Development  (Adolescence)    .     3  3 

Edu       320  Teaching  of  Reading  in  Secondary 

School  Academic  Subjects  2  2 

Electives    7  7 

18  18 
SIXTH  SEMESTER 

E2du       300  Audio-Visual  Education    3  2 

Edu       302  Problems  of  Secondary  Education 

Including   Guidance    3  3 

Edu       451  Tests  and  Measurements  in  Guidance    3  3 

Electives    9  9 

18  17 

SEVENTH  SEMESTER 

Phi        480  *Introduction  to  Philosophy   3  3 

PSc       231  *American  Government    3  3 

Electives    9  9 

15  15 
EIGHTH  SEMESTER 

Edu       412  Student  Teaching  and  Direction  of 

Student  Activities   30  12 

Edu       414  Professional  Practicum  and 

School  Law 2  2 

32  14 
Total  Semester  Hours 

Required  for  Graduation  128 


•Required  course  in  General  Education. 


Secondary  89 

Specialization  in  one  of  the  teaching  fields  listed  below  is  required 
for  graduation  in  Secondary  Education.  For  a  particular  field,  fulfill- 
ment of  the  requirement  listed  will  satisfy  the  teacher  certification  re- 
quirements in  Pennsylvania. 

Students  who  wish  to  be  certified  to  teach  in  a  second  field  must 
meet  the  minimum  requirement  for  certification  which  is  shown  in  the 
second  column. 

If  the  first  field  choice  is  English,  Comprehensive  Science,  or  Social 
Studies,  in  order  to  meet  the  requirement  for  certification  in  a  second 
field,  attendance  will  be  required  at  one  or  more  summer  sessions  dur- 
ing the  four-year  college  program,  usually  after  the  sophomore  and/or 
junior  years. 

The  minimum  semester  hour  requirement  for  each  of  the  fields  of 
specialization  is  as  follows: 

First        Second 
Field        Field 

Biology    30  24 

Chemistry    30  24 

Comprehensive  Science    40  — 

Earth  and  Space  Science   30  24 

English   36  — 

French    30  24 

General  Science   30  24 

Geography    30  24 

German    30  24 

Latin    30  24 

Mathematics   36  24 

Physics  30  24 

Russian    —  24 

Social   Science    45  — 

Spanish 30  24 


90  English 


AREAS  OF  SPECIALIZATION 

English 

(First  field  36  Semester  Hours;  no  second  field.) 

Hours 
REQUIRED—  Clock    Semester 

Eng  101     Composition    3  3 

Eng  102    Composition    3  3 

Eng  103    Speech 3  3 

Eng  221     Literature  I 3  3 

Eng  316    Teaching  English  in  Secondary  Schools  . .  3  3 

RESTRICTED  ELECTIVES— 

At  least  one  course  must  be  selected  from  each  of  Groups,  1,  2,  3, 
and  4. 

Hours 
Clock    Semester 
Group  1     COMPOSITION  COURSES 

Eng  211     Journalism 3  3 

Eng  312    Advanced   Composition    3  3 

Eng  313    Creative  Writing    3  3 

Eng  314    History  of  Language  3  3 

Eng  315    Advanced  Grammar   3  3 

Group  2    SURVEY  COURSES 

Eng  223    American  Literature  I  3  3 

Eng  224    American  Literature  II   3  3 

Eng  225    English  Literature  I   3  3 

Eng  226    English   Literature    II    3  3 

Eng  327    American  Poetry    3  3 

Eng  328    American  Prose    3  3 

Eng  329    Classical  Mythology    1  1 

Group  3    PERIOD  COURSES 

Eng  330    Medieval  Literature  in  England  3  3 

Eng  331     Chaucer    3  3 

Eng  332    English  Drama  to  the  Renaissance 3  3 

Eng  333    Shakespeare  I    3  3 

Eng  334    Shakespeare  II    3  3 

Eng  335    Eighteenth  Century  Literature    3  3 

Eng  336    The  Romantic  Movement  '. .  3  3 

Eng  337    Victorian  Prose  3  3 

Eng  338     Victorian  Poetry  3  3 

Eng  339    Tudor  Literature    3  3 

Eng  340     Stuart  Literature    3  3 


French  91 

Hours 
Clock    Semester 
Group  4    LITERARY  FORM  COURSES 

■     Eng  341     Novel   to   1870    3  3 

Eng  342     Contemporary   Novel    3  3 

Eng  343     Contemporary  Poetry   3  3 

Eng  344     Modern  Drama    3  3 

Eng  345    Criticism    3  3 

Eng  346    Essay    3  3 

Eng  347    Literature   of   Biography    3  3 

Eng  348    Short  Story  3  3 

Eng  349     Bible  as  Literature 3  3 

Group  5     ENGLISH   FREE   ELECTIVES 
(These  courses  do  not  carry  credit  toward  the  basic  36 
hours  required  for  a  field  in  English  but  may  be  used 
as  supplemental  credits.) 

Eng  350    Children's  Literature    3  3 

Eng  351     Creative  Literature  for  Elementary 

Grades     3  3 

Eng  352    Dramatics  in  the  Elementary  Grades  . .  3  3 

Eng  353     Speech  Problems    3  3 

Eng  354    Choral  Speaking  3  3 

Eng  355    Principles  of  Directing   3  3 

French 

(First  field  30  Semester  Hours;  Second  field  24  Semester  Hours) 

REQUIRED— 

Fre  101     Elementary  French   I    3  3 

Fre  102    Elementary  French   II    3  3 

Fre  103     Intermediate    French    I    3  3 

Fre  104    Intermediate    French    II    3  3 

ELECTIVES— 

Fre  201       Survey  of  Literature  I  3  3 

Fre  202      Survey  of  Literature  II   3  3 

Fre  301      Advanced  Language  and  Techniques   . .  3  3 

Fr.  302      Advanced  Oral  French   3  3 

Fre  401     *French  Literature  of  the  18th  Century.  3  3 

Fre  402     *French  Literature  of  the  19th  Century.  3  3 

Fre  403     *Contemporary  French  Literature  3  3 

Fre  404     *French  Classical  Drama    3  3 


•French  401  and  402  will  alternate  with  French  403  and  404. 
French  403  and  404  will  not  be  given  in  1963-64. 

ENGLISH  FREE  ELECTIVES 

ThA  201     Principles  of  Acting    3  3 

ThA  202    The  Art  of  Play  Production   3  3 

ThA  203    Principles  of  Stagecraft, 

Lighting,  and  Sound    3  3 

ThA  303    History  of  the  Drama  and  Theater,  I  ...  3  3 

ThA  304    History  of  the  Drama  and  Theater,  II  . .  3  3 


92  Languages 

Spanish 

(First  field  30  Semester  Hours,  Second  field  24  Semester  Hours) 

Hours 

REQUIRED—                                                                           Clock  Semester 

Spa  101    Elementary  Spanish  I    3  3 

Spa  102    Elementary  Spanish  H   3  3 

Spa  103    Intermediate  Spanish  I    3  3 

Spa  104    Intermediate  Spanish  II   3  3 

ELECTIVES— 

Spa  201    Survey  of  Literature  (Golden  Age)   3  3 

Spa  202    Survey  of  Literature  (since  1800)   3  3 

Spa  301    Advanced  Language  and  Techniques  ...     3  3 

Spa  302    Advanced  Oral  Spanish    3  3 

Spa  401    Spanish-American  Literature   3  3 

Spa  402    Contemporary  Spanish  Literature  3  3 


German 

(First  field  30  Semester  Hours;  Second  field  24  Semester  Hours) 

REQUIRED— 

(^r  101     Elementary  German  I   3  3 

Ger  102    Elementary  German  II    3  3 

Ger  103    Intermediate  German  I   3  3 

Ger  104    Intermediate  German  II    3  3 

ELECTIVES— 

Ger  201    Advanced  Readings  in  German 

Literature    3  3 

Ger  202    Goethe  3  3 

Ger  301     Advanced  Language  and  Techniques  ...  3  3 

Ger  302    Advanced  Oral  German    3  3 

Ger  401     German  Literature  of  the  Classical 

Period    3  3 

Ger  402    Contemporary  German  Literature   3  3 


Languages  93 


Latin 


(First  field  30  semester  hours;  second  field  24  semester  houds) 


Hours 
Clock    Semester 


REQUIRED— 


Lat  101  Beginning  Latin  I   3  3 

Lat  102  Beginning  Latin  II 3  3 

Lat  201  Cicero  3  3 

Lat  202  Virgil    3  3 


ELECTIVES— 


Lat  301  Roman  Historians    3  3 

Lat  302  The  Lyric  Poets  3  3 

Lat  303  Latin  Prose  Composition  3  3 

Lat  304  The  Elegiac  Poets   3  3 

Lat  401  Roman  Drama    3  3 

Lat  402  Roman  Philosophy    3  3 

Lat  403  Roman  Satire    3  3 

Lat  404  The  Latin  Novel   3  3 

Lat  405  Tutorial  Course    3  3 


GREEK 

(No  first  field  offered  in  Greek) 


Beginning  Greek  I  3  3 

Beginning  Greek  II  3  3 

Intermediate  Greek  I   3  3 

Intermediate  Greek  II   3  3 


Russian 

(No  first  field  offered  in  Russian;  second  field,  24  semester  hours) 

Hours 
Clock    Semester 

ELECTIVES— 

Rus  101  Beginning  Russian  I   3  3 

Rus  102  Beginning  Russian  II    3  3 

Rus  103  Intermediate  Russian  I    3  3 

Rus  104  Intermediate  Russian   II    3  3 


ELECTIVES- 

Gre 

101 

Gre 

102 

Gre  103 

Gre 

104 

CiV^uirt£i. 

u — 

Geo 

101 

Geo  202 

Geo  203 

Geo  205 

Geo 

307 

Geo 

311 

94  Geography 

Geography 

(First  field  30  Semester  Hours;  Second  field  24  Semester  Hours) 


World   Geography    3  3 

Geography  of  the  U.  S.  and  Canada..  3  3 

Economic  Geography    3  3 

Physiography    3  3 

Geography  of  the  U.  S.  S.  R. 

(Including  Satellite  Countries)    3  3 

♦Teaching  Geography  in  Secondary 

Schools    3  3 

RESTRICTED  ELECTIVES— 

At  least  one  course  must  be  chosen  from  each  of  Groups  1,  2,  and  3. 

Group  1.     EARTH  STUDIES 

Geo  206      Meteorology    3  3 

Geo  301       Geology    3  3 

Geo  302      Climatology     3  3 

Geo  303      Cartography    3  3 

Group  2.     ECONOMIC  STUDIES 

Geo  201       Conservation  of  Natural  Resources   ...  3  3 

Geo  209      The  U.S.  in  its  Global  Relations  3  3 

Geo  210      Geographic  Influence  in  American 

History    3  3 

Geo  308      Trade  and  Transportation    3  3 

Geo  309      World  Problems   3  3 

Group  3.     REGIONAL  STUDIES 

Geo  102      Geography  of  the  U.  S. 

and    Pennsylvania    3  3 

Geo  204      Geography  of  Pennsylvania  3  3 

Geo  207      Geography  of  Europe    3  3 

Geo  208      Geography  of  Latin  America 3  3 

Geo  304      Geography  of  Asia    3  3 

Geo  305      Geography  of  the  Far  East  3  3 

Geo  306      Geography  of  Africa    3  3 

Geo  312      Geography  of  Australia 

and  Associated  Islands 3  3 

Geo  310      Field  Courses  (as  approved)    3  3 


•Required  for  a  first  field;  may  not  be  used  to  satisfy  the  minimum 
requirements  for  a  second  field. 


Mathematics  —  Science  95 

MATHEMATICS 

(First  field  36  Semester  Hours;  Second  field  24  Semester  Hours) 

Students  demonstrating  competence  to  specialize  in  Mathematics  will 
not  be  required  to  take  Math.  101:  Introduction  to  College  Mathematics. 

Hours 
Clock    Semester 

College  Algebra  and  Trigonometry  ...  3  3 

Analytic  Geometry    3  3 

Differential   Calculus    3  3 

Integral  Calculus    3  3 

Intermediate  Calculus    3  3 

Differential  Equations    3  3 

Teaching  of  Mathematics 

in  Secondary  Schools  3  3 

Mathematical  Statistics    3  3 

Modern  Algebra  I   3  3 

Modern  Geometry    3  3 


REQUIRED— 

Mat  105 

Mat  131 

Mat  241 

Mat  242 

Mat  341 

*Mat  343 

*Mat  350 

Mat  403 

Mat  411 

Mat  431 

ELECTIVES- 


Mat  211 

Mat  331 

Mat  401 

Mat  405 

Mat  412 

Mat  432 

Mat  441 

Mat  442 

Advanced  Algebra   3  3 

College   Geometry    3  3 

History  of  Mathematics   3  3 

Special  Topics  in  Mathematics  3  3 

Modern  Algebra  II    3  3 

Topology     3  3 

Advanced  Calculus  I    3  3 

Advanced  Calculus  II    3  3 


♦Not  required  for  a  second  field. 

SCIENCE 
Comprehensive  Science 

(First  field  40  Semester  Hours;  no  second  field.) 

A  student  may  qualify  for  the  Comprehensive  Science  Certificate  by 
completing  a  minimum  of  forty  (40)  semester  hours  with  not  less  than 
eight  (8)  semester  hours  in  each  of  the  following:  biology,  chemistry,  and 
physics;  and  not  less  than  (6)  semester  hours  in  earth  sciences  (astron- 
omy, geology,  and  meteorology);  and  not  less  than  three  (3)  semester 
hours  in  mathematics. 


96  Science 


General  Science 

(First  Field  30  hours;  Second  Field  24  hours) 

Certification  to  teach  General  Science  is  valid  for  teaching  General 
Science  in  all  grades  up  to  and  including  the  ninth  grade. 

A  student  may  be  certified  to  teach  General  Science  on  the  com- 
pletion of  twenty-four  (24)  semester  hours  in  any  two  or  all  of  the 
sciences; 

Basic  Biology  (Sci.  100)  and  Basic  Physical  Science  (Sci.  150)  are 
not  required  of  students  with  specialization  in  General  Science.  Sup- 
porting electives  recommended  as  listed  under  Biology,  Chemistry, 
Geography  (Earth  Sciences),  Mathematics,  and  Physics. 

Hours 
REQUIRED —  Clock    Semester 

Bio       111  Botany  I    6  4 

or 

Bio       112  Botany  II    6  4 

Che      121  Inorganic  Chemistry  I  6  4 

Che      122  Inorganic  Chemistry  II  6  4 

Bio       141  Zoology  I 6  4 

or 

Bio       142  Zoology  II  6  4 

Phy      131  Physics  I   6  4 

Phy      132  Physics  II   6  4 

Geo      206  Meteorology 3  3 

Sci       350  *Teaching  Science  in 

Secondary  Schools 3  3 


Biology 

(First  field  30  Semester  Hours;  Second  field  24  Semester  Hours) 

Basic  Biology  (Sci.  100)  is  not  required  when  a  field  of  specializa- 
tion is  Biology. 


Botany  I   6  4 

Botany  II    6  4 

Zoology  I    6  4 

Zoology  II    6  4 

♦Teaching  Science  in  the 

Secondary  School 3  3 

Bio  450        Biology  Seminar    1  1 


REQUIRED— 

Bio 

111 

Bio 

112 

Bio 

141 

Bio 

142 

Sci 

350 

•Required  for  a  first  field;  may  not  be  used  to  satisfy  the  minimum 
requirements  for  a  second  field. 


Science  97 

Hours 
Clock    Semester 

RESTRICTED  ELECTIVES   (apply  only  to  first  teaching  field) 
At  least  one  course  must  be  selected  from  each  group. 
Group  1.    FIELD  COURSES 

Bio  210      Field  Botany   5  3 

Bio  241      Field  Zoology   5  3 

Bio  242       Ornithology    5  3 

Bio  302      Ecology    5  3 

Bio  341      Entomology 5  3 

Bio  355      Wildlife  Conservation    5  3 

Group  2.    LABORATORY  COURSES 

Bio  301       Genetics  5  3 

Bio  310       Microbiology    5  3 

Bio  342      Parasitology   5  3 

Bio  343      Mammalian  Anatomy    5  3 

Bio  344      Basic    Physiology    5  3 

Bio  345      Plant  Physiology  5  3 

Bio  351      Embryology 5  3 

Bio  401      Histology     5  3 

Bio  402      Cytology    5  3 

Bio  410    Plant  Taxonomy    5  3 

Bio  452      Special  Problems  in  Biology    1-3 

Chemistry 

(First  field  30  Semester  Hours;  Second  field  24  Semester  Hours) 

Basic  Physical  Science  (Sci.  150)   is  not  required  when  a  field  of 

specialization  is  Chemistry.  Students  who  elect  Chemistry  as  a  first 
field  must  take  Physics  I  and  II. 

Students  who  elect  Chemistry  as  a  first  field  and  Physics  as  a  second 

field  may  count  the  hours  in  Physics  I  and  II  towards  both  fields.  Bio- 
logical Science  is  required  of  all  Secondary  Education  students. 

REQUIRED  for  First  Field 

Che  121      Inorganic  Chemistry  I   6  4 

Che  122      Inorganic  Chemistry  II   6  4 

Che  221      Qualitative    Analysis    8  5 

Che  222      Quantitative  Analysis    8  5 

Phy  131     *Physics    I    6  4 

Phy  132    *Physics    II    6  4 

Che  321     *Organic  Chemistry  I    8  4 

Che  322    *Organic  Chemistry   II    8  4 

Sci    350      Teaching  Science  in  the 

Secondary   School    3  3 


•Not  required  for  second  field.     May  be  elected. 


98  Science 

Hoxirs 

ELECTIVES—  Clock    Semester 

Che  123      Inorganic  Chemistry  III    6  4 

Che  325      Physical  Chemistry  I   6  3 

Che  326      Physical  Chemistry  II   6  3 

Earth  and  Space  Science 

(First  field  30  Semester  Hours;  Second  field  24  Semester  Hours.) 
Basic  Physical  Science   (Sci.  150)   is  not  required  when  a  field  of 
specialization  is  Earth  and  Space  Science. 

REQUIRED— 

Che  121  Inorganic  Chemistry  I   6  4 

Che  122  Inorganic  Chemistry  II   6  4 

Phy  131  Physics  I   6  4 

Phy  132  Physics  II    6  4 

Phy  330  General   Astronomy    3  3 

Geo  205  Physiography   3  3 

Geo  206  Meteorology    3  3 

Geo  301  Geology 3  3 

Sci    350  *Teaching  Science  in  the 

Secondary   School    3  3 

ELECTIVES— 

To  be  selected  from  Chemistry,  Physics,  or  **Earth  Science. 

Physics 

(First  field  30  Semester  Hours;  Second  field  24  Semester  Hours 

Students  who  elect  Physics  as  a  first  field  and  Chemistry  as  a  second 
field  may  count  the  hours  in  Inorganic  Chemistry  I  and  II  towards  both 
fields. 

Basic  Physical  Science  (Sci.  150)  is  not  required  when  a  field  of 
specialization  is  Physics. 

Mat  241  and  242  are  required  for  specialization  in  Physics. 

REQUIRED— 

Che  121      Inorganic  Chemistry  I   6  4 

Che  122      Inorganic  Chemistry  II   6  4 

Phy  131      Physics  I    6  4 

Phy  132      Physics  II    6  4 

Phy  231      Mechanics    6  4 

Phy  331       Electricity  and   Magnetism    6  4 

Phy  431       Modem  Physics    5  3 

Phy  431      Atomic    Physics    5  3 

Sci    350  *Teaching  Science  in  the 

Secondary   School    3  3 

ELECTIVES— 

Phy  330  General   Astronomy    3  3 

Phy  332  Electronics     6  4 

Phy  333  Optics    6  4 

•Required  for  a  first  field;  may  not  be  used  to  satisfy  the  minimum 
requirements  for  a  second  field. 
••To  be  selected  from  Geography,  Group  1. 


Social  Science 


99 


SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

(First  field  45  Semester  Hours;  No  second  field) 

Hours 
Clock    Semester 
REQUIRED— 

His  101      History  of  Civilization  I  3  3 

His  102      History  of  Civilization  II  3  3 

His  211      History  of  the  United  States 

and  Pennsylvania  I  3  3 

His  212      History  of  the  United  States 

and  Pennsylvania  II  3  3 

PSc  231      American  Government   3  3 

Eco  231      Principles  of  Economics    3  3 

Soc  231       Principles   of  Sociology    3  3 

SSc  331      Teaching  Social  Studies  in 

Secondary   Schools    3  3 

Geo  202      Geography  of  the  United  States 

and   Canada    3  3 

Geo  203      Economic  Geography    3  3 

RESTRICTED  ELECTIVES— 

At  least  one  course  must  be  selected  from  each  of  Groups,  1,  2,  3, 
4,  and  5. 

Group  1.    UNITED  STATES  HISTORY 

His  313      History  of  Pennsylvania    3  3 

His  314      Diplomatic  History  of  the 

United   States    3  3 

His  315      Economic  History  of  the 

United    States    3  3 

His  316      History  of  the  American  Frontier 3  3 

His  317      History  of  American 

Science  and  Technology   3  3 

His.  318      Constitutional  History  of  the 

United    States    3  3 

Group  2.     EUROPEAN  HISTORY 

His  218      Medieval  Europe   3  3 

His  220      Renaissance  and  Reformation   3  3 

His  221      Modem  Europe  to  1815   3  3 

His  222      Modern  Europe  since  1815    3  3 

His  321      History  of  England  3  3 

His  326      History  of  Russia   3  3 

Group  3.    REGIONAL  HISTORY 

His  218      Ancient  World    3  3 

His  322      History  of  the  Far  East  3  3 

His  323      History  of  the  Middle  East  3  3 

His  324      History  of  Latin  America  3  3 

His  325      History  of  Twentieth  Century  World  . .  3  3 


100  Social  Science 


Group  4.    SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

Ant  231      Introduction  to  Cultural  Anthropology.     3  3 

Ant  331       Human  Evolution   3  3 

Ant  332      Social  Organization   3  3 

Ant  333      Cultural   Dynamics    3  3 

Ant  334      World    Ethnography    3  3 

Eco   332      Contemporary  Economic  Problems   ...     3  3 

Eco   333      Consumer  Economics   3  3 

Eco   334      Industrial  Relations    3  3 

Eco    335      Money  and  Banking  3  3 

Eco   336      Business  and  Government  3  3 

Eco   337      Economic  Growth  and  Development  . .     3  3 

Eco   338      International  Economics   3  3 

PSc  331       State  and  Local  Government   3  3 

PSc  332      Comparative   Government    3  3 

PSc  333      International  Relations    3  3 

PSc  334      American  Political  Parties  3  3 

PSc  335      Soviet  Government  and  Politics 3  3 

PSc  336      American  Political  Ideals   3  3 

Soc   332      Contemporary  Social  Problems   3  3 

Soc    333       The  Family   3  3 

Soc    334      Juvenile  Delinquency    3  3 

Soc   335      Racial  and  Cultural  Minorities 3  3 

Soc   336      Urban   Sociology    3  3 

Group  5.     GEOGRAPHY 

Geo  201      Conservation  of  Natural  Resources   ...     3  3 

Geo  207      Geography  of  Europe  3  3 

Geo  208      Geography  of  Latin  America  3  3 

Geo  209      The  United  States  in  its  Global 

Relationships     3  3 

Geo  210      Geographic  Influence  in 

American  History    3  3 

Geo  307      Geography  of  the  U.  S.  S.  R 3  3 

Geo  308      Trade  and  Transportation    3  3 

Geo  309      World  Problems    3  3 

PLANNED  PROGRAM  IN  SOCIAL  WORK 

The  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Public  Welfare  announces  a 
program  of  professional  education  under  which  it  will  provide  financial 
assistance  for  full  time  study  in  clinical  psychology,  nursing  educa- 
tion, occupational  therapy,  physical  therapy,  psychiatric  nursing  and 
social  work. 
Eligibility: 

Employees  of  the  Department  of  Public  Welfare,  including  its 
institutions  and  county  boards  of  assistance;  county  child  welfare 
agencies. 


Social  Science  101 

College  graduates  and  Registered  Nurses  interested  in  a  profes- 
sional career  in  public  welfare. 
Requirements: 

Acceptance  by  an  accredited  professional  school  within  350  miles 
of  Harrisburg. 

Persons  not  employed  by  the  department  may  be  required  to  take 
a  civil  service  examination.  Early  inquiry  is  urged  for  notification 
of  examination  dates  in  the  winter  and   early  spring. 

Agreement  to  accept  one  year  of  employment  in  the  Department 
of  Public  Welfare  for  each  year  of  professional  education. 

Financial    Provisions  and    Future    Employment: 

1.  Payment  of  tuition  by  the  Department  of  Public  Welfare. 

2.  Payment  of  salary  as  follows: 

A.  Appointees  with  12  months  or  more  of  employment,  as  out- 

lined under  Eligibility,  will  receive  current  salary  re- 
duced by  two  increment  steps. 

B.  Appointees     with     no     employment,     as     outlined     under 

Eligibility,  will  receive  $118  biweekly  before  deductions 
for  withholding  tax,  social  security  and  state  employees 
retirement. 

3.  Regular  employment  in  a  position  for  which  the  graduate 
qualifies.  Appointments  will  be  made  in  accordance  with  needs 
and  appropriate  regulations  and  may  be  in  Department  head- 
quarters, departmental  institutions  (mental  health  or  correc- 
ional),  county  boards  of  assistance  or  county  child  welfare 
agencies. 

How  to  Apply: 

Application  forms  and  information  about  this  Professional  Edu- 
cation Program  and  Civil  Service  examinations  may  be  obtained  from 
the  Bureau  of  Personnel,  Department  of  Public  Welfare,  Harrisburg, 
Pennsylvania,  any  state  mental  institution  or  youth  development  cen- 
ter, county  board  of  assistance  or  county  child  welfare  agency. 

May  1,  of  each  year  is  the  last  date  of  application. 

Preparations: 

To  enter  a  School  of  Social  Work  no  particular  sequence  of  courses 
is  required  so  long  as  the  applicant  has  a  Bachelor's  degree  from  an 
accredited  institution.  Course  in  the  Social  Sciences,  particularly 
Sociology  and  Psychology,  are  most  desirable.  Students  interested 
in  preparing  for  a  career  in  Social  Work  should  contact  the  chair- 
man of  the  Social  Science  Department. 


102  Health  Education 


THE  HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 

Upon  satisfactory  completion  of  the  requirements  of  this  curriculum 
the  student  will  be  granted  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Health 
Education  by  the  College  and  will  qualify  for  a  Pennsylvania  Pro- 
visional College  Certificate  to  be  issued  by  the  Department  of  Public 
Instruction,  Harrisburg,  Pa.  The  certificate  will  be  valid  for  teaching 
Health  and  Physical  Education  in  the  elementary  and  secondary  schools 
of  Pennsylvania  for  three  years. 

All  Health  and  Physical  Education  major  students  must  meet  de- 
partment extra-curricular  requirements  before  they  may  attain  Senior 
standing. 

(Sequence  of  courses  subject  to  change  for  administrative  reasons) 

Hours 
FIRST  SEMESTER  Clock    Semester 

Eng   101     *English   I    3  3 

Eng    103     *Speech    2  2 

Mat   101     *Introduction  to  College  Mathematics   3  3 

Edu    100      Social  Foundations  of  Education   3  3 

HEd  151     *Hygiene   3  3 

HEd  131     *Aquatic  Fundamentals  (Men  and  Women)   . .  3 
HEd  111     *Soccer;  Speedball;  Marching;  Exercise 

Fundamentals   (Women)    3 

HEd  111     *Introduction  to  Marching  and  Formal 

Gymnastics    (Men)     3 

HEd  121     *Fundamentals  of  Field  Hockey;  Volleyball 

(Women)    3 

HEd  121     *Individual  Sports  for  Men  (Men)    3 

23  17 

SECOND    SEMESTER 

HEd  152      First  Aid    2  2 

Eng    102     *English   II    3  3 

Che    120    *General  Chemistry   3  3 

HEd  261       History  of  Physical  Education    2  2 

Art    101     *Fine  Arts    3  3 

HEd  132  Advanced  Aquatics  and  Water  Safety 

(Men  and  Women)    '. .  3  1 


♦Required  course  in  General  Education. 


Health  Education  103 

Hours 

Clock  Semester 

HEd  112      Gymnastic  Fundamentals  (Women)    3  1 

HEd  112      Introduction  to  Apparatus   (Men)    3  1 

HEd  122      Fundamentals  of  Basketball  and  Tennis 

(Women)    3  1 

HEd  122      Theory  and  Practice  of  Track  and  Field 

(Men)    3  1 

24  16 


THIRD   SEMESTER 

Eng   221     *Literature  I   3  3 

His    101     *History  of  Civilization  I   3  3 

Psy    250     *General  Psychology   3  3 

Bio    261      Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  5  3 

HEd  241     *Elementary  Rhythms  and  Folk  Dancing 

(Men  and  Women)    3  1 

HEd  211      Preparation  for  Teaching  Elementary 

Physical  Education  (Men  and  Women)  ...  3  1 
HEd  221      Advanced  Tennis  and  Field  Hockey; 

Badminton   (Women)    3  1 

HEd  221       Soccer  and  Wrestling  (Men)    3  1 

Elective   3  3 

26  18 


FOURTH   SEMESTER 

Eng   222      Literature    II    3  3 

His    102      History  of  Civilization  II  3  3 

Mus   220      Fine    Arts    3  3 

Bio    262      Anatomy   and  Physiology  II    5  3 

HEd  242      Social,  Square  and  Advanced  Folk  Dancing 

(Men  and  Women)    3  1 

HEd  212      Advanced  Gymnastics;  Tap  Dancing 

(Women)    3  i 

HEd  212      Advanced  Apparatus    (Men)    3  1 

HEd  222      Advanced  Basketball;  Lacrosse  (Women)    . .  3  1 

HEd  222      Basketball  and  Baseball   (Men)    3  1 

23  15 


♦Required  course  in  General  Education. 


104      ^  Health  Education 

Hours 
FIFTH  SEMESTER  Clock    Semester 

His    312      History  of  the  United  States  and  Pa.  II  ....     3  3 

HEd  362      Physical  Education  for  Elementary  Grades  .  .     3  2 
HEd  361      Tests,  Measurements  and  Guidance  in  Health 

and  Physical  Education  3  3 

HEd  351      Human    Development    3  3 

HEd  363      Applied  Physiology    2  2 

HEd  321       Coaching  and  Officiating  Techniques  in 

Basketball  and  Hockey  (Women)    3  1 

HEd  321      Football    (Men)    3  1 

HEd  311      Special  Events  in  Physical  Ed.  (Women)   ...     3  1 
HEd  311      Preparation  for  Teaching  Secondary 

Physical  Education   (Men)    3  1 

20  15 

SIXTH  SEMESTER 

Edu   350      Educational  Psychology   3  3 

HEd  365      Physical  Activities  for  Atypical  Children  I  .  .     2  2 
HEd  364      Organization  and  Administration  of 

Physical  Education    3  3 

HEd  352      Methods  and  Materials  in  Health  Education. .     3  2 
HEd  322      Individual  Sports  for  Women;  Track  and 

Field;  Archery;  Golf  (Women)    3  1 

HEd  322      Organization  and  Administration  of 

Intramural  Athletics   (Men)    3  1 

HEd  312      Preparation  for  Teaching  Secondary  Physical 

Education;  Recreational  Games;  Softball 

(Women)    3  1 

HEd  312      Exhibition  Gymnastics  (Men)    3  1 

Edu   300      Audio-Visual    Education    3  2 

Elective   3  3 

23  17 

SEVENTH  SEMESTER 

Phi    480      Introduction  to  Philosophy  3  3 

PSc   231      American  Government   3  3 

HEd  461      Physical  Activities  for  Atypical  Children  II.     3  2 

HEd  462      Principles  of  Recreation 2  2 

HEd  463      Principles  of  Coaching  2  2 

Electives    5  5 

"18  I? 

EIGHTH  SEMESTER 

HEd  471       Student  Teaching  and  Direction  of  Student  . . 

Activities    30  12 

HEd  472      Professional  Practicum  Including  School  Law    2  2 

32  14 

Total  Semester  Hours  Required  for  Graduation   128 

Students  may  also  elect  courses  in  academic  fields  and  special  cur- 
ricula for  which  they  are  qualified. 


Recreation  105 


RECREATION  LEADERSHIP 

For  students  who  desire  to  prepare  as  recreation  leaders,  an  elec- 
tive area  is  provided. 

Hours 
Clock    Semester 

REQUIRED  COURSES  —  16  semester  hours 

HEd  131     *Aquatic    Fundamentals     3 

HEd  132     *Aquatics  and  Water  Safety 3 

HEd  152     *First   Aid    2 

HEd  241     *Elementary  Rhythms  and  Folk  Dancing  3 
HEd  242     *Social,  Square  and  Advanced  Folk 

Dancing    3 

HEd  321     *Football    (Men)    3 

HEd  321     *Coaching  and  Officiating  Techniques  in 

Basketball  and  Hockey    (Women)    . .  3 
HEd  322     *Organization  and  Administration  of 

Intramural  Athletics   (Men)    3 

HEd  322     *Individual  Sports  for  Women;  Track 

and  Field;  Archery;  Golf  (Women) .  .  3 
HEd  366      Organization  and  Administration  of 

Recreation   3  3 

HEd  462     *Principles  of  Recreation    2  2 

HEd  464      Supervised  Recreation  Leadership  ....  6  3 

31  16 

ELECTIVE  COURSES  —  8   semester  hours 

to  be  chosen  from  two  or  more  of  the  following  fields: 

HEd  331      Aquatic  Leadership    3  2 

HEd  341       Modern  Dance  I   2  1 

HEd  342      Modern  Dance  II  2  1 

HEd  353      Advanced   First   Aid    2  2 

HEd  367      Arts  and  Crafts  in  Recreation  3  3 

HEd  368       Music   in   Recreation    3  3 

HEd  369      Dramatics  in  Recreation    3  3 

HEd  370      Camping  and   Outing    3  3 


♦Health  and  Physical  Education  Major  students  receive  credit  for  these 
courses  since  they  are  required  courses  for  the  major  field. 


106  Safety  Education  — ;■  Camping 

A  PROGRAM  OF  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  AND 

SUPERVISED  FIELD  EXPERIENCE  IN  CAMPING 

The  Department  of  Health,  Physical  Education,  and  Recreation  of- 
fers a  special  program  of  courses  in  camp  leadership  for  staff  members 
at  children's  summer  camps.  These  courses  are  designed  to  aid  the 
student's  professional  growth  and  knowledge  through  directed  leadership 
experience  with  children  in  the  informal  atmosphere  of  the  camp. 

COURSES  AVAILABLE 


Undergraduate  Students 

HEd  464      Supervised   Recreation  Leadership  —  3   credits 
(6  to  8  weeks'  attendance  at  camp  July  through  August) 

ELIGIBILITY: 

Any  matriculated  student  at  West  Chester  State  College  is  eligible 
to  participate  in  the  program.  Permission  of  the  special  adviser  should 
be  obtained  if  credit  is  to  be  applied  toward  a  degree.  Students  from 
other  colleges  may  register  with  the  permission  of  the  course  instructor. 
It  is  suggested  that  students  enrolled  at  other  colleges  obtain  the  ap- 
proval of  their  special  adviser  or  appropriate  administrative  officer  to  as- 
sure that  these  courses  may  be  applied  toward  degree  requirements. 


EDUCATION  FOR  SAFE  LIVING  (HIGHWAY  SAFETY 
AND  GENERAL  SAFETY  EDUCATION) 

The  standards  for  certification  as  approved  by  the  State  Council  of 
Education,  January  9,  1948,  require  twelve  semester  hours  for  the  ex- 
tension of  a  teacher's  certificate  to  include  this  field. 

The  following  courses  are  offered  by  the  College  to  satisfy  the 
course  requirement  in  this  field: 


Course  descriptions  on  pages  150-151 


Hoiars 
Clock    Semester 


HEd  481      Introduction  to  Safety  Education  3  3 

HEd  482      Driver   Education   and   Training    3  3 

HEd  483  Psychology  of  Accident  Prevention  ...  3  3 
HEd  484      Methods  and  Materials  in 

Safety  Education    3  3 

HEd  485      Organization  and  Supervision  in 

Safety  Education   3  3 


Physical  Therapy 


107 


PRE-PHYSICAL  THERAPY  PROGRAM 

In  order  to  fulfill  the  need  for  personnel  qualified  in  both  Health 
and  Physical  Education  and  Physical  Therapy,  a  Pre-Physical  Therapy 
Program  is  offered.  Upon  successful  completion  of  this  program,  stu- 
dents will  be  granted  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Health  and 
Physical  Education  and  will  receive  endorsement  for  matriculation  into 
an  approved  post-graduate  school  of  Physical  Therapy.  The  entire 
undergraduate  program  will  be  under  the  supervision  and  guidance  of  a 
professional  Registered  Physical  Therapist  in  the  Health  and  Physical 
Education  Department. 

In  addition  to  the  requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 
in  Health  and  Physical  Education,  the  following  special  requisites  must 
be  met: 

I.  Filing  of  application  for  admission  to  the  Pre-Physical  Therapy 

Program. 

II.  A  screening  evaluation  at  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year  to 

include: 

a.  Pre-college  credentials. 

b.  Academic,  social  and  emotional  status  during  the  freshman 
and  sophomore  years  with  special  emphasis  on  academic 
attainment  in  all  science  and  health  courses. 

c.  Analysis  of  the  college  sequential  testing  program. 

d.  Testing  for  special  interest  and  aptitude. 

III.  After  attaining  Junior  standing,  students  will  be  required  to 

successfully  complete  the  special  junior  and  senior  year 
elective  offerings  as  follows: 

Clock      Sem. 
JUNIOR  Hours    Credits 

HEd  392      Introduction  to  Physical  Therapy   2  2 

SENIOR 

HEd  491      Pre-Physical  Therapy  Seminar  and  Observation    9  3 


After  graduation  from  the  State  College  at  West  Chester  and  en- 
rollment in  a  School  of  Physical  Therapy,  students  will  be  required  to 
complete  a  twelve  months  program  of  professional  training.  Upon  com- 
pletion of  this  program  they  will  receive  a  Certificate  in  Physical  Ther- 
apy granted  by  the  Physical  Therapy  School  and  will  be  eligible  to  take 
national  and  state  examinations  as  indicated  for  the  practice  of  Physical 
Therapy. 


108  Music 


THE  MUSIC  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 

Upon  satisfactory  completion  of  the  requirements  of  this  curriculum, 
the  student  will  be  granted  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Music 
Education  by  the  College  and  will  qualify  for  a  Pennsylvania  Provisional 
College  Certificate  to  be  issued  by  the  Department  of  Public  Instruction, 
Harrisburg,  Pa.  The  certificate  will  be  valid  for  teaching  music  in  the 
elementary  and  secondary  schools  of  Pennsylvania  for  three  years. 

(Sequence  of  courses  subject  to  change  for  administrative  reasons) 

Hours 

FIRST  SEMESTER                                    Clocek  Semester 

Eng    101       English    I    3  3 

Eng    103      Speech    2  2 

Sci     100      Biological  Science   3  3 

Mus  100      Foundations  of  Music    3  3 

HEd  150      Health    2  2 

Mus    21      Violin  I   (Class)    2  1 

Mus    61       Chorus     2  1/3 

Piano   (private  lesson)    1/2  1 

Voice   (private  lesson)    Va  1 

18  16  1/3 

SECOND    SEMESTER 

Eng    102       English  II   3  3 

Edu  100      Social  Foundations  of  Education  3  3 

Mus    110      Theory   of  Music    3  3 

Mus    211       Sight  Singing   3  3 

HEd  208      Physical  Education  III   2 

Mus    22      Violin  II    (Class)    2 

Mus  71  or  81     Orchestra    or   Band    2  1/3 

Mus      62       Chorus     2  1/3 

Piano    V2 

Voice    V2 

21  16  2/3 
THIRD   SEMESTER 

Literature    I    3  3 

History  of  Civilization  I    3  3 

Theory  of  Music   3  3 

Sight    Singing    2  2 

General    Psychology    3  3 

Clarinet    (Class)     1  % 

Mus.  72  or  82     Orchestra  or  Band   2  1/3 

Mus      63       Chorus   2  1/3 

Piano    ¥2  1 

Voice    ¥2  1 

20  17  1/6 


Eng 

221 

His 

101 

Mus 

201 

Mus 

212 

Psy 

250 

Mus 

031 

Music  109 
Hours 
FOURTH  SEMESTER                                Clock    Semester 

Eng   222      Literature  H    3  3 

His     102      History  of  Civilization   II    3  3 

Mus    331       Choral   Conducting    2  2 

Mus    202       Theory  of  Music    3  3 

HEd  107      Physical  Education  (Eurythmics  I)    2  1 

Mus   032      Clarinet    (Class)    1  Va 

Mus  73  or  83     Orchestra  or  Band    2  1/3 

Mus      64      Chorus     2  1/3 

Fiano Vi  1 

Voice    , Vz  1 

19  15  1/6 
FIFTH   SEMESTER 

Mus    351       Human   Development    3  3 

Mus    312      Instrumental  Methods  3  2 

Mus   311      Secondary  School  Methods    2  2 

Mus    332      Instrumental   Conducting    2  2 

Mus   301       Theory  of  Music    3  2 

HEd  207      Physical  Education  II  (Eurythmics  II)    2  1 

Mus     41      Trumpet  (Class)    1  Vi 

Mus  74  or  84    Orchestra   or  Band    2  % 

Mus      65       Chorus  2  1/3 

Piano    Vi  1 

Voice    1/2  1 

21  15  1/6 
SIXTH   SEMESTER 

His     312      History  of  U.S.  and  Pennsylvania  II   3  3 

Edu    350       Educational  Psychology    3  3 

Mus   220      Fine  Arts   (Music)    3  3 

Art    101      Fine  Arts    (Art)    3  3 

Mus     42      Trumpet  (Class)    1  Vz 

Mus     66      Chorus  2  1/3 

Elective   2  2 

Piano    %  1 

Voice    ....  1/2  1 

18  16  5/6 
SEVENTH  SEMESTER 

Psc    231       American  Government    3  3 

Phi    480      Introduction  to  Philosophy  3  3 

Mus    233      Acoustics  —  Physical  Science  3  3 

Mus   310      History  of  Music    3  3 

Mus     51      Percussion    1  Vz 

Major  Musical  Organization    2  Vz 

Piano,  Voice,  or  Instrument  Vz  1 

Elective   2  2 

171/2  16 


110  Music 

Hours 

EIGHTH   SEMESTER                                 Clock  Semester 

Mus   421      Student,   Teaching,   Direction   of  ) 

Student   Activities,   and                )                     32  12 
Professional  Practicum                    ) 

Major  Musical  Organization    2  Vz 

Elective   (Applied  Music)    %  1 

Piano,  Voice  or  Instrument  %  1 

35  14% 

Total  Semester  Hours  Required  for  Graduation  128 

ELECTIVES— 

Mus    320      American  Music    2  2 

Mus    324      Choral  Materials  and  Practices   2  2 

Mus    321      Counterpoint    2  2 

Mus   322      Orchestration    2  2 

Mus   323      Composition     2  2 

Mus   325      Class  Piano  Methods  2  2 

Mus    326      Instrumental    Techniques    2  2 

Applied  Music 

Class  Lesson    1  % 

Private  Lesson  Vz  1 

Students  may  also  elect  coiirses  in  academic  fields  and  special  cur- 
ricula for  which  they  are  qualified. 


DEGREE  CURRICULUM  FOR  DENTAL  HYGIENISTS 

The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  will  be  conferred 
upon  Dental  Hygienists  meeting  the  following  requirements: 

1.  The  possession  of  a  valid  license  to  practice  dental  hygiene  in  the 
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  issued  by  the  State  Dental  Coxm- 
cil  and  Examining  Board  and  the  Department  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion. 

"The  professional  education  requirement  for  dental  hygiene 
is  the  satisfactory  completion  of  an  approved  dental  hygienist 
course  of  instruction  of  two  years  of  not  less  than  thirty-two 
weeks  of  not  less  than  thirty  hours  each  week  or  its  equavalent 
in  and  graduation  from  a  dental  hygiene  school  approved  by  the 
State  Council  and  Examining  Board."* 


•Bulletin  644,  1950;  Rules  and  Regulations  for  Applicants  for  Admission 
to  Examination  for  Licensure  to  Practice  Dentistry  and  Dental  Hygiene 
and  Examination  Procediures. 


Dental  Hygienists 


111 


2.  The  satisfactory  completion  in  addition  thereto  of  60  semester 
hours  of  professional  and  general  education  courses  distributed  as 
follows: 

Semester  Hours 

A.  EDUCATION     11 

Edu   100  Social  Foundations  of  Education   3 

Psy    250  General  Psychology    3 

Edu   300  Audio-Visual   Education    2 

Edu   350  Education  Psychology    3 

B.  GENERAL    EDUCATION    44 

English 

Eng    101,  102    English  I  and  II  6 

Eng   103  Speech     2 

Eng   221  Literature  I    3 

Eng   222  Literature   II    3 

Fine  Arts 

Art    101  Fine   Arts    3 

Mus   220  Fine  Arts    3 

Geography 

Geo   101  World   Geography    3 

Geo   202  Geography  of  the  United  States 

and  Canada    3 


Social  Science 

Semester  Hours 

His    101  History  of  Civilization  I  3 

His    102  History  of  Civilization  II   3 

PSc  231  American   Government    3 

Eco   231  Economics   3 

His   211  History  of  the  United  States  and 

Pennsylvana  I   3 

Soc    231  Sociology    3 

C.    ELECTIVES    9 

Total 64 


Electives  may  be  chosen  with  the  approval  of  the  Dean  of  Instruc- 
tion from  any  academic  field  or  curriculum  offered  at  the  College. 


112  Dental  Hygienists 

In  each  category  above,  credit  will  be  given  for  equivalent  courses 
pursued  in  the  two  year  Dental  Hygiene  Curriculum.  In  such  cases  stu- 
dents must  increase  their  electives  by  the  number  of  semester  hours  so 
credited. 

In  the  case  of  dental  hygienists  who  had  less  than  two  years  of  spec- 
ialized training  on  the  basis  of  which  they  were  licensed  to  practice  den- 
tal hygiene,  proportional  credit  will  be  given.  Such  persons  must  pursue 
additional  general  education  courses  in  college  to  make  up  the  deficiency. 

Application  for  Admission 

A  dental  hygienist  who  desires  to  enroll  in  the  Degree  Curriculum 
for  Dental  Hygienists  should  write  for  application  blanks  and  informa- 
tion to  the  Director  of  Admissions,  West  Chester  State  College,  West 
Chester,  Pa. 

Resident  Requirements 

The  last  30  semester  hours  of  credits  must  be  earned  at  West  Ches- 
ter State  College.  Resident  credits  may  be  earned  in  day,  evening,  and 
Saturday  classes  which  are  offered  on  campus  or  approved  by  the  col- 
lege administration. 

SUMMARY  OF  COSTS  PER  YEAR 

For  Students  Enrolled  in  the  Degree  Curriculum  ior 
Dental  Hygienists 

I.     Full-time  Students  who  ore  legal  residents  of  Pennsylvania* 

A.  Boarding  at  the  College 

Basic  Fee   $250.00 

Activity  Fee    35.00 

Books  and  Supplies   (approximately)    80.00 

Room  and  board  612.00 


$977.00 
B.  Day  Students — Living  at  Home 

Basic  Fee   $250.00 

Activity  Fee    35.00 

Books  and  Supplies   (approximately)    80.00 


$365.00 
n.     Part-time  Campus  Students  and  Off-Campus  Extension 
Students 

Pennsylvania  residents  taking  eleven  or  less  semester  hours  shall 
pay  at  the  rate  of  $12.50  per  semester  hour  (minimum  basic  fee,  $37.50). 
Students  taking  twelve  or  more  hours  shall  pay  the  regular  basic  fee. 

Students  who  are  not  residents  of  Pennsylvania  who  take  eleven  or 
less  semester  hours  shall  pay  the  rate  of  $15  per  semester  hour  (min- 
imum basic  fee,  $60). 


Nursing  113 

DEGREE  CURRICULUM  FOR  PUBLIC  SCHOOL  NURSES 

The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  will  be  conferred 
upon  registered  nurses  who  meet  the  following  requirement. 

The  satisfactory  completion  of  a  three -year  curriculum  in  an  ap- 
proved school  of  nursing  and  registration  by  the  State  Board  of 
Examiners  for  the  Registration  of  Nurses  of  Pennsylvania,  and 
sixty  semester  hours  of  credit  distributed  as  follows: 

A.  Courses  Related  to  Public  Nursing: 

Semester  Hours 

PSN    300  Public  School  Nursing 2 

PSN    302  Public  Health  Nursing  I 3 

PSN    303  Public  Health  Nursing  II  3 

PSN    304  Foundation  of  Nutrition  3 

PSN    306  Prevention  and  Control  of 

Communicable  Diseases  ...  3 

Sub  Total   14 

B.  General  Education 

Eng  102-N  English    Composition     3 

Eng  103  Speech    2 

Eng  221  General  Literature  3 

His  101 

or  102  History  of  Civilization  3 

His  211  History  of  U.S.  and  Pennsylvania  I  3 

PSc  231  American  Government   3 

Soc  231  Principles  of  Sociology    3 

Sci  100  Biological   Science    3 

Psy  250  General  Psychology  3 

Psy  370  Mental  Hygiene   3 

Sub  Total 29 

C.  Professional  Education 

Edu     100  Social  Foundations  of  Education.  .  3 

Edu     350  Educational  Psychology   3 

Edu     331  Child  Development  or 

or     352  Adolescent  Psychology    3 

Edu     306  Introduction  to  Counseling 

and   Guidance    3 

Sub  Total    12 


114  Nursing 

D.    Electives 


Phi 

480 

Mus 

220 

Art 

101 

Mat 

101 

Philosophy    3 

Fine   Arts — Music    Appreciation    3 

Fine  Arts — Art  Appreciation    3 

Introduction  to  College  Mathematics 3 

Any  two  courses  for  a  total 

of  not  less  than  5  credits    5 

Total  60 


In  the  case  of  nurses  with  less  than  three  years  preparation  for  reg- 
istration, such  persons  will  pursue  additional  courses  to  meet  the  re- 
quirements for  the  degree. 


Application  for  Admission 

A  registered  nurse  who  desires  to  enroll  in  the  Degree  Curriculum 
for  Public  School  Nurses  should  write  for  application  blanks  and  in- 
formation to  the  Director  of  Admissions,  West  Chester  State  College, 
West  Chester,  Pa. 


Resident  Requirements 

The  last  30  semester  hours  of  credits  must  be  earned  at  West  Chester 
State  College,  to  qualify  for  graduation.  Resident  credits  may  be  earned 
in  day,  evening,  and  Saturday  classes  which  are  offered  on  campus  or  ap- 
proved by  the  college  administration. 


Nursing  115 


SUMMARY  OF  COSTS  PER  YEAR 

For  Students  Enrolled  in  the  Degree  Curricxilum  for 
Public  School  Nurses 

I.     Full-time  Students  who  are  legal  residents  of  Pennsylvania* 

A.  Boarding  at  the  College 

Basic  Fee   $250.00 

Activity  Fee    35.00 

Books  and  Supplies   (approximately)    80.00 

Room  and  board   612.00 

$977.00 

B.  Day  Students — Living  at  Home 

Basic  Fee   $250.00 

Activity  Fee    35.00 

Books  and  Supplies   (approximately)    80.00 


$365.00 


n.    Part-time  Campus  Students  and  Off-Campus  Extension 
Students 

Pennsylvania  residents  taking  eleven  or  less  semester  hours  shall 
pay  at  the  rate  of  $12.50  per  semester  hour  (minimum  basic  fee — $37.50). 
Students  taking  twelve  or  more  hours  shall  pay  the  regular  Basic  Fee. 

Students  who  are  not  residents  of  Pennsylvania  who  take  eleven  or 
less  semester  hours  shall  pay  at  the  rate  of  $20  per  semester  hour  (min- 
imum basic  fee,  $60). 


116  Liberal  Arts 

LIBERAL  ARTS  CURRICULA 

In  May,  1962,  the  State  Council  of  Education  approved  the  College's 
application  to  offer  liberal  arts  curricula  in  Humanities,  Social  Sciences, 
and  Natural  Sciences.  The  satisfactory  completion  of  a  four-year  course 
of  study  in  any  of  these  three  areas  will  lead  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Arts. 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  DEGREE 

For  the  bachelor  of  arts  degree  a  minimum  of  128  credit  hours 
must  be  completed.  These  must  include  66  credit  hours  of  the  general 
core  curriculum  and  at  least  62  credit  hours  of  specialized  and  elective 
work.  The  three  areas  of  specialization  include:  Humanities,  Social 
Sciences,   Natural   Sciences   and   Mathematics. 

Each  area  of  specialization  beyond  the  General  Core  Curriculum 
permits  an  Area  of  Concentration  in  addition  to  the  Specialization 
Required  Core  subjects.  Specific  information  regarding  required  gen- 
eral core  curriculum  and  areas  of  specialization  is  shown  on  the  pages 
which  follow.  It  shovild  be  noted  that  students  are  expected  to  work 
closely  in  their  areas  of  specialization  with  area  advisors. 

General  Requirements 

Semester  Hours 

I    General   Education  Requirements    62 

A.  Basic  Core:  Skills  and  Competencies  15 

1.  English  (9) 

a.  Composition   (6) 

b.  Speech  (3) 

2.  Foreign  Language  (intermediate  level)   (6) 

B.  Humanities 15 

1.  Literature*    (6) 

2.  Fine  Arts  (6) 

a.  Art  (3) 

b.  Music*  (3) 

3.  Philosophy   (3) 

C.  Social  Sciences   18 

1.  History  of  Civilization  (6) 

2.  Two  electives  from   areas  of  Anthropology, 
Sociology,  Economics,  or  Political  Science  (6) 

3.  Geography  of  World  Culture  Realms  (3) 

4.  Psychology  (3) 


'  Liberal  Arts  117 

D.     Natural  Sciences    14 

1.  Biological  or  Physical  Science 
(year  course)*  (8) 

2.  Mathematics*    (6) 

(Three  of  the  six  credits  may  be  taken  in  Logic) 

II    Health  and  Physical  Education  Requirement   4 

Total 66 


*  Students   with   concentrations   in   these    fields   will   substitute    other 
courses. 


HUMANITIES 
Philosophy  and  Objectives 

The  department  of  humanities  holds  that  education,  is  basically  an 
intellectual  process  and  that  it  must  be  approached  scientifically.  We 
believe  that  all  education  must  be  related  to  man  as  a  member  of 
society. 

At  West  Chester,  the  humanities  are  designed  to  further  the  de- 
velopment of  man's  relation  to  his  social  environment  in  the  com- 
munity, the  nation,  and  the  world.  We  believe  that  the  humanities 
aid  man  in  adapting  himself  to  his  social  relationships  and,  in  a 
considerable  degree,  of  constructively  and  rationally  seeking  to  adapt 
his  social  relationship  to  his  life. 

Specifically,  the  program  in  humanities  is  designed  to  expose  the 
student  to  the  arts,  not  as  the  mere  relief  of  tedium  in  hours  of  leisure, 
but  as  a  positive  explanation  of  man's  inheritance  from  the  past  and 
of  his  obligation  to  the  present  and  the  future. 

We  believe  with  John  Milton  that  the  humanities  are  designed  to 
fit  the  individual  "to  perform  justly,  skillfully,  and  magnanimously 
all  the  duties,  public  and  private,  of  peace  and  war."  This  will  apply 
to  business,  the  professions,  and  graduate  work. 


Curriculum  In  Humanities 

Course  Area  Semester  Hours 

I    General    Requirements    66 

II    Required  Humanities  Core  Beyond  General  Requirements  . .     29-32 

A.  Philosophy  or  Great  Books   6 

B.  History  and  Literature  of  Drama  and  Theater  ....         6 


118  Liberal  Arts 

C.  Music  History  and  Literature  6 

D.  Art  History  6 

E.  Electives  (two-  or  three-way  combination)   5-8 

1.  Aesthetics    2-3 

2.  Literature    2-3 

3.  Music  (including  applied  music)    2-3 

4.  Art  (including  studio  art)    2-3 

(Note:  A  through  D  are  year  courses) 

in    Elective  Areas  of  Concentration  as  Advised   21-24 

A.  Literature:     Closely   related   elective   courses   centered   on   a 

choice  of  English,  American,  or  general  literature. 

B.  Theater  Arts:      Departmental   and    interdepartmental   courses 

bringing  together  art,  music,  drama,  and  the  dance  as  re- 
lated to  theatrical  performance  and  dramatic  and  musico- 
dramatic  production. 

C.  Fine  Arts:     Departmental  and  interdepartmental  courses  de- 

voted to  the  history  and  appreciation  of  the  fine  arts  plus 
courses  in  studio  art,  music  theory,  and  applied  music. 

D.  Language   -  Linguistics:     Twelve   hours   of   language,   six  at 

intermediate  level,  plus  courses  in  language  history,  usage, 
and  techniques. 

rV    Free  Electives  as  Advised  9-12 

A.  Second  language  or  second  year  of  language  strongly  recom- 
mended. 

B.  Special  interdepartmental  courses  devoted  to  literary  and  artis- 
tic contributions  of  great  cultural  epochs  plus  courses  in  criti- 
cism, history,  psychology,  and  comparative  philosophy,  religion, 
and  ethics. 

Total 128 


Liberal  Arts 


119 


LIBERAL  ARTS:   HUMANITIES  CURRICULUM 


(Sequence  of  courses  subject  to  change  for  administrative  reasons) 


Eng 

101 

Eng 

103 

Bio 

101 

Art 

101 

Language 

103 

HEd 

104 

Hours 

FIRST  SEMESTER                 Clock  Semester 

English  I  3  3 

Speech    3  3 

Biological  Science  or  Physical 

Science  I   6  4 

Introduction  to  Art    3  3 

Language  of  Choice  3  3 

Physical  Education  2  1 


20 


17 


17 


SECOND  SEMESTER 

Eng  102        English    II    3  3 

Bio  102        Biological  Science  or  Physical 

Science  II    6  4 

Mus  220        Introduction    to   Music    3  3 

Language    104        Language   of  Choice    3  3 

HEd  204        Physical    Education    2  1 

Elective    8  3 


20 


17 


34 


Eng 

221 

His 

101 

Mat 

101 

Geo 

103 

HEd 

150 

THIRD   SEMESTER 

General  Literature  I   3  3 

History  of  Civilization  I  3  3 

Introduction  to  College  Math.  I.  .  3  3 

Geography  of  World  Culture 3  3 

Health  2  1 

Elective    3  3 


17 


16 


50 


Eng 

222 

His 

102 

Mat 

102 

FOURTH  SEMESTER 

General  Literature  II  3  3 

History  of  Civilization  II  3  3 

Introduction  to  College  Math.  II . .  3  3 

Elective    6  6 


17 


16 


66 


120 


Liberal  Arts 


Phi 


480 


Psy 


250 


Hours 
FIFTH  SEMESTER  Clock    Semester 

Introduction  to  Philosophy   3  3 

Specialized  courses  —  — 

Electives    —  — 


81 


SIXTH   SEMESTER 

General  Psychology   3 

Specialized  courses   — 

Electives    — 


96 


SEVENTH   SEMESTER 

Specialized  courses   

Electives    


114 


EIGHTH   SEMESTER 

Specialized  courses   

Electives    


128 


OFFERINGS  FOR  CONCENTRATION 
AREAS  IN  THE  HUMANITIES 


A.     LITERATURE 

American  Literature  I,  II 

American  Poetry 

American  Prose 

English  Literature  I,  II 

Chaucer 

Tudor  Literature 

Stuart  Literature 

Eighteenth  Century  Literature 

The  Romantic  Movement 

Victorian   Prose  . 

Victorian  Poetry 

The  Novel  to  1870 


Contemporary  Novel 

Contemporary  Poetry 

The  Literature  of  Biography 

The  Essay 

Short  Story 

Creative  Writing 

Criticism 

American  Fiction  to  1900 

The  Bible  as  Literature 

Medieval  Literature  in  England 

Classical  Mythology 


Liberal  Arts 


121 


B.  THEATER,  ARTS 
1.  Literature 

English  Drama  to  Renaissance 
English  Drama,  1660  to  1900 
Modern  Drama 

Z.  Dramatics 

Principles  of  Acting 
Principles  of  Directing 
Principles  of  Stagecraft, 

Lighting,  and  Sound 
Creative  Drama 
Little  Theater  Workshop 

3.  Art 

Principles   of  Scenic   and 
Costume  Design 

C.  FINE  ARTS 

1.  Art 

Introduction  to  Art 
Art  I:  Western  Art 
Art  II:  Non -Western  Art 
Creative  Art:  Painting 
Creative  Art  Sculpture 
Arts  and  Crafts 

2.  Music 

History  and  Literature  I,  II 
Theory:  Foundations 
Applied  Music:  Voice,  Instru- 
ment, Music  Ensemble 
Electives:   Areas  of  History 
and  Literature  and  Applied 
Miosic 

D.  LANGUAGE   —   LINGUISTICS 
1.  Languages* 

Intermediate  French  I,  II 
Advanced  Oral  French 
Intermediate  Spanish  I,  II 
Intermediate  German  I,  II 
Intermediate  Russian  I,  II 
Beginning  Latin  I,  II 
Literature  Electives:  French, 
Spanish,  German,  Latin 


4.  Dance 

Principles  of  Choreography 
Modern  Dance 

5.  Music 

Literature  of  the  Musical 

Theater 
Musico — Dramatic  Production 
Techniques  of  Rehearsing 

6.  Criticism 

Dramatic  Criticism  (see  A) 
Musical  Aesthetics  and 
Criticism 


3.  Literature  Electives 

(Refer  to  A) 

4.  Aesthetics  and  Criticism 

Art  Aesthetics 
Musical  Aesthetics  and 
Criticism 

5.  Seminar 

Interdepartmental    Seminar 
in  Fine  Arts  Problems 


2.  Linguistics 

History  of  the  English 

Language 
Advanced  English  Grammar: 

History  and  Usage 
French:  Advanced  Language 

and  Techniques 
German:  Advanced  Language 

and  Techniques 
Latin:  Advanced  Language 

and  Techniques 


•Elementary  levels  also  offered. 


122  Liberal  Arts 

SOCIAL  SCIENCE 
Philosophy  and  Objectives 

The  Social  Science  Department  believes  that  the  primary  purpose 
of  education  is  intellectual  and  that  the  scientific  method  can  be  applied 
to  the  study  of  human  relations  and  institutions.  Politics,  economics, 
sociology,  anthropology,  geography  and  history  come  within  the  scope 
of  the  social  sciences  at  West  Chester,  for  each  of  these  is  concerned 
with  the  study  of  human  institutions,  customs,  and  behavior. 

At  West  Chester  the  social  sciences  are  geared  to  the  developmeni 
of  national  pride  and  to  the  appreciation  of  the  social  order  in  which 
the  students  live.  Equally  important  as  a  tenet  of  ideals  is  the  belief 
that  the  social  sciences  should  also  develop  an  appreciation  for  the 
institutions  and  mores  of  other  lands  in  the  interest  of  furthering  world 
understanding. 

More  specifically,  the  program  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Arts  with  a  concentration  in  the  social  sciences  is  designed,  beyond 
the  basic  two  years  of  prescribed  general  studies,  to  provide  the  stu- 
dent with  a  broad  coverage  of  the  fields  of  history,  political  science, 
economics,  sociology,  anthropology,  and  geography.  In  addition,  the 
program  also  provides  for  further  specialized  concentration  in  par- 
ticular social  sciences.  Careers  in  government,  journalism,  law,  the 
civil  service,  and  many  other  fields  may  develop  following  participation 
in  this  program. 


Curriculum  In  Social  Sciences 
Course  Area  Semester  Hours 

I    General   Requirements    66 

II    Required  Social  Science  Core  Beyond  General  Requirements  . .     36 

A.  History     12 

1.  History  of  U.S.  I,  II  6 

2.  Electives    6 

B.  Political   Science    6 

1,  American    Government    3 

2.  Elective     3 


1  [bi:rat.  Arts  123 

C.  Economics     6 

1.  Principles  of  Economics   3 

2.  Elective   3 

D.  Sociology  and  Anthropology    6 

1.  Principles  of  Sociology    3 

2.  Cultural  Anthropology. 3 

E.  Geography  Elective    3 

F.  Senior  Seminar  3 

III  Elective  Areas  of  Concentration  As  Advised  15 

Each  student  must  select  an  additional  15  hours  of  electives  in  one 
of  the  following:  History,  Political  Science,  Economics,  Sociology- 
Anthropology,  Geography. 

IV  Free  Electives  As  Advised   11 

Total 128 

UBERAL  ARTS:  SOCIAL  SCIENCES 

(^Sequence  of  courses  subject  io  change  for  administrative  reasons) 

Hours 
FIRST    SEMESTER  Clock    Semester 

Eng    101  English   I    3  3 

Eng    103  Speech    3  3 

His     101  History  of  Civilization  I  3  3 

Bio  Biology  or  Physical  Science  I  6  4 

Lan    103  Language  of  Choice  3  3 

HEd  104  Physical  Education   I    2  1 

20  17  17 

SECOND   SEMESTER 

Eng   102        English  II   3  3 

His     102        History  of  Civilization  II   3  3 

Bio  Biology  or  Physical  Science  II  6  4 

Lan    104        Language   of  Choice    3  3 

Mus    220        Introduction  to  Music    3  3 

HEd  204        Physical  Education  II   2  1 

20  17  34 


124  Liberal  Arts 


THIRD   SEMESTER 

Eng   221  General  Literature  I   3  3 

His    211  History   of  United   States   I    3  3 

Mat    101  Introduction  to  College  Mathematics  I . .  3  3 

Art    101  Introduction    to    Art     3  3 

Geo    103  Geography  of  World  Culture  Realms  .  .  3  3 

HEd  150  Health    2  1 


17  16            50 
FOURTH  SEMESTER 

Eng   222        General  Literature  II   3  3 

His    212        History  of  the  United  States  II  3  3 

Mat    102        Introduction  to  College  Mathematics  II  3  3 

Ant    231        Cultural   Anthropology    3  3 

Social  Science  elective  3  3 

HEd  205        Physical   Education    2  1 


17  16  66 

FIFTH   SEMESTER 

Phi    480        Introduction  to  Philosophy  3  3 

Soc    231        Principles  of  Sociology   3  3 

Eco   231        Principles   of   Economics    3  3 

Social  Science  electives   6  6 


15  15  81 

SIXTH  SEMESTER 

Psy    250        General    Psychology     3  3 

PSc    231         American   Government    3  3 

Social  Science  electives   9  9 


15  15  96 

SEVENTH   SEMESTER 

Social    Science    electives    12  12 

Free    electives    6  6 


18  18  114 

EIGHTH   SEMESTER 

SSc    400        Senior  Seminar    3  '  3 

Social  Science  electives    6  6 

Free  electives 5  5 

14  14  128 


Liberal  Arts 


125 


COURSE  OFFERINGS  FOR  CONCENTRATION  AREAS 
IN  THE  SOCIAL  SCIENCES 


A.     History 

1.  American   History 
History  of  U.  S.  I,  II 
History  of  Pennsylvania 
Diplomatic  History  of  U.S. 
Economic  History  of  the  U.S. 
History   of   the   American 

Frontier 
Constitutional  History  of  U.S. 
History  of  American  Science 

and  Technology 

2.  European    History 
Medieval  Europe 
Renaissance  and  Reformation 
Modern  Europe  to  1815 
Modern  Europe  Since  1815 
History  of  England 

History  of  Russia 

3.  Regional   History 
Ancient  World 
History  of  the  Far  East 
History  of  the  Middle  East 
History  of  Latin  America 
History  of  the  Twentieth 

Century  World 

B.     Political  Science 
American  Government 
State  and  Local  Government 
Comparative  Government 
International   Relations 
American  Political  Parties 
Soviet  Government  and  Politics 
American  Political  Ideas 

C.     Economics 

Principles  of  Economics 
Contemporary    Economic    Prob- 
lems 

Consumer  Economics 
Industrial   Relations 


Money  and  Banking 
Business  and  Government 
Economic  Growth  and  Develop- 
ment 
International  Economics 

D.     Sociology  and  Anthropology 

Principles  of  Sociology 

Contemporary    Social    Problems 

The  Family 

Juvenile   Delinquency 

Racial  and  Cultural  Minorities 

Urban  Sociology 

Cultural  Anthropology 

Human  Evolution 

Social  Organization 

World  Ethnography 

Cultural  Dynamics 

E. — Geography 
Geography  of  World  Culture 

Realms 
Conservation  of  Natural 

Resources 
Geography  of  Europe 
Geography  of  Latin  America 
Geography  of  the  U.S.S.R. 
Geographic  Influences  in 

American  History 
Trade  and  Transportation 
World  Problems 
The  U.S.  in  Its  Global 

Relationship 
Economic  Geography 
Geography  of  U.S.  and  Canada 
Cartography 
Geography  of  Africa 
Geography  of  Asia 
Geography  of  Far  East 
Field  Course  in  Geography 

F.     Seminar 
Senior  Seminar  in  Social  Science 


126  Natural  Science 

NATURAL  SCIENCES 
Philosophy  and  Objectives 

The  Natural  Sciences  at  West  Chester  include  three  broad  areas 
of  study:  the  biological  sciences  (botany  and  zoology),  the  physical 
sciences   (chemistry  and  physics),  and  mathematics. 

The  Natural  Science  courses  in  the  general  education  program  are 
intended  to  provide  an  understanding  of  the  fundamental  principles  in 
each  area  and  to  develop  an  appreciation  of  the  role  of  the  various 
natural  sciences  in  the  progress  of  civilization..  In  addition  these 
courses  aim  to  develop  the  ability  to  use  scientific  methods  including 
abstract,  logical  reasoning. 

The  program  leading  to  the  degree  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  con- 
centration in  the  natural  sciences  is  designed  to  provide  the  student 
with  training  in  breadth  and  depth  in  the  biological  sciences,  the  physi- 
cal sciences  and  in  mathematics.  Major  students  are  provided  with  a 
broad  understanding  of  the  nature  and  behavior  of  matter  and  liviriiij 
forms  and  of  mathematics  by  the  use  of  experimentation  and  other 
research  techniques.  These  approaches  are  intended  to  serve  both  as 
a  tool  for  the  sciences  and  as  an  abstract  deductive  discipline.  The 
program,  moreover,  is  designed  to  provide  further  specialized  con- 
centration in  the  sciences  which  will  prepare  students  for  graduate 
study  and  careers  in  resarch  in  government  and  industry. 


Curriculum  In  Notuial  Sciences 

Course  Area  Semester  Hours 

I    General  Requirements   66 

II    Required  Natural  Science  Core  Beyond  General 

Requirements     25 

A.  Biological  Sciences    8 

The  student  will  select  a  year  course  in  either 
Zoology  I,  II  or  Botany  I,  II. 

B.  Physical   Sciences    8 

The  student  will  select  a  year  course  in  either 
Geology  I,  11;  Physics  I,  II  or  Chemistry  I,  II. 


Liberal  Arts  127 

C.  Earth  and  Space  Science  3 

D.  Mathematics     6 

Courses  in  this  area  will  vary  depending  on  the 
concentration  area  chosen  below. 

III  Elective  Areas  of  Concentration  As  Advised  24-26 

A.  Biological  Sciences  (Botany  or  Zoology) 

B.  Physical  Sciences  (Physics  or  Chemistry) 

C.  Mathematics 

IV  Free  Electives  As  Advised    11-13 

Total....         128 

NATURAL  SCIENCES  AND  MATHEMATICS 

(Sequence  of  courses  subject  to  change  for  administrative  reasons) 

Hours 
FIRST  SEMESTER  Clock    Semester 

Eng   101        English   I    3  3 

Eng   103        Speech    3  3 

Mat   105        College  Algebra  and  Trigonometry*  3  3 

Science  Elective  (Chem.  I,  Phys.  I,  Bot.  I, 

Geol.  I,  Zool.  I)  **    6  4 

Lan    103        Language  of  Choice  3  3 

HEd  104        Physical  Education    2  1 

20  17 

*This  course  may  be  omitted  by  students  with  advanced  preparation. 
Such  students  will  begin  the  Mathematics  sequence  with  Analytic 
Geometry. 

**The  science  elective  should  be  in  the  field  of  specialization  for  stu- 
dents in  the  Biological  and  Physical  Sciences. 


128  Liberal  Arts 

SECOND  SEMESTER 

Eng    102        English  II  3  3 

Mat   131        Analytic  Geometry  3  3 

Science  Elective   (Continuation  of 

preceding   elective)    6  4 

Lan   104        Language  of  Choice  3  3 

HEd  204        Physical   Education    2  1 

Elective   3  3 

20  17 

THIRD  SEMESTER 

Eng  221        General  Literature  I   3  3 

Mat   241        Differential  Calculus   3  3 

His     101        History   of   Civilization   I    3  3 

Science  Elective    6  4 

HEd  150        Health    2  1 

Elective   3  3 

20  17 
Hours 

FOURTH  SEMESTER  Clock    Semester 

Eng   222        General   Literature   II    3  3 

Mat   242        Integral  Calculus  3  3 

His    102        History  of  Civilization  II    3  3 

Science  Elective    6  4 

HEd  205        Physical  Education  2  1 

Elective   3  3 

20  17 

FIFTH  SEMESTER 

Phi    480        Introduction  to  Philosophy    3  3 

Science  Elective    6  4 

Electives  in  Natural  Science  and/or 

Mathematics  under  advisement —  6 

Social  Science  Elective   3  3 

16 

SIXTH  SEMESTER 

Psy   250        General  Psychology    3  3 

Science  Elective    6  4 

Electives  in  Natural  Science  and/or 

Mathematics  under  advisement —  6 

Social  Science  Elective   3  3 

16 


Liberal  Arts 


129 


SEVENTH    SEMESTER 

Art    101        Introduction  to  Art   3  3 

Geo   103        Geography  of  World  Culture   3  3 

Free  Electives  under  advisement 6  6 

Field   of   Specialization    3  3 


15 


15 


EIGHTH  SEMESTER 

Mus    220        Introduction  to  Music    3  3 

Free  Electives  under  advisement 6  6 

Field  of  Specialization   6  6 

15  15 

Total   130 


COURSE  OFFERINGS  FOR  CONCENTRATION 
AREAS  IN  THE  NATURAL  SCIENCES 


A.    BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCE 

Botany  I 

Botany  II 

Zoology  I 

Zoology  II 

Field  Botany 

Field  Zoology 

Comparative  Anatomy 

Ornithology 

Genetics 

Ecology 

Bacteriology 

Biochemistry 

Entomology 

Parasitology 


Mammalian  Anatomy 

Plant  Physiology 

General  Physiology 

Embryology 

Freshwater  Biology 

Wildlife  Conservation 

Organic  Evolution 

Histology 

Cytology 

Plant  Taxonomy 

Biological  Literature 

Biology  Seminar 

Special  Problems  in  Biology 


130 


Liberal  Arts 


B.    PHYSICAL  SCIENCES 

1.  Chemistry 

Inorganic  Chemistry  I,  II 
(Gen.  Ed) 

Organic  Chemistry  I,  n 

Physical  Chemistry  I,  II 

Qualitative  Analysis 

Quantitative  Analysis 

Qualitative  Organic  Analysis 

Advanced  Analytical 
Methods 

Advanced  Inorganic 
Chemistry 

Introduction  to  Chemical 
Research,  Including 
Literature 

Seminar 

2.  Geology 

Geology  I 
Geology  II 


3.  Physics 

Physics  I,  n   (Gen.  Ed.) 

Atomic  Physics 

Modern  Physics 

Analytical  Mechanics  I 

Analytical  Mechanics  II 

Thermodynamics  and  Heat 

Experimental  Physics 

Electronics  I,  II 

Optics  I,  II 

Electromagnetic  Radiation 

Astronomy 

Seminar 

Atomic  Physics  Laboratory 

Introduction  to  Research 


C.     MATHEMATICS 

College  Algebra  and 
Trigonometry 

Analytic  Geometry 

Differential  Calculus 

Integral  Calculus 

Intermediate  Calculus 

Differential  Equations 

Advanced  Algebra 

Modern  Algebra  I,  II 


College  Geomerty 

Modern  Geometry 

Advanced  Calculus  I,  II 

Mathematical  Statistics 

History  of  Mathematics 

Topology 

Special  Topics  in  Mathematics 

Seminar 


Certification  131 


CERTIFICATION  OF  TEACHERS 

School  Laws  of  Pennsylvania,  Section  1202. 
State  Certificates. 

State  certificates  shall  be  issued  as  herein  provided.  Each  such  cer- 
tificate shall  set  forth  the  branches  which  its  holder  is  entitled  to  teach. 
No  teacher  shall  teach,  in  any  public  school,  any  branch  which  he  has 
not  been  properly  certificated  to  teach. 

A  certificate  to  teach  shall  not  be  granted  or  issued  to  any  person 
not  a  citizen  of  the  United  States,  except  in  the  case  of  exchange  teach- 
ers not  permanently  employed  and  teachers  employed  for  the  purpose  of 
teaching  foreign  languages. 


Provisional  College  Certificate 

A  student  who  satisfactorily  completes  one  of  the  curricula  offered 
by  the  College  receives  his  degree  from  the  College  and  qualifies  for  a 
Provisional  College  Certificate  which  is  issued  to  him  upon  application 
to  the  Department  of  Public  Instruction,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 

In  the  elementary  field  this  certificate  qualifies  the  holder  to  teach 
in  the  elementary  schools  of  Pennsylvania  for  three  years. 

In  the  secondary  field  this  certificate  qualifies  the  holder  to  teach  the 
subjects  written  thereon  in  the  secondary  schools  of  Pennsylvania  for 
three  years. 

In  health  education  and  music  education  the  certificate  qualifies  the 
holder  to  teach  and  supervise  the  special  subject  in  both  elementary  and 
secondary  schools  of  Pennsylvania  for  three  years. 


Permanent  College  Certificate 

The  Permanent  College  Certificate  requires  three  years  of  successful 
teaching  in  the  public  schools  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  un- 
der the  Provisional  College  Certificate  and  the  satisfactory  completion  of 
24  semester  hours  of  additional  work  of  collegiate  grade,  completed 
subsequent  to  the  issuance  of  the  baccalaureate  degree.  One-half  of  the 
additional  work  must  be  professional  in  character  and  the  remainder  be 
related  to  the  subject  or  subject  fields  on  the  certificate.  This  certificate 
is  a  permanent  license  to  teach  in  Pennsylvania. 

Provisional  College  Certificates  issued  after  October  1,  1963,  shall 
require  for  validation  for  the  permanent  form  of  the  certificate  the  com- 
pletion of  twenty-four  (24)  semester  hours  of  approved  post-baccalaure- 


132  Certification 

ate  or  graduate  work  including  twelve  (12)  semester  hours  in  the  aca- 
demic content  area,  unless  otherwise  specified,  and  the  remainder  in 
any  one  or  a  combination  of  general  education,  professional  education, 
and  subject-matter  specialization. 

All  Permanent  Certificates  will  continue  to  require  the  basic  course 
in  the  History  of  the  United  States  and  of  Pennsylvania  as  well  as  a 
basic  course  in  visual  aids  and  sensory  techniques.  It  is  recommended 
that  these  requirements  be  part  of  the  undergraduate  preparation  for 
all  teachers. 

Effective  October  1,  1963,  the  College  Provisional  Certificate  will 
be  valid  for  three  years  of  teaching  and  may  be  renewed  for  an  addi- 
tional three-year  period  upon  the  completion  of  three  years  of  successful 
teaching  experience  and  twelve  (12)  semester  hours  of  post-baccalaure- 
ate work. 

Extension  of  College  Certificates 

1.  A  college  certificate  valid  for  the  secondary  field  may  be  ex- 
tended to  include  the  elementary  field  by  completing  twenty-four  semes- 
ter hours  of  approved  courses  in  the  field  of  elementary  education,  dis- 
tributed as  follows;  a  course  in  the  teaching  of  reading;  the  remainder 
selected  from  a  minumum  of  four  of  the  following  areas;  mathematics, 
arts  and  crafts,  music,  physical  education,  language  arts,  sciences,  social 
studies,  geography,  mental  hygiene,  or  a  course  dealing  with  exceptional 
children. 

2.  A  college  certificate  valid  for  the  elementary  field  may  be  ex- 
tended to  include  any  subject  of  the  secondary  field  by  completing  eight- 
een to  forty  semester  hours  in  a  secondary  subject,  depending  upon  the 
area  of  specialization. 

3.  A  college  certificate  valid  for  the  secondary  field  may  be  extend- 
ed to  include  additional  academic  subjects  when  the  holder  has  com- 
pleted eighteen  semester  hours  of  approved  education  in  each  subject  to 
be  added  to  the  certificate. 

Certification  in  Other  States 

Concerning  the  requirements  for  certification  for  teaching  in  other 
states,  students  should  consult  the  Dean  of  Academic  Affairs. 

Teachers  in  Service 

Entrance  and  college  credits  based  on  teaching  experience  have  not 
been  granted  since  September  1,  1927. 

Credit  for  student  teaching  other  than  that  done  under  the  direction 
of  the  College  will  not  be  allowed. 

Credit  toward  entrance  or  toward  graduation  with  a  degree  will  not 
be  allowed  for  experience  in  teaching. 


Course  Descriptions 


Art  135 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  BY  DEPARTMENTS 

Not  all  of  the  courses  listed  will  be  offered  in  any  one  semester  or 
year.  Whenever  the  demand  warrants  the  giving  of  a  course,  an  effort 
will  be  made  to  schedule  it.  Courses  will  be  offered  subject  to  suffi- 
cient enrollment. 


ART  DEPARTMENT 

Mr.  Hallman,  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Mr.  McKinney,  Miss  Simmendinger,  Mrs.  Ring 

Art  101     Fine  Arts  5  semester  hours 

Staff 

This  course  deals  essentially  with  the  history  and  appreciation  of  the 
Fine  Arts — painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture.  Man's  artistic  expres- 
sion from  the  earliest  times  to  the  present,  including  modem  develop- 
ments in  the  minor  arts,  are  also  surveyed.    Both  semesters  and  summer. 

Art  201     Arts  and  Crafts  j  semester  hours 

McKinney 

A  course  providing  opportunity  for  creative  activity  in  the  arts  and 
crafts.  Special  emphasis  given  to  camp,  playground,  or  recreational 
needs.    Both  semesters  and  summer. 

Art  202     Art  for  the  Elementary  Grades  j  semester  hours 

McKinney,  Simmendinger 

ThLs  course  provides  opportunity  for  the  student  to  develop  his  pow- 
ers of  self-expression,  to  gain  experience  in  the  use  of  the  fundamental 
elements  and  principles  of  art  structure  related  to  two  dimensional  and 
three  dimensional  expression,  to  establish  a  basis  for  an  understanding 
and  evaluation  of  children's  work,  and  to  gain  a  comprehensive  knowl- 
edge of  the  school  art  program.  Fall  semester,  spring  semester,  summer. 

Art  301     Problems  in  Art  Education  5  semester  hours 

Hallman 

An  advanced  course  designed  to  develop  a  basic  understanding  of 
the  implications  of  art  as  an  integral  part  of  general  education,  and  to 
provide  opportunity  to  develop  a  complete  program  of  art  in  a  school 
situation.    It  is  intended  to  aid  the  elementary  teacher  to  provide  better 


136  Art  —  Education 

instruction  in  art  with  or  without  the  aid  of  a  supeirvisor  of  art.  Pre- 
requisites: Art  for  the  Elementary  Grades  and  Teaching  Art  in  Ele- 
mentary Grades.    Fall  semester  and  summer  session. 

Art  302     Creative  Art  —  Painting  5  semester  hours 

Hallman 

An  elective  course  which  aims  to  develop  expression  in  drawing, 
painting,  or  other  art  activity.  Activities  arranged  with  regard  to  the  in- 
dividual interests  of  the  student.  No  prerequisites.  Spring,  Fall,  and 
Summer. 

Art  303     Creative  Art  —  Sculpture  j  semester  hours 

This  course  offers  the  student  an  opportunity  to  develop  an  individ- 
ual expression  in  relation  to  three  dimensional  design.  The  student  will 
have  the  experience  of  working  in  a  variety  of  mediums,  such  as  wood, 
clay,  plaster,  and  certain  metals.  The  materials  are  treated  experiment- 
ally with  the  aim  of  achieving  creative  interpretation.  No  prerequisites. 
Elective. 

Art  304     Aesthetics  5  semester  hours 

This  course  is  directly  concerned  with  theories  and  philosophies  of 
art,  the  impact  of  art  on  both  the  individual  and  the  social  group  with 
psychological  and  physical  reverberations.  Basic  influences  which  pre- 
clude the  creative  process  are  included  in  this  course.  Prerequisite: 
Fine  Arts   101.     Elective.     Spring. 


EDUCATION  DEPARTMENT 

Mr.  Benda,  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Mr.  Bonder,  Mr.  Evans,  Mr.  Patterson,  Mrs.  Haas,  Miss  Gregg,  Mr 
Weagley,  Mr.  Hill,  Miss  King,  Mr.  Bannon,  Mr.  Studenmund,  Mr. 
Strayer,   Mr.   Emery,  Mr.   Micken,   Miss  DeLong,   Mr.   Herres,   Mr. 
Freeman,  Mr.  Buechele,  Mr.  Krebs,  Mr.  Schuler. 

Edu  100     Professional  Orientation  j  semester  hours 

Staff 

An  orientation  and  guidance  course  acquainting  prospective  teachers 
with  the  opportunities  and  requirements  of  the  profession;  the  relation- 
ship of  the  school  to  society;  the  organization  and  administration  of  the 
American  school  system.  Extensive  directed  observation  of  various 
schools  and  learning  situations  will  be  required.  Both  semesters  and 
summer  session. 


Education  137 

Psy  250     General  Psychology  3  semester  hours 

Staff 

A  comprehensive  study  of  the  origins,  motives,  and  modifications  of 
human  behavior  with  emphasis  on  the  scientific  approach  in  analyzing 
behavior  patterns;  the  importance  of  man's  biological  inheritance,  and 
the  significance  of  social  environment  in  influencing  human  living.  At- 
tention is  given  to  the  simpler  techniques  in  psychological  experimenta- 
tion.   Both  semesters  and  summer  session. 

Edu  300     Audio- Visual  Education  2  semester  Jwurs 

Weagley,  Strayer 

Consideration  of  the  need  for  sensory  techniques  and  materials  in 
the  learning  process  with  attention  given  to  the  psychological  principles 
involved.  Acquaintance  with  and  achievement  of  skills  in  specific  tech- 
niques, materials,  and  equipment.  Activities  will  include  actual  produc- 
tion of  materials  for  classroom  use  and  participation  in  their  use.  Both 
semesters  and  summer  session. 

Edu  301     Pre-School  Education  j  semester  hours 

DeLong,  Kulp 

Study  of  pre-school  and  kindergarten  children,  of  nursery  school  and 
kindergarten  programs,  materials,  equipment  and  procedures,  records 
and  reports.  Laboratory  school  experiences  supplement  reading  and 
discussion  of  acceptable  standards  and  teaching  practices.  Both  semes- 
ters and  summer  session. 

Edu  302     Problems  of  Secondary  Education 

Including  Guidance  5  semester  hours 

Bonder,  Buechele 

This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  students,  who  are  preparing  to 
teach  on  the  secondary  level,  with  the  basic  problems  and  responsibili- 
ties found  within  the  framework  of  a  secondary  school.  The  course 
includes  some  phase  of  guidance.  Consideration  is  given  to  the  essentials 
and  principles  of  a  guidance  program  and  the  role  the  teacher  is  expect- 
ed to  play  within  the  overall  guidance  organization.    Both  semesters. 

Edu  303     Creativity  in  the  Classroom 

5  semester  hours 
Herres 

A  course  dealng  with  the  exploration  of  materials  and  processes  of 
children's  perceptions  and  behavior  with  a  view  to  encouraging  the 
development  of  their  critical  and  creative  potentials. 


138  Education 


Edu  306     Introduction  to  Guidance  and  Counselling 

J  semester  hours 
Hill,  Recktenwald,  Williams 

A  study  of  the  techniques  for  analyzing  the  interests,  aptitudes,  and 
abilities  of  children  and  the  methods  for  guiding  them  in  making  sound 
vocational  choices. 

Information  will  be  gathered  and  studies  made  regarding  a  wide 
variety  of  occupational  and  professional  areas.  Both  semesters  and  sum- 
mer session. 


Edu  307     Diagnostic  and  Remedial  Reading   j  semester  hours 
Patterson,  Kulp,  Herres 

Recent  research  in  the  field  of  reading  to  acquaint  students  with 
problems  and  needs  common  to  incompetent  readers  and  with  the  most 
successful  materials  and  techniques  for  dealing  with  such  problems. 
Demonstration  and  practice  in  testing,  planning,  and  directing  remedial 
programs  with  groups  and  individuals.  Prerequisite:  Teaching  of  Read- 
ing.   Spring  semester  and  summer  session. 

Edu  309     Language  Arts  6  semester  hours 

Haas,  Herres 

Preparation  of  teachers  for  the  development  of  the  child's  abilities  in 
oral  and  written  communication.  Provides  knowledge  of  the  nature  of 
reading  processes  and  materials  of  instruction.  Essential  techniques  and 
materials  of  language,  including  handwriting  and  spelling,  to  teach  the 
child  knowledge  and  skills  in  the  fundamentals  of  oral  and  written 
communications.     Both  semesters  and  summer. 

Edu  310     School  and  Community  5  semester  hours 

Studenmund 

Study  of  group  and  intergroup  activities  and  the  role  of  the  in- 
dividual in  the  group;  of  community  interests,  needs,  resources  and  prob- 
lems; of  teacher  responsibility  in  community  activities;  professional,  so- 
cial, civic,  religious,  and  political.  Student  participation  in  community 
activities  is  stressed.    Spring  semester  and  summer  session. 

Edu  317     Teaching  of  Language  Arts  5  semester  hours 

King,  Herres,  Haas 

Survey  of  the  content  of  the  curriculum  in  English  in  the  elementary 
grades;  methods  of  teaching  oral  and  written  composition,  principles  of 
grammar,  poetry,  and  literature.  The  teaching  of  handwriting  is  part  of 
this   course.     Summer   session. 


Education  139 

Edu  318     Reading  in  the  Secondary  School  j  semester  hours 
Staflf 

A  basic  course  for  teachers  of  reading  on  the  secondary  school  level. 
Special  help  is  given  in  the  basic  reading  and  study  skills  and  the  tech- 
niques for  improving  rate  and  comprehension.  The  course  is  planned  to 
help  the  teacher  provide  a  development  reading  program  with  respect 
to  content  subject  matter.  Prerequisites:  Educational  Psychology.  Sum- 
mer session  only. 

Edu  319     Teaching  of  Reading  5  semester  hours 

Patterson,  Haas,  Kulp 

Scientific  aspects  of  reading  and  problems  in  the  teaching  of  reading 
in  all  elementary  grades.  Presentation  in  theory  and  practice,  from  care- 
ful examination  of  research  and  from  observation.  Opportunity  for  the 
student  to  acquaint  himself  with  a  variety  of  modern  reading  materials 
and  with  approved  techniques  in  their  use.  Problems  of  disability  and 
their  treatment.    Both  semesters  and  summer  session. 


Edu  320     Teaching  of  Reading  in  Secondary  School 

Academic  Siibjects  2  semester  hours 

Patterson,  Staff 

This  course  is  designed  to  enable  secondary  school  teachers  to 
understand  and  to  cope  with  the  wide  range  of  high  school  pupils' 
needs  and  abilities  and  to  provide  experiences  and  instruction  in  the 
development  of  materials,  methods  and  techniques,  and  skills  in  meet- 
ing the  requirements  of  systematic,  sequential,  and  coordinated  reading 
programs.  It  is  a  practical  course  in  which  the  students  experience  the 
uses  of  a  wide  variety  of  structured  exercises  prepared  to  improve 
one's  vocabulary,  study  habits,  reading  comprehension,  and  other  skills 
in  reading,  and  in  which  students  construct  such  exercises  for  use  in 
teaching.     Both  semesters   and  summer. 


Ed.  330.     Teaching  the  Exceptional  Child  j  semester  hours 

Freeman 

The  study  of  atypical  children  who  need  help  in  order  to  adjust  and 
succeed  to  the  extent  of  their  capacity.  Students  are  guided  in  recog- 
nizing, understanding  and  dealing  with  the  additional  needs  of  the  physi- 
cally or  mentally  handicapped  child  and  the  superior  child,  and  in  foster- 
ing their  social  and  emotional  development.  Attention  is  directed  to  the 
selection  of  learning  aids  and  materials  and  the  adaptation  of  teaching 
techniques  in  the  normal  classroom  situation.  Prerequisite:  General 
Psychology.    Both  semesters  and  summer  session. 


140  Education 

Edu  350     Educational  Psychology  j  semester  hours 

Staff 

The  nature  of  the  learning  process  with  emphasis  on  the  application 
of  the  principles  of  psychology  to  the  problems  of  learning  and  teaching. 
An  important  aspect  of  the  course  is  the  study  of  actual  classroom  prob- 
lems and  procedures  by  observation  of  regular  work  and  by  special  il- 
lustrative demonstrations  in  the  laboratory  school.  Prerequisite:  General 
Psychology.    Both  semesters  and  summer  session. 

Psy  351     Human  Development  (Ch'ldhood)      j  semester  hours 
King 

Three  main  strands  comprise  this  course:  methods  of  studying  chil- 
dren and  observation  of  children  in  various  situations;  aspects  of  growth 
in  childhood  (physical,  mental,  emotional,  and  social)  and  their  inter- 
relationship; and  characteristic  development  and  behavior  at  various  age 
levels  from  birth  to  adolescence.   Both  semesters  and  summer  sessions. 

Psy  352     Human  Development  (Adolescence)  j  semester  hours 

Benda,  Gregg,  Hill 

This  course  is  concerned  with  a  practical  understanding  of  person- 
ality development,  maturation,  and  problems  of  the  adolescent.  Atten- 
tion is  given  to  the  inter-relationship  of  physical,  emotional,  and  social 
growth  within  the  context  of  such  social  institutions  as  the  home,  school, 
and  community.  Prerequisite:  General  Psychology.  Fall,  spring,  and 
summer  sessions. 

Edu  353     Child  Adjustment  j  semester  hours 

King,  Micken 

Application  of  the  principles  of  mental  hygiene  to  the  problems  of 
elementary  school  children  in  home,  school  and  community.  Emphasis 
is  directed  toward  an  understanding  of  the  causative  factors  in  children's 
behavior,  an  intensive  study  of  emotional  development,  and  a  critical  an- 
alysis of  typical  classroom  situations.     Summ.er  session. 


Psy     370     Mental  Hygiene  ^^  semester  hours 

Studenmund 

This  course  attempts  to  analyze  the  individual  from  several  stand- 
points according  to  the  principles  of  mental  hygiene.  The  prac'ical  phase 
of  the  course  is  the  application  of  these  principles  to  the  individual's 
problems  of  adjustment  to  the  school  and  society.  Field  trips  are  also 
included  in  the  course  content.    Fall  sem.ester  and  summer  session. 


Education  141 

Phi  380     Ethics  5  semester  hours 

Benda 

The  course  in  ethics  is  concerned  with  the  development  of  principles 
of  right  conduct  and  practical  systems  of  social  morality.  It  has  to  do 
with  the  human  values  and  the  development  of  moral  standards  both  for 
the  individual  and  society.  Basically  it  seeks  answers  to  such  moral 
problems  as  the  following:  What  conduct  shall  we  choose  and  from 
what  shall  we  refrain?  What  shall  we  fight  for  and  what  against?  The 
methods  used  will  involve  lectures,  discussions,  readings,  and  reports. 
Spring  semester  and  summer  session. 

Edu  401     Problems  of  Elementary  Education   5  semester  hours 
Haas,  Herres 

This  course  deals  with  the  educative  process  as  a  functional  rela- 
tionship between  the  learner  and  his  environment  aided  by  organized 
learning  situations.  An  attempt  is  made  to  draw  together  all  the  methods 
in  terms  of  basic  curriculum  principles  for  the  modern  elementary 
school.  The  prospective  teacher  is  introduced  to  the  scope  of  the  teacher's 
day-to-day  responsibilities  and  helped  to  develop  insight  into  how  these 
responsibilities  can  be  carried  out  effectively.  Both  semesters  and  sum- 
mer. 

Edu  411     Student  Teaching  and  Direction  of  Student 

Activities  (Elem.  Majors)  12  semester  hours 

Edu  412     Student  Teaching  and  Direction  of  Student 
Activities  (Sec.  Majors) 

Supervisors 

Observation  and  participation  in  all  teaching  and  activities  related 
to  the  performance  of  a  teacher's  work,  in  the  area  of  the  student's  spe- 
cialization.   Both  semesters  and  summer  session. 


Edu  413     Professional  Practicum  Including  School  Law 

(Elem.  Majors)  2  semester  hours 

Edu  414     Professional  Practicum  Including  School  Law 

(Sec.  Majors)  2  semester  hours 

Supervisors  of  Student  Teaching 

Methods  and  practices  of  teaching;  general  techniques  of  teaching 
and  techniques  for  the  students'  special  fields;  Pennsylvania  school  laws 
revelant  to  the  work  of  the  classroom  teacher;  problems  encountered  by 
the  students  in  their  student  teaching.  Both  semesters  and  summer  ses- 
sion. 


142  Education 

Edu  441     Workshop  in  Elementary  Education^  semester  hours 
Evans,  Cartright 

A  course  designed  for  college  graduates  and  teachers-in-service. 
Newer  ideas  and  practices  in  teaching  are  evaluated.  Materials  of  in- 
struction and  courses  of  study  are  examined.  Opportunity  is  given  en- 
rolees  to  work  on  individual  and  group  problems.  Children  are  observed 
in  the  Campus  Demonstration  School.  Course  is  offered  in  the  regular 
summer  session  only. 

Edu  451     Tests  and  Measurements  in  Guidance 

5  semester  hours 
Hill  and  Staff 

A  survey  of  testing  materials  and  procedures  with  emphasis  on  the 
interpretation  and  application  of  results  for  pupil  guidance  purposes. 
Areas  studied  will  include  examination  of  various  types  of  testing  ma- 
terials, criteria  for  selection,  techniques  for  summarizing  data,  organiza- 
tion, administration,  and  evaluation  of  the  testing  program.  Prerequisite: 
General  Psychology.     Both  semesters  and  summer  session. 

Phi  480     Introduction  to  Philosophy  ?  semester  hours 

Bonder,  Bannon,  Schuler,  Strayer 

This  course  is  divided  into  three  distinct  categories;  (1)  a  discussion 
of  the  meanings  and  implications  of  the  outstanding  philosophies,  (2)  a 
comparative  analysis  of  the  corresponding  works  of  philosophers,  and  (3) 
a  discussion  of  the  relation  between  philosophy  and  modern  life  with  the 
ultimate  aim  that  each  student  will  develop  a  personal  overall  philos- 
ophy.    Both  semesters  and  summer. 

Psy  341     Psychology  of  Exceptional  Children  j  credits 

Freeman 

Psychology  of  children  having  superior  or  inferior  intellectual  abil- 
ity; defective  vision,  hearing  and  speech;  emotional,  social  and  physical 
handicaps.     Spring  semester. 


SpE  342     Arts  and  Crafts  for  Atypical  Children  2  credits 

McKinney,  Ring 

A  course  designed  to  give  the  students  background  in  the  creative 
art  process  and  how  it  can  be  developed  in  the  atypical  child.  Students 
participate  in  field  trips  and  art  activities  specifically  designed  for  both 
the  mentally  retarded  and  the  physically  handicapped  child.  Spring 
semester. 


Education  143 

Psy  343     Psychology  of  the  Mentally  Retarded  3  credits 

Freeman 

A  survey  of  the  psychological  development  of  mentally  retarded 
children  vi^ith  special  emphasis  on  socio-economic,  cultural,  emotional  and 
educational  factors  w^hich  influence  their  behavior.    Fall  semester. 

SpE  344     Problems  in  Special  Education  2  credits 

Freeman 

A  study  of  significant  problems  in  the  field  of  Special  Edcuation. 
Topics  for  special  study  include:  articulation  of  primary  and  secondary 
programs;  interpretation  of  special  education  program  to  parents,  school 
personnel,  and  the  community;  development  of  community  resources  to 
meet  the  need  of  atypical  children;  selection  of  pupils  and  problems 
of  organization.     Spring  semester. 


SpE  348     Methods  and  Materials  for  Mentally  Retarded 

J  credits 
Freeman 

Course  dealing  with  the  effective  methods  of  teaching  mentally  re- 
tarded children,  the  development  of  programs  of  study,  classroom  tech- 
niques, adaptation  of  materials  and  appraisal  of  results.    Both  semesters. 


SpE  349     Methods  and  Materials  for 

Physically  Handicapped  5  credits 

Freeman 

A  course  dealing  with  the  effective  methods  of  teaching  physically 
handicapped  children,  the  development  of  programs  of  study,  adaptation 
of  materials  and  appraisal  of  results.    Both  semesters. 

Sp.  Ed.  340.     Workshop  in  Special  Education  6  credits 

Freeman 

The  "Workshop  will  provide  an  opportunity  to  undertake  an  intensive 
program  of  observation  and  instruction  of  mentally  retarded  or  physi- 
cally handicapped  children.  Actual  instructional  experience  with  an 
atypical  child  will  be  combined  with  lecture,  demonstration  and  case 
study.    Summer  session. 


144  English 

ENGUSH  DEPARTMENT 

Mr.  Slagle,  Chairman 
Mr.  Binney,  Vice- Chairman 

Miss  Bailey,  Mr.  Baron,  Mr.  Berry,  Mr.  Binney,  Mr.  Bruehl,  Mr. 
Clokey,  Mrs.  Faucett,  Mr.  Gray,  Mr.  Gross,  Mr.  Henry,  Miss  Holman, 
Miss  Jacobs,  Miss  Jordan,  Mr.  Landrum,  Mrs.  Lustig,  Mr.  McKenty, 
Mr.  Peterson,  Mr.  Thomas,  Mr.  Ward. 

English  Composition 

Eng  101     English  I  —  Grammar  and  Composition 

J  semester  hours 
Binney,  Director:  Members  of  the  Department 

Review  of  grammar  detail,  analysis  of  construction,  functional 
practice  in  mechanics  of  English;  vocabulary  study  and  spelling.  The 
writing  and  analysis  of  brief  compositions  for  structural  faults  and 
errors  in  diction.  Library  usage,  a  separate  unit  in  addition  to  English 
I — an  introduction  to  the  use  of  the  library — taught  by  a  member  of 
the  college  library  staff.     Both  semesters  and  summer  session. 

Eng  102     English  II  —  Composition  ?  semester  hours 

Binney,  Director:  Members  of  the  Department 

Study  and  application  of  the  laws  of  composition;  methods  and 
types  of  exposition;  description  and  narration;  paragraph  and  theme 
writing;  analysis  of  literary  samples;  book  reviewing;  outlining;  de- 
tailed study  of  techniques  of  research  and  the  writing  of  an  original 
research  paper.  Continued  functional  practice  in  mechanics.  Pre- 
requisite: English  I.     Both  semesters  and  summer  session. 

Eng  103     Speech  j  semester  hours 

Holman,  Peterson,  Directors:  Members  of  the  Department 

Study  and  application  of  fundamental  principles  of  effective  speak- 
ing; training  in  selection,  organization,  and  development  of  material 
suitable  for  speeches;  analysis  of  voice;  emphasis  on  personality  adjust- 
ment as  related  to  speaking-listening  situations;  and  vocabulary  build- 
ing. Special  emphasis  also  given  to  group  discussion  and  parliamen- 
tary procedures.     Both  semesters. 

Eng  211     Journalism  5  semester  hours 

Berry 

The  organization,  management,  and  supervision  of  the  content  of 


English  145 

school  publications;  the  preparation  of  school  publicity  materials  and  the 
development  of  journalistic  style  through  practical  participation  in  jour- 
nalistic activities.     Fall  semesters. 

Eng  312    Advanced  Composition  5  semester  hours 

Binney 

Advanced  experience  in  writing  through  the  preparation  of  reviews, 
digests,  and  critical  reports,  employing  expository,  descriptive,  and  ar- 
gumentative techniques.    Spring  semester  of  odd  and  even  years. 

Eng  313    Creative  Writing  5  semester  hours 

Binney 

An  advanced  course  for  students  of  marked  ability  in  the  creative 
processes  of  writing.  The  development  of  creative  ability,  the  improve- 
ment of  the  student's  own  style,  and  the  furnishing  of  methods  and  ma- 
terials for  the  teaching  of  composition  in  the  secondary  schools.  Spring 
semester  of  odd  years. 

Eng  314     History  of  Language  5  semester  hours 

Clokey 

A  review  of  the  major  forces  and  influences  which  have  shaped  lan- 
guage development  with  emphasis  on  the  history  of  the  English  language. 
Fall  semesters. 

Eng  315     Advanced  Grammar  5  semester  hours 

Clokey 

A  study  of  the  role  and  development  of  English  grammar  including 
a  survey  of  the  linguistic  influences  on  the  traditional  approach  to  this 
discipline.    Spring  semesters. 

Eng  316     Teaching  English  in  Secondary  Schools 

5  semester  hours 
Bailey,  Slagle 

A  review  of  the  content  of  language-arts  requirements  of  the  sec- 
ondary school,  with  special  reference  to  grade-placement  with  adapta- 
tion of  materials,  appraisal  of  results,  and  the  development  of  programs 
of  study.     Each  semester. 


146  L.iTERATlRE 

Literature 

Eng  221     General    Literature   I  j  seuiesier  hours 

Landrum,  Director:    Members  of  the  Department 

An  introduction  to  literature  providing  opportunities  for  intensive 
reading  in  a  wide  variety  of  literary  figures.  The  purpose  is  to  famil- 
iarize students  with  the  development  of  human  thought  as  it  has  been 
expressed  in  Western  literature  from  Homer  to  Shakespeare.  Fall  se- 
mester. 

Eng  222     General  Literature  II  ?  semester  hours 

Landrum,  Director:    Members  of  the  Department 
Milton  to  the  present.     Spring  semesters. 

Eng  223     American  Literature  I  j  semester  hours 

Bailey,  Berry 

A  survey  of  representative  American  writings  from  Colonial  times 
to  1860,  particular  attention  being  given  those  writings  which  b.est  ex- 
emplify democratic  ideals  and  national  character.    Fall  semesters. 

Eng  224     American  Literature  II  5  semester  hours 

Bailey,  Berry 

A  survey  of  representative  American  writings  from  1860  to  the  pres- 
ent.   Spring  semester. 

Eng  225     English  Literature  I  j  semester  hours 

Slagle,  Thomas 

English  literature  surveyed  from  Anglo-Saxon  times  to  Robert 
Burns,  with  emphasis  on  recognized  major  works.  Two  basic  aims:  (1) 
to  develop  broader  knowledge  of  the  growth  of  English  literature  and  its 
relation  to  historical  movements,  and  (2)  to  provide  wide  reading  for 
more  intelligent   appreciation.     Fall   semesters. 

Eng  331     Chaucer  5  semester  hours 

Thomas 

The   course   is   concerned   with   the  Canterbury   Tales,   Troilus   and 

Creseyde,  and  selected  poetry;  emphasis  is  upon  literary  interpretation 
rather  than  language.     Spring  semester  of  even  years. 


LlTERATL RE  147 

Eng  332     English  Drama  to  the  Renaissance 

J  semester  hours 
Baron,  Jordan 

A  study  of  the  drama  in  England  from  the  early  liturgical  tropes  to 
Shakespeare's  contemporaries.     Spring  semester  of  even  years. 

Eng  333     Shakespeare   I  5  semester  hours 

Baron 

A  study  of  selected  comedies,  histories  and  tragedies  with  emphasis 
on  literary  and  historical  background  and  on  Shakespeare's  develop- 
ment as  a  dramatist.     Fall  semester  of  odd  years. 

Eng  334     Shakespeare  II  5  semester  hours 

Baron 

A  continuation  of  the  first  semester.    Spring  semester  of  odd  years. 

Eng  335     Eighteenth  Century  Literature  j  semester  hours 

Slagle 

A  critical  consideration  of  significant  eighteenth-century  writers 
with  emphasis  upon  the  struggle  between  tradition  and  revolt  as  re- 
flected in  the  works  of  the  representative  writers  of  the  period.  Spring 
semester  of  odd  years. 

Eng  336     The  Romantic  Movement  5  semester  hours 

Clokey,  Lustig 

A  study  of  Wordsworth,  Coleridge,  Byron,  Shelley,  Keats,  and  their 
contemporaries  in  the  light  of  social  background  and  biographical  and 
critical  doctrine.    Fall  semester  of  even  years. 

Eng  337     Victorian  Prose  j  semester  hours 

Bailey,  Thomas 

A  study  of  Victorian  thought  and  culture  as  the  reflection  of  conflict 
and  compromise  through  its  interpretations  by  the  prose  writers  of  the 
period.  Special  reference  is  made  to  the  work  of  Ruskin,  Newman, 
Mill,  Huxley,  and  Arnold.    Fall  semester  of  odd  years. 

Eng  338     Victorian  Poetry  j  semester  hours 

Gross,  Bailey,  Thomas 

A  study  of  Victorian  thought  and  culture  as  seen  in  the  poets  of 
the  period.     Spring  semester  of  odd   years. 


148  Literature 

£ng  339     Tudor  Literature 

Baron,  Jordan 

Tudor  Literature,  a  study  of  the  poetry  and  prose  of  the  Sixteenth 
Century  with  special  emphasis  on  the  literary  and  historical  back- 
ground.   First  semester  of  even  years. 

Eng  226     English  Literature  11  5  semester  hours 

Slagle,  Thomas 

English  literature  surveyed  from  Robert  Burns  to  the  present. 
Spring  semesters. 

Eng  327     American  Poetry  j  semester  hours 

Binney 

An  examination  of  the  nature,  form,  and  function  of  verse  as  ex- 
emplified by  representative  American  poets,  with  particular  reference  to 
social  backgrounds  and  national  ideals.    Spring  semester  of  even  years. 

Eng  328     American  Prose  3  semester  hours 

Bailey,  Thomas 

A  study  of  the  development  of  national  ideals  as  expressed  by  rep- 
resentative prose  masterpieces,  with  extensive  critical  reading  in  current 
periodicals  as  well  as  intensive  study  of  great  works  of  the  past.  Fall 
semester  of  even  years. 

Eng  329     Classical  Mythology  /  semester  hour 

Bailey,  Jordan 

A  study  of  the  literature  and  mythology.  Spring  semester  of  odd 
years. 

Eng  330     Medieval  Literature  in  England         5  semester  hours 

Jordan 

Medieval  English  Literature  (1066-1500).  A  survey  of  literature 
from  the  Norman  conquest  to  the  accession  of  the  Tudors,  emphasizing 
the  popular  forms:  lyric,  romance,  metrical  tale,  fabliaux,  and  ballad. 

Eng  340     Stuart  Literature  (1603-1700)  ?  semester  hours 

Jordan,  Lustig 

A  survey  of  British  literature  from  the  accession  of  James  I  to  the 
death  of  Dryden,  giving  an  introduction  to  the  Spenserians,  the  Meta- 
physical poets,  John  Milton,  the  Restoration  dramatists,  and  such  pop- 


Literature  149 

ular  literary  forms  as  the  essay,  biography,  the  sermon,  translation, 
literary  criticism,  satire,  and  travel  literature.  Spring  semester  of 
even  years. 

Eng  341     Novel  to  1870  5  semester  hours 

Bailey 

A  study  of  the  rise  and  development  of  the  novel  in  English  from  its 
predecessors  of  the  eighteenth  century  to  Hardy  and  Mark  Twain.  The 
reading  of  a  selected  list  of  novels  for  analysis  with  a  view  to  cultivating 
an  appreciation  of  this  dominant  literary  form.  Fall  semester  of  odd 
years. 

Eng  342     ContemporarY  Novel  5  semester  hours 

Landrum,  Lustig 

A  study  of  modern  and  contemporary  movements  in  fiction,  based  on 
the  critical  reading  and  analysis  of  English  and  American  novels  pub- 
lished since  1870.     Spring  semester  of  odd  years. 

Eng  343     Contemporary   Poetry  5  semester  hours 

Binney 

An  examination  of  representatve  poetry  published  since  1870  in  both 
England  and  America  and  a  study  of  forms,  aspects,  and  tendencies  in 
contemporary  verse,  with  particular  reference  to  poetry  as  a  criticism 
of  modern  life.     Fall  semester  of  even  years. 

Eng  344     Modem  Drama  5  semester  hours 

Bruehl,  Henry 

A  comprehensive  view  of  the  best  dramatic  literature  of  modern 
European,  American,  and  British  theatre  since  1890  presented  through 
lectures,  discussions,  and  experiences  related  to  the  contemporary  stage. 
Spring  semester  of  even  years. 

Eng  345    Criticism  5  semester  hours 

Binney 

An  historical  study  of  literary  criticism  and  aesthetic  theory,  with 
emphasis  upon  romanticism  and  classicism  of  critical  canon.  Spring 
semester  of  even  years. 

Eng  346     Essay  5  semester  hours 

Berry,  Binney 

A  study  of  the  history  and  development  of  the  essay  as  a  distinctive 
literary  form,  together  with  readings  in  current  periodical  non-fiction, 
and  provision  for  opportunities  for  self-expression  through  writing. 
Spring  semester  of  odd  years. 

Eng  347     Literature  of  Biography  j  semester  hours 

Binney,  Bailey 

A  study  of  the  historical  development  of  biographical  writing  with 
readings  from  Plutarch,  Boswell,  Carlyle,  Macaulay,  Strachey,  Bradford. 
Ludwig  and  standard  contemporary  biographers.  Fall  semester  of 
odd  years. 


150  Literature  —  English 

Eng  348     Short  Story  5  semester  hours 

Clokey,  Thomas 

A  study  of  the  development  of  the  short  story  as  a  distinct  and  pop- 
ular current  literary  form  through  its  history  and  technique.  The  in- 
vestigation of  recent  tendencies  and  the  encouragement  of  wide  readings 
in  current  periodicals.     Fall  semester  of  even  years. 

Eng  349     Bible  as  Literature  j  semesrer  hours 

Slagle 

A  study  of  the  books  of  the  English  Bible,  especially  the  King 
James  Version,  as  they  have  become  a  part  of  English  and  American 
Literature  and  of  the  cultural  heritage  of  the  English  speaking  people. 

Eng  350     Children's  Literature  5  semester  hours 

Faucett 

An  introduction  to  important  children's  books,  old  and  new,  and  to 
techniques  for  presentation  of  book  material,  the  encouragement  of  wide 
reading  of  juvenile  literature  and  provision  of  criteria  for  and  exper- 
ience in  the  evaluation  of  children's  books.    Fall  semesters. 

Eng  351     Creative  Writing  for  Elementary  Grades 

J  semester  hours 
Faucett 

Practice  in  writing  forms  used  in  elementary  grades:  juvenile 
poems,  stories,  sketches,  playlets,  and  material  for  group  programs. 
A  study  of  the  role  of  such  material  in  the  elementary  classroom. 
Spring  semester  of  even  years. 

Eng  352     Dramatics  in  the  Elementary  Grades 

J  semester  hours 
Bruehl 

Theory,  technique,  and  practice  of  theatre  production  in  grades  one 
through  eight;  emphasis  upon  creating,  rehearsing,  and  staging  various 
types  and  styles  of  theatre  for  children.  Lectures,  discussions,  visits 
to  classrooms  and  theatre  presentations.  Practical  experience  and  ob- 
servation in  the  children's  play  presented  annually  by  the  college 
theatre.    Spring  semester. 

Eng  353     Speech  Problems  5  semester  hours 

Holman,  Peterson 

A  survey  course  introducing  students  to  the  various  speech  problems 
common  to  children  in  the  public  schools.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the 
theory  of  the  symptoms,  cause,  and  remedial  treatments  used  by  the 
classroom  teacher  in  improving  the  speech  of  all  children.  Each  se- 
mester. 

Eng  354     Choral  Speaking  j  semester  hours 

Holman,  Peterson 

A  course  aiming,  through  the  communal  voicing  of  poetry,  to  stimu- 
late appreciation,  interpretation,   and  artistic  expression  of  poetry;   to 


English  —  Speech  —  Theatre  151 

demonstrate  the  educational  and  social  value  of  unison  speech;  and  to 
train  choral  leaders  in  the  techniques  of  choir  conducting  and  in  the 
selection  and  treatment  of  materials.     Spring  semester  of  even  years. 

Eng  355     Principles  of  Directing  3  semester  hours 

Bruehl 

A  basic  course  covering  the  relationship  of  the  director  to  the  play, 
how  this  relationship  has  evolved  over  the  centuries,  modern  theoret- 
ical principles  of  direction,  and  the  practical  application  of  these  prin- 
ciples.    Spring  semester  of  odd  years. 

Eng  356     Little  Theatre   Workshop 

1/2  semester  hour  per  semester 
Bruehl 

Students  enroll  for  work  on  the  major  productions  of  the  Little 
Theatre.  Credit  given  for  satisfactory  work  in  acting  or  production  or 
both,  as  arranged.  May  be  repeated  each  semester.  Note:  open  to  any 
student  regardless  of  year  or  previous  theatre  experience.  Students 
not  enrolled  formally  are  permitted  to  work  in  the  theatre  program 
without  credit. 

ThA  201     Principles  of  Acting  j  semester  hours 

Bruehl 

An  explanation  of  recent  developments  in  acting  style  and  methods 
together  with  application  of  these  various   techniques  in   practice. 

ThA  202     The  Art  of  Play  Production  j  semester  hours 

Bruehl 

A  basic  course  covering  the  relationship  of  the  director  to  the  play, 
how  this  relationship  has  evolved  over  the  centuries,  modern  theoret- 
ical principles  of  direction,  and  the  practical  application  of  these  prin- 
ciples. 

ThA  203     Principles  of  Stagecraft,  Lighting,  and  Sound 

5  semester  hours 
Bruehl 

An  examination  in  theory  and  practice  of  the  various  techniques 
available  for  solving  the  physical  problems  involved  in  mounting  a 
dramatic  presentation. 

ThA  303     History  of  the  Drama  and  Theatre  I 

5  semester  hours 
Bruehl 

An  investigation  of  the  theatre  as  an  art  form  from  its  earliest  be- 
ginnings in  both  Oriental  and  "Western  Culture. 

ThA  304     History  of  the  Drama  and  Theatre  II 

5  semester  hours 
Bruehl 

A  continuation  of  the  first  semester. 


152  French 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGE  DEPARTMENT 

Mr.  Roberts,  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Mr.  Frieman,  Mr.  Kulhanek,  Mr.  Lombard! 

French 

Fre  101     Elementary  French  I  5  semester  hours 

Roberts  and  Staff 

A  study  of  the  fundamentals  of  French  grammar,  syntax,  and  pro- 
nunciation. Introduction  to  French  culture  through  easy  reading  texts. 
Fall  semester. 

Fre  102     Elementary  French  11  5  semester  hours 

Roberts  and  Staff 

A  continuation  of  French  101  with  increased  emphasis  on  reading 
and  conversation  in  French.    Spring  semester. 

Fre  103     Intermediate  French  I  5  semester  hours 

Roberts 

An  intensive  review  of  grammar  and  syntax.  Selected  readings  in 
French  literature  to  serve  as  a  basis  for  class  discussion  in  French  and 
practice  in  composition.    Prerequisite:  Fr.  102  or  equivalent. 

Fre  104     IntermecUate  French  n  3  semester  hours 

Roberts 

A  continuation  of  French  103  with  more  extensive  practice  in  com- 
position and  conversation. 

Fre  201     Survey  of  Literature  I  5  semester  hours 

Roberts 

A  study  of  the  development  of  French  literature  and  civilization 
from  their  earliest  beginnings  to  the  French  Revolution.  Prerequisite: 
Fr.  104  or  equivalent. 

Fre  202     Survey  of  Literature  II  5  semester  hours 

Roberts 

A  study  of  the  development  of  French  literature  and  civilization 
from  the  French  Revolution  to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  Fr.  104  or 
equivalent. 


French  153 


Fre  301     Advanced  Language  and  Techniques 

5  semester  hours 
Roberts 

An  introduction  to  the  problems,  methods  and  materials  involved 
in  the  teaching  of  French.    Prerequisite:  Fre  104  or  the  equivalent. 


Fre  302     Advanced  Oral  French  5  semester  hours 

Roberts 

An  intensive  analysis  of  the  sounds  of  French  and  extensive  prac- 
tice in  oral  expression  aimed  at  developing  a  command  of  spoken 
French.     Prerequisite:  Fre  104  or  the  equivalent. 


*Fre  401     French  Literature  of  the   18th  Century 

5  semester  hours 
Roberts 

A  study  of  the  evolution  of  the  various  literary  genres  in  France 
in  the  18th  century  with  particular  attention  to  the  works  of  Volaire, 
Rousseau,  Montesquieu  and  Diderot.    Prerequisite:  Fre  201. 


*Fre  402     French  Literature  of  the   19th  Century 

5  semester  hours 
Roberts 

A  study  of  the  development  of  the  various  literary  movements  of 
the  nineteenth  century  as  manifested  in  the  poetry,  drama  and  novel  of 
the  period.     Prerequisite:  Fre  202. 


*Fre  403     Contemporary  French  Literature      j  semester  hours 
Roberts 

A  study  of  the  works  of  the  outstanding  literary  figures  of  the 
twentieth  century  and  of  the  various  philosophico-esthetic  movements 
which  have  contributed  to  their  development.    Prerequisite:  Fre  202. 

*Fre  404     French  Classical  Drama  j  semester  hours 

Roberts 

A  study  of  the  masterpieces  of  Corneille,  Racine  and  Moliere.  Pre- 
requisite:  Fre   201. 


♦French  401  and  402  alternate  with  French  403  and  404. 
French  403  and  404  will  not  be  offered  in  1963-64. 


154  Spanish 

Spanish 

Spa  101     Elementary  Spa  I  3  semester  hours 

Lombardi 

A  study  of  the  fundamentals  of  Spanish  grammar,  syntax  and  pro- 
nunciation.   Introduction  to  Spanish  culture  through  easy  reading  texts. 

Spa  102     Elementary  Spanish  II  j  semester  hours 

Lombardi 

A  continuation  of  Spanish  101  with  emphasis  on  reading  and  con- 
versation in  Spanish. 

Spa  103     Intermediate  Spanish  I  3  semester  hours 

Lombardi 

A  review  of  Spanish  grammar  and  syntax.  Selected  readings  in 
Spanish  literature  to  serve  as  a  basis  for  class  discussion  in  Spanish  and 
practice  in  composition.    Prerequisite:  Spa  102  or  equivalent. 

Spa  104     Intermediate  Spanish  II  3  semester  hours 

Lombardi 

A  continuation  of  Spanish  103  with  more  extensive  practice  in  com- 
position and  conversation. 

Spa  201     Survey  of  Literature  (Golden  Age)    3  semester  hours 

Lombardi 

A  study  of  the  masterpieces  of  Spanish  literature  from  its  earliest 
beginnings  to  the  18th  century  with  special  emphasis  on  the  literature  of 
the  Golden  Age.    Prerequisite:  Spa  104  or  the  equivalent. 

Spa  202     Survey  of  Literature  ((Since   1800)     3  semester  hours 

Lombardi 

A  study  of  the  masterpieces  of  Spanish  Literature  from  1800  to  the 
present.     Prerequisite:  Spa  104  or  the  equivalent. 


Spa  301     Advanced  Language  and  Techniques 

Roberts  and  Staff 


3  semester  hours 


An  introduction  to  the  problems,  methods  and  materials  involved  in 
the  teaching  of  Spanish.     Prerequisite:  Spa  104  or  the  equivalent. 


< 

X 

LLl 

o 


o 
o 

(/I 

< 
u 


Spanish  —  German  155 


Spa  302     Advanced  Oral  Spanish  5  semester  hours 

Lombard! 

An  intensive  analysis  of  the  sounds  of  Spanish  and  extensive  prac- 
tice in  oral  expression  aimed  at  developing  a  command  of  spoken 
Spanish.     Prerequisite:  Spa  104  or  the  equivalent. 

Spa  401     Spanish-American  Literahire  5  semester  hours 

Lombardi 

An  examination  of  the  masterpieces  of  Spanish-American  Literature 
and  of  the  present  trends  in  Spanish -American  literary  expression.  Pre- 
requisite:  Spa  104  or  the  equivalent. 

Spa  402     Contemporary  Spanish  Literature     j  semester  hours 

Staff 

A  study  of  the  masterpieces  of  contemporary  Spanish  literature 
against  the  backgrovmd  of  20th  century  literary  trends.  Prerequisite: 
Sp.  104  or  the  equivalent. 


German 

Ger  101     Elementary  German  I  3  semester  hours 

Kulhanek 

A  study  of  the  fundamentals  of  German  grammar,  syntax  and  pro- 
nunciation.   Introduction  to  German  culture  through  easy  reading  texts. 

Ger  102     Elementary  German  II  3  semester  hours 

Kulhanek 

A  continuation  of  German  101  with  increased  emphasis  on  reading 
and  conversation  in  German. 

Ger  103     Intermediate   German  I  3  semester  hours 

Kulhanek 

A  review  of  grammar  and  syntax.  Selected  readings  in  German  lit- 
erature to  serve  as  a  basis  for  class  discussion  in  German  and  practice 
in  composition.    Prerequisite:  Ger.  102  or  the  equivalent. 

Ger  104     Intermediate  German  II  3  semester  hours 

Kulhanek 

A  continuation  of  German  103  with  more  extensive  practice  in  com- 
position and  conversation. 


156  German  —  Russian 

Ger  201     Advanced  Readings  in  German  Literattire 

5  semester  hours 
Kulhanek 

A  study  of  selected  masterpieces  of  German  literature  in  prepara- 
tion for  the  reading  of  "Faust."  Prerequisite:  Ger.  104  or  the  equivalent. 

Ger  202     Goethe  j  semester  hours 

Kulhanek 

A  reading  and  discussion  of  Goethe's  "Faust"  and  a  study  of  the 
author's  backgrovmd  and  literary  development.    Prerequisite:  Ger.  201. 

Ger  301     Advanced  Language  and  Techniques 

5  semester  hours 
StafiE 

An  introduction  to  the  problems,  methods  and  materials  involved  in 
the  teaching  of  German.    Prerequisite:  Ger.  104  or  the  equivalent. 

Ger  302     Advanced  Oral  German  5  semester  hours 

Kulhanek 

An  intensive  analysis  of  the  sounds  of  German  and  extensive  prac- 
tice in  oral  expression  aimed  at  developing  a  command  of  spoken  Ger- 
man.   Prerequisite:  Ger.  104  or  the  equivalent. 

Ger  401     German  Literature  of  the 

Classical  Period  5  semester  hours 

Kulhanek 

A  study  of  German  literary  doctrines  and  masterpieces  of  the  clas- 
sical period  with  particular  emphasis  on  Schiller.  Prerequisite:  Ger.  104 
or  the  equivalent. 

Ger  402     Contemporary  German  Literature      j  semester  hours 
Kulhanek 

A  study  of  the  works  of  the  principal  German  writers  of  the  20th 
century  and  of  the  background  of  events  and  ideas  which  have  contrib- 
uted to  their  development.    Prerequisite:  Ger.  104  or  the  equivalent. 


Russian 

Rus  101     Beginning  Russian  1  5  semester  hours 

Kulhanek 

A  study  of  the  fundamentals  of  Russian  grammar,  syntax  and  pro- 
nunciation. 


Russian  —  Latin  157 

Rus  102     Beginning  Russian  II  5  semester  hours 

Kulhanek 

A  continuation  of  Russian  101  with  increased  emphasis  on  reading 
and  conversation  in  Russian. 

Rus  103     Intermediate  Russian  I  5  semester  hours 

Kulhanek 

A  grammar  review  with  selected  readings  in  Russian  literature  to 
serve  as  a  basis  for  class  discussion  in  Russian  and  practice  in  composi- 
tion.   Prerequisite:  Russ.  102  or  the  equivalent. 

Rus  104     Intermediate  Russian  II  5  semester  hours 

Kulhanek 

A  continuation  of  Russ.  103  with  more  extensive  practice  in  com- 
position and  conversation. 


Latin 


Lot  101     Beginning  Latin  I  5  semester  hours 

Frieman 

For  students  who  have  had  no  previous  Latin.  Forms,  syntax,  and 
idioms  of  classical  Latin.     Selected  readings. 

Lat  102     Beginning  Latin  11  5  semester  hours 

Frieman 

A  continuation  of  Latin  101. 

Lat  201     Cicero  3  semester  hours 

Frieman 

Prerequisite:  Latin  101-102,  or  two  years  of  secondary  school  Latin. 
Selections  from  the  orations,  letters,  and  essays. 

Lat  202     Virgil  5  semester  hours 

Frieman 

Prerequisite:  Latin  201,  or  three  years  of  secondary  school  Latin. 
Reading  and  analysis  of  celebrated  portions  of  the  Aeneid  and  a  study 
of  the  nature  of  Latin  epic  poety. 

Prerequisite  to  courses  301-405:  Latin  202,  or  four  years 
of  secondary  school  Latin. 


158  Latin 

Lat  301     Roman  Historians  5  semester  hours 

Frieman 

Portions  of  Livy,  Tacitus,  and  Suetonius, 

Lot  302     The  Lyric  Poets  5  semester  hours 

Frieman 

Readings  in  Catullus  and  the  Odes  and  Epodes  of  Horace. 

Lat  303     Latin  Prose  Composition  5  semester  hours 

Frieman 

Translations   of  English  prose  into   classical  Latin. 

Lat  304     The  Elegiac  Poets  3  se in  ester  hours 

Frieman 

A  study  of  Latin  elegaic  poetry  through  readings  in  Ovid,  Proper- 
tius,  and  Tibullus. 

Lat  401     Roman  Drama  3  semester  hours 

Frieman 

Selected  plays  of  Plautus,  Terence,  and  Seneca.  A  study  of  Roman 
drama,  its  origins  and  development. 

Lat  402     Roman  Philosophy  3  semester  hours 

Frieman 

Cicero,  Tusculan  Disputations;  Lucretius,  De  Rerum  Natura.    Cicero 

presents  mainly  the  Platonic  view;  Lucretius  argues  in  epic  verse  for 
Epicurus'  creed. 

Lat  403     Roman  Satire  3  semester  hours 

Frieman 

Readings  in  Horace,  Juvenal,  and  Persius. 

Lat  404     The  Latin  Novel  3  semester  hours 

Frieman 

Readings  in  Petronius.Satyricon,  and  Apuleius,  The  Golden  Ass. 
Lectures  and  discussion  of  the  emergence  of  the  novel  as  a  literary  form. 

Lat  405     Tutorial  Course  3  semester  hours 

Frieman 

Required  of  majors  in  Latin;  open  to  other  students  accepted  by 
the  instructor.  An  introduction  to  the  history  of  the  alphabet;  the  prin- 
ciples of  comparative  linguistics,  especially  as  applied  to  Latin;  and 
the  history  of  the  language  as  seen  in  passages  from  ancient  authors. 


Geography  159 

Greek 

Gre  101     Beginning  Greek  1  5  semester  hours 

Frieman 

For  students  who  have   had   no   previous  Greek.     Forms,   syntax 
and  idioms  of  classical  Latin. 

Gre  102     Beginning   Greek   II  j  semester  hours 

Frieman 

A  continuation  of  Greek  101. 


GECXSRAPHY  DEPARTMENT 

Mr.  Keinard,  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Mr.  Hawthorne,  Mr.  Langdon,  Mr.  Bielski 

Geo  101     World  Geography  j  semester  hours 

Staff 

A  course  to  develop  a  knowledge  and  appreciation  of  patterns  of  the 
natural  environment  throughout  the  world  such  as  patterns  of  climate, 
soil,  vegetation,  and  man's  adjustment  to  them,  with  special  emphasis  up- 
on man's  economic  and  cultural  responses.  Both  semesters  and  summer 
session. 

Geo  102     Geography  of  the  United  States 

and  Pennsylvania  5  semester  hours 

Keinard  and  staff 

A  comprehensive  treatment  of  the  adjustment  of  the  people  of  Penn- 
sylvania and  the  United  States  to  the  physical  factors — structure,  relief, 
climate,  vegetation,  soils,  and  natural  resources — which  help  to  explain 
the  distribution  of  population,  land  use,  products,  and  trade  within  the 
United  States  and  with  other  parts  of  the  world.  Prereqmsite:  World 
Geography.    Spring  and  summer  session. 

Geo  201     Conservation  of  Natural  Resources 

5  semester  hours 
Langdon 

A  course  dealing  with  the  present  problems  in  the  conservation  of 
our  natural  resources  of  land,  water,  plant,  animal  life,  and  mineral  de- 
posits, ways  of  solving  these  problems,  and  the  wise  use  of  these  re- 
sources.    Spring  semester. 


160  Geography 


Geo  202     Geography  of  United  States  and  Canada 

?  semester  hours 
Keinard  and  staff 

A  regional  study  of  the  United  States  and  Canada  relative  to  man's 
adjustments  to  his  environment  as  determined  by  the  physical  factors  of 
climate,  vegetation,  relief,  and  soils.  Recognition  of  the  political  adjust- 
ments to  the  geographic  environments  and  the  interrelations  between 
the  two  countries  and  the  rest  of  the  world.  Prerequisite:  World  Geo- 
graphy.   Fall  semester. 

Geo  203     Economic  Geography  j  semester  hours 

Hawthorne 

The  increasing  competition  for  the  world's  goods  in  relation  to  the 
growing  world  population  and  changing  political  climate  of  certain  areas 
is  discussed.  The  course  also  deals  with  modern  trends  and  problems 
associated  with  the  economic  growth  of  the  United  States.  Every  effort 
is  made  to  keep  up  with  the  changing  wants  and  needs  of  man  in  re- 
gards to  agriculture,  industry,  and  world  resources. 

Geo  204     Geography  of  Pennsylvania  j  semester  hours 

Langdon 

A  regional  study  of  Pennsylvania,  emphasizing  man's  cultural  and 
economic  responses  to  environmental  factors.  Special  attention  is  given 
to  the  resources  of  the  state,  analyzing  their  extent,  their  use,  and  need 
for  their  conservation  and  regional  planning.  Spring  semester  of  even 
years  and  summer  sessions. 

Geo  205     Physiography  j  semester  hours 

Keinard 

The  course  involves  the  study  of  the  dynamic  tectonic  and  grada- 
tional  forces,  which  in  conjunction  with  the  climatic  and  biologic  forces 
have  shaped  the  earth  into  its  present  form  and  are  constantly  reshap- 
ing and  modifying  it.  The  constructive  forces  of  vulcanism  and  dias- 
trophism  and  the  activities  of  weathering  and  erosion  in  the  formation 
of  the  surface  features  of  the  earth  are  considered.  The  interpretation 
of  geologic  and  topographic  mays,  as  well  as  field  studies  are  an  im- 
portant part  of  the  course.  Field  trips  are  required.  Prerequisite: 
World  Geography.     Fall  semester  of  even  years  and  summer  sessions. 

Geo  206     Meteorology  j  .semester  hours 

Keinard 

Meteorology  is  a  study  of  the  atmosphere.  This  course  analyzes  the 
laws  and  underlying  principals  of  atmospheric  changes.  An  opportunity 
is  given  for  students  to  become  familiar  with  common  weather  instru- 


Geography  161 


merits,  to  read  and  interpret  weather  maps,  to  observe  and  record  wea- 
ther data,  and  discuss  problems  rising  from  the  use  of  the  atmosphere 
as  a  medium  of  travel  and  transportation.  Prerequisite:  World  Geo- 
graphy.    Spring  semester  of  even  years. 

Geo  207     Geography  of  Europe  3  semester  hours 

Bielski 

A  course  which  aims  to  help  students  acquire  an  ability  to  look  for, 
find,  and  apply  the  geographic  relationships  underlying  land  uses,  domi- 
nant international  problems,  and  boundary  disputes,  thus  enabling  stu- 
dents to  obtain  an  unbiased  understanding  of  the  economic  problems  of 
Europe.  The  Soviet  Union  is  not  included  in  this  course.  Prerequisite: 
World  Geography.    Spring  semester. 

Geo  208     Geography  of  Latin  America  5  semester  hours 

Langdon 

A  regional  study  is  made  of  Middle  and  South  America,  emphasizing 
man's  responses  to  environmental  factors  such  as  climate,  landforms,  re- 
sources and  the  like.  Special  emphasis  is  given  to  regional  differences 
and  similarities.  Latin  American  relations  with  other  nations,  especially 
with  the  United  States,  are  stressed.  Prerequisite:  World  Geography. 
Fall  semester. 

Geo  209     The  United  States  in  Its  Global  Relationships 

J  semester  hours 
Bielski 

This  course  deals  with  the  changing  economic  patterns  within  the 
United  States  that  are  developing  to  meet  the  new  economic  and  stra- 
tegic situations  in  the  rest  of  the  world.  The  geography  of  the  United 
States  will  be  analyzed  in  its  world  relations  with  emphasis  on  our  in- 
terdependence with  the  world  of  nations,  both  politically  and  econom- 
ically.   Fall  semester  of  odd  years. 

Geo  210     Geographic  Influences  in  American  History 

5  semester  hours 
Hawthorne 

A  study  of  the  relationships  of  the  natural  geographic  factors  in  the 
settlement,  development  and  progress  of  the  United  States  from  the  time 
of  discovery  to  its  present  day  position  as  a  world  power.  Major  em- 
phasis is  placed  upon  the  United  States,  although  parts  of  the  course 
such  as  the  study  of  World  War  II  and  our  present  worldwide  interests 
and  commitments  of  necessity  focus  attention  on  areas  other  than  the 
U.S.    Prerequisite:  World  Geography. 

Geo  301     Geology  5  semester  hours 

Keinard 

A  course  dealing  with  landscapes  in  their  relation  to  the  structure  of 
the  earth's  crust,  and  the  work  of  earth  forces  and  their  effects  on  mater- 


162  Geography 

ials,  structure,  and  physiography  of  the  earth's  surface  features.  Course 
work  includes  field  work,  study  of  rocks,  minerals,  and  topographic  maps. 
Field  trips  are  required.  Fall  semester  of  odd  years  and  summer  session. 

Geo  302     Climatology  5  semester  hours 

Keinard 

A  course  primarily  concerned  with  the  climatic  regions  of  the  earth, 
and  the  limitations  and  advantages  they  offer  for  man's  occupancy.  The 
course  is  a  valuable  aid  to  students  in  world  problems.  Prerequisite: 
World  Geography.     Spring  semester  of  odd  years. 

Geo  303     Cartography  5  semester  hours 

Bielski 

A  course  designed  primarily  to  enable  the  geography  major  to 
attain  proficiency  in  the  construction  and  use  of  maps,  cartograms,  and 
geographic  diagrams.  The  history  of  map  making  with  special  empha- 
sis on  the  modem  techniques  followed  in  the  United  States  will  be 
presented.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  the  development 
of  the  special  pvupose  or  thematic  map  as  a  tool  in  teaching  and  re- 
search. This  emphasis  requires  proper  instruction  in  the  use  of  pens, 
lettering  templates,  pre-printed  patterns  and  letters,  and  other  tech- 
niques utilized  in  map  construction. 

Geo  304     Geography  of  Asia  5  semester  hours 

Hawthorne 

This  course  starts  with  an  over-view  of  Asia  in  regards  to  climate, 
topography,  soils,  people,  and  other  such  basic  geographic  factors.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  on  major  geographic  regions  of  the  Soviet  Union  in 
Asia,  Southwestern  Asia,  and  India.  Studies  are  made  of  the  natural 
resources  and  their  use,  the  peoples  —  their  number  and  distribution, 
their  cultural  and  recent  cultural  changes,  strategic  areas,  and  related 
political  problems.    Fall  semester  of  odd  years. 

Geo  305     Geography  of  the  Far  East  5  semester  hours 

Hawthorne 

A  study  of  Japan,  China,  the  Philippines,  Southeastern  Asia,  and  the 
East  Indies  and  an  intensive  investigation  of  the  natural  factors  and 
man's  adjustment  to  them  in  the  geographic,  economic,  and  political  re- 
gions of  Eastern  Asia.  The  geographic  background  needed  in  planning 
solutions  for  raising  standards  of  living,  for  the  wise  use  and  restoration 
of  natural  resources,  and  the  industrialization  of  coxintries  is  presented. 
Prerequisite:  World  Geography.     Spring  semester  of  odd  years. 

Geo  306     Geography  of  Africa  3  semester  hours 

Hawthorne 

The  study  emphasizes  the  geographic  factors  that  aid  in  a  better 
understanding  of  the  problems  that  face  Africa  today.     Geographic  as- 


Geography  163 

pects  of  past  and  present  day  history  are  discussed,  as  well  as  the  as- 
pects of  race,  religions,  and  tribal  organizations.  The  climate,  topogra- 
phy, agriculture  and  minerals  of  Africa  are  discussed  as  well  as  other 
important  features  related  to  geography.  Prerequisite:  World  Geography. 

Geo  312     Geography  of  Australia  and  Associated  Islands 

5  semester  hotirs 
Hawthorne 

Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  natural  factors  of  climate,  location,  min- 
erals and  topography  and  their  relationships  to  the  numbers  and  dis- 
tribution of  the  population.  Special  note  is  taken  of  the  native  and  in- 
troduced flora  and  fauna  found  in  these  regions  as  well  as  the  importance 
and  effect  of  the  growing  industrialization  of  Australia.  Farming,  trans- 
portation and  the  geo-politics  of  this  region  are  also  discussed.  Prere- 
quisite: World  Geography. 

Geo  307     Geography  of  the  U.S.R.R. 

(Including  Satellite  Countries  5  semester  hours 

Langdon 

This  course  will  include  a  study  of  both  European  and  Asiatic 
U.S.S.R.,  with  emphasis  on  the  positive  and  negative  factors  in  the  geog- 
raphy of  that  country  in  relation  to  its  strength  and  weaknesses  as  a 
major  world  power.    Fall  semester  and  summer  sessions. 

Geo  308     Trade  and  Transportation 

(Including  Commercial  Air  Transportation)    j  semester  hours 

Bielski 

A  study  of  transportation  routes,  ports,  railroad  centers,  hinterlands, 
and  trade  relations  between  production  areas  and  countries. 

It  also  covers  the  development  of  commercial  aviation.  Policies  such 
as  governmental  agreements,  subsidies,  control  and  use  of  air  bases,  the 
importance  of  Polar  regions,  and  the  Great  Circle  air  routes  are  con- 
sidered.   Prerequisite:  World  Geography.    Fall  semester  of  even  years. 

Geo  309     World  Problems  in  Geography  j  semester  hours 

Bielski 

A  course  considering  some  of  the  world  problems  which  need  a 
geographic  background  for  understanding  and  solving  them.  Attention 
is  given  to  boundary  questions,  the  value  and  control  of  colonies,  fishery 
agreements,  problems  concerning  commercial  aviation,  world  trade,  the 
feeding  of  the  world,  control  and  development  of  natural  resources,  the 
making  of  the  peace,  and  similar  topics.  Prerequisite:  World  Geog- 
raphy.   Fall  semester  of  even  years  and  summer  session. 


164  Health  Education 

Geo  310     Field  Courses  in  Geography 

(as  approved)  3  semester  hours 

Keinard 

These  courses,  which  involve  the  study  of  selected  areas  through  the 
agency  of  travel  and  actual  investigation,  are  arranged  from  time  to 
time  to  suit  the  needs  of  the  student  groups.  Prerequisite:  World  Geog- 
raphy.   Pre-session  of  summer  only. 

Geo  311     Teaching  Geography  in  Secondary  Schools 

?  semester  hours 
Hawthorne 

An  intensive  study  of  the  modern  techniques  of  teaching  geography, 
geography  materials,  and  current  curricula  in  geography.  Emphasis  is 
placed  upon  the  contribution  of  geography  to  the  solving  of  national 
and  world  problems;  the  skills,  habits,  and  the  attitudes  to  be  gained 
from  geography  courses  in  the  junior  and  senior  high  schools  which  aid 
in  the  development  of  world  citizenship,  the  courses  suitable  for  such 
groups,  and  the  new  books  available  at  this  level.    Spring  semester. 


HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  DEPARTMENT 

Mr.   Sturzebecker,  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Mr.  Cottrell,  Vice-Chairman 

Miss  Schaub,  Miss  Yanisch,  Mr.  Davis,  Mr.  Twardowski,  Mr.  Mit- 
ten, Miss  Reed,  Miss  Coates,  Mrs.  Taylor,  Mr.  Cochran,  Mr.  Lorback, 
Mr.  Norris,  Miss  Margerum,  Mr.  Black,  Mr.  Youmans,  Mr.  Wilkin- 
son, Mrs.  Nesley,  Mr.  Goodwin,  Mr.  Hopkins,  Miss  Powlus,  Mr. 
Furlow,  Miss  Rokus,  Mr.  Heim,  Miss  Kyvallos,  Mr.  Trnka,  Mr.  Yoder. 

Physical  Activity  Courses 
HEd  121     Individual  Sports  for  Men  i  semester  hour 

Hopkins,  Goodwin,  Heim 

MEN:  Emphasis  is  placed  on  individual  sports  and  recreational  ac- 
tivities which  include:  tennis,  golf,  volleyball,  softball,  tetherball,  table 
tennis,  handball,  winter  sports. 

HEd  121     Fundamentals  of  Field  Hockey,  Volleyball 

Yanisch,   Taylor,   Nesley,   Kyvallos 

WOMEN:  Foundations  course  stressing  fundamental  skills  in  field 
hockey;  individual  skills,  team  tactics,  and  officiating  techniques  in  vol- 
leyball.   Fall  semester. 


Health  Education  165 

HEd  122     Theory  and  Practice  of  Track  and  Field 

I  semester  hour 
Mitten,  Youmans,  Heim 

MEN:  A  continuation  of  individual  sports  and  recreational  activi- 
ties which  includes  the  fundamentals  of  track  and  field. 

HEd  122     Fundamentals  of  Baseball  and  Tennis 

Yanisch,  Taylor,  Nesley 

WOMEN:  Foundations  course  stressing  fundamental  skills  in  bas- 
ketball, individual  skills,  game  tactics,  and  officiating  techniques  in 
tennis.    Spring  semester. 

HEd  221     Soccer  and  Wrestling  /  semester  hour 

Lorback,  Goodwin,  Black 

MEN:  The  first  half  will  concern  soccer  rules,  fundamental  skills, 
techniques,  drills,  offensive  and  defensive  patterns  and  methods  of 
coaching.  The  second  half  of  this  course  will  cover  fundamental  skills 
of  wrestling,  techniques,  strategy,  scoring,  rules,  theory  and  methods  of 
coaching. 

HEd  221     Advanced  Tennis  and  Field  Hockey,  Badminton 

Yanisch,  Taylor,  Nesley,  Coates 

WOMEN:  Advanced  fundamentals  and  team  tactics  in  field  hockey; 
fundamental  skills,  game  tactics,  and  officiating  techniques  in  badmin- 
ton.   Fall  semester. 

HEd  222     Basketball  and  Baseball  /  semester  hour 

Lorback,  Hopkins,  Goodwin 

MEN:  Basketball  instruction  in  individual  offensive  and  defensive 
fundamentals,  drills  and  warm-up  procedures,  development  of  team 
play,  various  types  of  offenses  and  defenses,  and  specific  coaching  meth- 
ods. In  addition,  instruction  in  basketball  fundamentals  and  their  rela- 
tionship to  offensive  and  defensive  play.  Students  will  also  study  the 
rules,  techniques,  and  procedures  used  in  officiating  basketball.  Base- 
ball is  also  given  which  includes  the  fundamentals,  strategy,  and  theory 
of  coaching. 

HEd  222     Advanced  Basketball,  Lacrosse 

Coates,  Nesley,  Yanisch,  Kyvallos 

WOMEN:  Advanced  fundamentals  and  team  tactics  in  basketball; 
fundamental  skills,  team  tactics,  and  officiating,  techniques  in  lacrosse. 
Spring  semester. 


166  Health  Education 


HEd  321     Football  /  semester  hour 

Mitten,  Wilkinson 

MEN:  A  theoretical  and  practical  approach  to  the  many  phases  of 
football  including  individual  fundamentals,  developing  an  offense,  var- 
ious defenses,  the  passing  and  kicking  game.  A  comprehensive  study  of 
rules,  techniques  and  procedures  associated  with  football  officiating. 

HEd  321     Coaching  and  Officiating  Technigues 
in  Basketball  and  Hockey 

Taylor 

WOMEN:  Methods  of  teaching,  officiating  techniques,  and  practical 
experience  in  field  hockey  and  basketball.    Fall  semester. 

HEd  322     Organization  and  Administration  of  Intra- 

murals  and  Interscholastic  Athletics  /  semester  hour 

Mitten,  Lorback,  Black 

MEN:  Principals  of  organization,  administration,  and  supervision  of 
intra-mural  and  secondary  school  athletic  programs.  Instruction  to  in- 
clude facilities  and  equipment,  routine  procedures,  budget  and  finance, 
legal  liability,  scheduling  and  public  relations. 

HEd  322     Individual  Sports  for  Women;  Track  and  Field; 
Archery;  Golf 

Taylor,  Yanisch 

WOMEN:  Development  of  individual  skills  in  archery  and  golf; 
fvmdamental  skills,  team  tactics,  and  officiating  techniques  in  softball; 
fundamental  skills  in  track  and  field  events,  methods  and  procedures 
for  conducting  meets.    Spring  semester. 

HEd  111     Introduction  to  Marching  and  Formal 

Gynmastics  /  semester  hour 

Davis,  Twardowski,  Norris,  Tmka 

MEN:  An  introductory  course  in  fundamentals  of  marching,  gym- 
nastic exercises,  and  games. 

HEd  111     Soccer,  Speedball,  Marching,  Exercise 
Fiuidomentals 

Margerum,  Nesley 

WOMEN:  Motor  ability  tests,  soccer,  speedball.  An  introductory 
course  in  calisthenics  and  marching  tactics,  games.    Fall  semester. 

HEd  112     Introduction  to  Apparatus  /  semester  hour 

Davis,  Twardowski,  Lorback,  Norris,  Wilkinson,  Tmka,  Yoder 

MEN:  An  introduction  to  elementary  heavy  apparatus,  stunts,  and 
tumbling. 


Health  Education  167 

HEd  112     Gymnastic  Fundamentals 

Margerum,  Nesley 

WOMEN:  Apparatus  for  beginners,  application  of  playground  ap- 
paratus, stunts,  tumbling,  and  pyramids  for  different  age  levels  in  ele- 
mentary school.    Spring  semester. 

HEd  211     Preparation  for  Teaching  Elementary 

Physical  Education  /  semester  hour 

Cochran,  Wilkinson,  Yanisch 

Preparation  for  teaching  of  elementary  physical  education:  singing 
games,  story  plays,  self  testing  activities,  teaching  of  elementary  games; 
a  unit  on  playground  apparatus  and  specific  stunts  on  apparatus  and 
tumbling. 

HEd  212     Advanced  Apparatus  /  semester  hour 

Wilkinson,   Davis,   Twardowski,   Lorback,   Norris,   Trnka,   Yoder 
MEN:  Practice  in  advanced  apparatus,  stunts  and  timibling. 

HEd  212     Advanced  Gynmastics  i  semester  hour 

Margerum,  Nesley,  Trnka 

WOMEN:  Advanced  apparatus,  tumbling,  pyramids,  tap  dancing. 

HEd  311     Preparation  for  Teaching  Secondary 

Physical  Education  i  semester  hour 

Davis,  Twardowski,  Norris 

MEN:  Preparation  for  teaching  of  secondary  physical  education 
programs;  voice  training,  class  practice  teaching  of  marching  gymnastic 
exercises,  development  of  activity  lesson  plan. 

HEd  311     Special  Events  in  Physical  Education 

/  semester  hour 
Nesley,  Yanisch 

WOMEN:  Rhythmical  exercises  with  and  without  hand  apparatus, 
planning  and  executing  special  events  such  as  May  Days,  Festivals, 
Sports  Days,  Assembly  Programs,  Field  Days.     Fall  semester. 

HEd  312     Exhibition  Gymnastics  /  semester  hour 

Davis,   Wilkinson,   Trnka,   Yoder 

MEN:  Special  forms  of  gymnastic  activities  including  rhythmical 
exercises,  trampoline,  elephant  vaulting,  combinations  on  apparatus, 
and  a  unit  on  pageants,  exhibitions,  and  demonstrations. 


168  Health  Education 


HEd  312     Preparation  for  Teaching  Secondary 
Physical  Education 

Taylor,  Yanisch,  Rokus 

WOMEN:  Building  the  physical  education  program,  grades  1-12 — 
content  appropriate  to  each  grade  level,  progression,  seasonal  units,  ac- 
tivity units,  lesson  plans,  voice  training.  Games,  including  recreational 
games  at  the  secondary  level,  methods  of  teaching.     Spring  semester. 

HEd  241     Elementary  Rhythms  and  Folk  Dancing 

/  semester  hour 
Schaub,  Davis,  Coates,  Powlus 

A  study  of  the  place  of  dancing  and  rhythmical  activities  in  the 
school  physical  education  program  with  particular  emphasis  on  clog,  tap, 
and  elementary  folk  dancing.  The  course  includes  a  study  of  the  funda- 
mentals of  movement,  music,  and  rhythm  and  their  relationship  to  each 
other;  child  rhythms,  and  folk  dances  suitable  for  elementary  school 
children;  suggested  teaching  methods.    Fall  semester. 

HEd  242     Social,    Square,   and   Advanced   Folk  Dancing 

/  semester  hour 
Schaub,  Davis,  Coates,  Powlus 

Co-recreational  activities  will  be  emphasized  in  this  course  which 
includes  square  and  country  dancing,  advanced  folk  and  social  dancing. 
In  addition  to  the  development  of  personal  skills,  the  course  also  incor- 
porates methods  of  teaching  and  source  materials  for  dance  programs. 
Spring  semester. 

HEd  131     Aquatic  Fundamentals  i  semester  hour 

Twardowski,  Wilkinson,  Goodwin,  Heim 

MEN:  Diagfi'^'sis,  study  and  practice  of  the  basic  swimming  strokes; 
introduction  to  diving  and  competitive  swimming;  study  of  speed  swim- 
ming strokes,  racing  starts,  turns,  and  relay  races;  floating  and  endur- 
ance swimming,  aquatic  games,  races,  stunts,  and  exhibitions;  introduc- 
tion to  recreational  aquatics  and  synchronized  swimming  formation. 
Margerum,  Rokus 

WOMEN:  An  analysis  is  made  of  the  basic  principles  involved  in 
swimming  for  all  ages  and  ability  levels.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  safe 
practices  as  well  as  various  methods  of  instruction  and  techniques. 
Class  organization  and  the  use  of  teaching  devices  are  presented  and 
explained.  Application  of  the  basic  principles  is  made  throughout  the 
course  during  the  progression  of  all  skills. 

The  organization  and  administration  of  competitive  swimming  for 
women,  with  the  modifications  and  changes  necessary  in  the  basic 
skills,  are  studied  and  analyzed. 


Health  Education  169 

HEd  132     Life  Saving  and  Water  Safety  /  semester  hour 

Twardowski,  Goodwin,  Heim 

MEN:  The  philosophy  of  life  saving  and  the  responsibility  of  guard- 
ing the  lives  of  bathers  and  swimmers;  diagnosis,  study,  and  practice  of 
the  life  saving  skills  and  techniques;  discussion  of  floating  supports, 
canoeing,  boating,  use  of  the  paddle  board,  and  planning  and  supervis- 
ion of  waterfront  activities  in  recreation  programs.  Successful  comple- 
tion of  this  course  will  enable  the  student  to  receive  senior  life  saving 
certification  by  the  American  National  Red  Cross. 

HEd  132     Advanced  Aquatics  and  Water  Safety 

Margerum,  Rokus 

WOMEN:  Continued  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  basic  principles  and 
skills  in  swimming.  Safety  and  survival  techniques  are  analyzed  and 
learned.  Life  saving  practices  are  emphasized  and  performed.  Perfec- 
tion of  life  saving  skills  and  knowledge  in  swimming  will  lead  to  a 
Senior  Life  Saving  Certificate. 

Synchronized  swimming,  stunts,  formations,  and  routines  are  also 
studied. 

Health  and  Physical  Education  Theory  Courses 
HEd  151     Hygiene  j  semester  hours 

Staff 

This  course  is  designed  to  help  students  to  acquire  a  background  of 
scientific  health  knowledge  and  develop  an  interest  in  modern  scientific 
developments  in  the  field  of  personal  and  public  health;  to  establish 
high  standards  of  personal  living  and  develop  desirable  attitudes  toward 
healthful  living  through  the  study  of  principles  and  practice  of  personal 
hygiene  and  to  realize  that  personal  health,  child  welfare,  and  public 
health  are  the  responsibility  of  every  citizen.    Both  semesters. 

HEd  152     First  Aid  2  semester  hours 

Twardowski  and  Staff 

Basic  instruction  will  center  around  the  American  Red  Cross  stand- 
ard and  advanced  course  of  study  of  first  aid.  Selected  students  may 
also  have  an  opportunity  to  receive  the  American  Red  Cross  First  Aid 
Instructor's  Certificate.  As  a  supplement  to  these  areas  of  concentration 
there  will  be  a  brief  review  of  human  kinesiology  as  it  pertains  to  the 
prevention  and  cure  of  athletic  injuries.    Fall  semester. 

HEd  261     History  and  Philosophy  of  Physical  Education 

2  semester  hours 
Lorback,  Yanisch,  Hopkins 

A  study  of  the  changing  conceptions  of  physical  education  of  many 
past  ages  and  cultures  so  as  to  provide  a  foundation  for  the  philosophy, 


170  Health  Education 

principles,   curriculum,   organization   and   administration,   methods,   and 
trends  of  modern  physical  education.    Spring  semester. 

Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  and  II 

(See  Biol.  261  and  262)  Both  semesters  6  semester  hours 

HEd  351     Human  Development  j  semester  hours 

Reed,  Coates,  Cochran 

Designed  to  help  students  understand  growth  from  birth  through 
adolescence,  this  course  includes  methods  of  studying  pupils,  influences 
on  growth,  and  characteristic  development  at  various  age  levels.  Im- 
plications for  the  health  and  physical  education  program  are  stressed 
throughout.    Both  semesters. 

HEd  352    Methods  and  Materials  in  Health  Education 

2  semester  hours 
Twardowski,  Reed,  Mitten 

A  comprehensive  study  of  school  health  services,  healthful  school 
environment,  and  school  health  instruction.  The  major  emphasis  is  on 
the  teaching  of  health,  including  the  latest  methods  and  materials,  and 
the  construction  of  lesson  plans,  units,  and  other  teaching  aids.  Stu- 
dents will  complete  their  files  of  curriculum  materials  and  instructional 
aids  as  a  prerequisite  for  student  teaching.    Spring  semester. 

HEd  361     Tests,  Measurements  and  Statistics  in  Health  and 

Physical  Education  j  semester  hours 

Youmans,  Lorback,  Cochran 

Experience  in  selecting,  administering,  scoring,  and  evaluating  phy- 
sical activity  tests  of  physical  fitness,  general  motor  ability,  motor  ed- 
ucability,  and  skill  and  knowledge  in  sports.  Competency  in  the  use  of 
elementary  statistical  procedures  of  objective  learning  and  testing.  Pre- 
requisite: Educational  Psychology.    Fall  semester. 

HEd  362     Physical  Education  for  the  Elementary  Grades 

2  semester  hours 
Cochran,  Wilkinson,  Furlow 

The  students  will  be  assigned  to  elementary  schools  in  the  service 
area  for  observation  and  teaching  in  physical  education.  This  will  in- 
volve all  the  games  and  relays,  self  testing  activities,  rhythms  and 
dances  suitable  for  the  growth  and  developmental  needs  of  the  element- 
ary school  child.  A  weekly  seminar  will  be  held  to  discuss  the  theory 
and  problems  involved  in  elementary  physical  education.  Both  semesters. 


Health  Education  171 

HEd  363     Applied  Physiology  2  semester  hours 

Norris,  Youmans 

A  functional  course  applying  physiological  principles  of  neuromus- 
cular activity  to  the  frame  of  reference  of  the  physical  educator.  A  clin- 
ical approach  will  be  taken  to  acquaint  the  student  with  basic  aspects  of 
theories  of  neuromuscular  coordination  and  motor  learning,  strength 
development,  endurance,  and  the  analysis  of  human  motion.  Prere- 
quisites: Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  and  II.    Fall  semester. 

HEd  364     Organization  and  Administration  of 

Physical  Education  5  semester  hours 

Cottrell,  Youmans,  Black,  Taylor,  Lorback 

Principles  of  program  building  in  physical  education  and  athletics, 
curricular  and  extra-curricular;  facilities  and  equipment,  routine  proce- 
dures, budget  and  finance,  legal  liability,  and  public  relations.  Pre- 
requisite: Tests,  Measurements  and  Guidance  in  Health  and  Physical 
Education.     Spring  semester. 

HEd  365     Physical  Activities  for  Atypical  Children  I 

2  semester  hours 
Taylor,  Norris,  Black,  Goodwin 

A  course  presenting  to  the  student  a  method  of  teaching  which  will 
motivate  the  atypical  student  to  improve  not  only  his  physical  condition, 
but  also  his  outlook  on  life.  This  course  deals  with  the  sport  phase  of 
the  education  of  the  handicapped  through  the  use  of  adapted  sports 
programs.     Both  semesters. 

HEd  390     Orthopedic  Disabilities  of  Childhood 

2  semester  hours 
Norris 

A  comprehensive  study  of  the  common  disabilities  of  childhood,  es- 
pecially those  deviations  that  are  chronic  in  character.  Major  emphasis 
will  be  placed  on  developing  an  understanding  of  the  medical  aspects 
and  problems  of  rehabilitation  of  the  physically  disabled. 

HEd  391     Psychology  of  the  Physically  Handicapped 

5  semester  hours 
Norris 

A  study  of  the  psychology  of  physique  and  physical  disability  and 
the  related  cultural  implications.  Students  will  be  given  an  opportunity 
to  make  personal  exploration  into  the  psychodynamics  of  disability. 

HEd  461     Physical  Activities  for  Atypical   Children  II 

2  semester  hours 
Taylor,  Norris,  Goodwin 

A  course  concerned  with  the  modem  concepts  of  the  therapeutic 
exercise  phase  of  physical  education  in  the  prevention  and  correction 


172  Health  Education 


of  common  handicapping  conditions.  The  student  is  fiirnished  with 
adequate  information  and  guidance  for  giving  the  handicapped  individ- 
ual the  proper  type  and  amount  of  physical  education  to  meet  his  needs 
and  capacity.    Both  semesters. 


HEd  462     Principles  of  Recreation  2  semester  hours 

Black 

Historical  background  of  the  present  play  movement;  theoretical 
explanations  of  play;  the  need  for  play  in  modem  life  and  its  place  in 
education  and  recreation;  the  fundamental  principles  and  methods  of 
recreation  leadership.    Both  semesters. 

HEd  463    Principles  of  Coaching  2  semester  hours 

Yanisch,  Lorback 

Principles  and  methods  of  coaching  sports  in  the  school  program; 
problems  of  the  coach  with  regard  to  psychology  of  handling  a  team, 
training,  motivation,  and  schedule  planning;  bridging  the  gap  between 
knowing  how  to  play  and  the  functions  of  coaching.    Both  semesters. 

HEd  471     Student  Teaching  and  Direction 

of  Student  Activities  12  semester  hours 

Cottrell,  Schaub,  Davis,  Margerum 

Observation  and  participation  in  teaching  situations  in  the  junior 
and  senior  high  school  under  qualified  cooperating  teachers.  Profes- 
sional conferences  and  visitations  are  provided  throughout  this  teaching 
semester  which  may  be  taken  in  the  fall  or  spring  term  of  the  academic 
year  depending  upon  administrative  planning.     Both  semesters. 


HEd  472     Professioncd  Practicum  Including  School  Law 

2  semester  hours 
Sturzebecker,  Cottrell,  Schaub 

Accompanying  student  teaching  an  undergraduate  seminar  will  be 
required.  This  will  include  a  study  of  problems  met  in  the  teaching 
semester  and  review  of  those  sections  of  the  Pennsylvania  School  Law 
pertinent  to  teaching  activities  in  the  major  field.    Both  semesters. 


Safety  Education  173 

ELECTIVE  COURSES 

ELECTIVES  IN  "EDUCATION  FOR  SAFE  LIVING" 

(HIGHWAY  SAFETY  AND  GENERAL 

SAFETY  EDUCATION) 

HEd  481     Introduction  to  Safety  Education      5  semester  hours 
Mitten 

The  importance  of  safety  education  in  modern  living.  Methods  of 
overcoming  the  hazards  present  in  the  home,  school,  community,  indus- 
try, and  traffic.  How  to  teach  safety  habits  and  attitudes.  Fall  semester. 

HEd  482     Driver  Education  and  Training         j  semester  hours 

Cottrell 

Classroom  study  of  personal  characteristics  bearing  on  driving,  use 
of  various  types  of  tests,  and  techniques  of  teaching  beginning  drivers. 
Road  instruction  on  the  use  of  dual  control  cars  in  the  teaching  of  safe 
driving.  Prerequisite:  Driver's  license.  May  be  taken  for  no  credit  by 
holders  of  learner's  permits.     Offered  in  summer  sessions  only. 

HEd  483     Psychology  of  Accident  Prevention 

J  semester  hours 
Cottrell,  Mitten 

A  study  of  methods  for  developing  attitudes  toward  safety;  the 
part  played  by  personality  and  emotions  in  accidents.  Offered  in  sum- 
mer sessions  only. 

HEd  484     Methods  and  Materials  in  Safety  Education 

J  semester  hours 
Cotlrell,  Mitten 

Methods  of  teaching  safety  and  subject  matter  placement  in  the  ele- 
mentary and  secondary  schools.  Source  material  and  measuring  the  re- 
sults of  safety  education.  Prerequisite:  Introduction  to  Safety  Educa- 
tion.   Spring  semester. 

HEd  485     Organization  and  Supervision  In  Safety  Education 

J  semester  hours 
Mitten 

History,  philosophy,  and  basic  principles  of  organization  and  admin- 
istration of  safety  education.  Organization  and  supervision  of  safety 
education  in  the  public  schools,  including  program  planning.  Legal  as- 
pects in  the  administration  of  school  safety.  Prerequisite:  Introduction 
to  Safety  Education.     Spring  semester  and  summer  session. 


174  Recreation 

ELECTIVES  IN  RECREATION 


HEd  366     Organization  and   Administration  of  Recreation 

5  semester  hours 
Davis 

Policies  and  procedures  which  are  essential  in  the  promulgation  of 
recreation  programs  on  local,  state,  and  national  levels.  This  includes 
visitations  to  and  evaluations  of  recreation  centers  in  operation.  Stu- 
dents will  be  given  opportunities  to  plan  and  administer  recreational 
projects.    Prerequisite:  Principles  of  Recreation.    Fall  semester. 

HEd  464     Supervised  Recreation  Leadership  4  semester  hours 

Davis 

Students  will  have  guided  experiences  in  active  leadership  in  the 
various  recreational  programs  of  our  immediate  area.  A  one-hour  prac- 
ticum  will  be  held  each  week  to  discuss  problems  and  principles  of 
Recreational  Leadership.     Fall  semester. 

HEd  367     Arts  and  Crafts  in  Recreation  j  semester  hours 

Yanisch 

Theoretical  and  practical  applications  in  the  use  of  arts  and  crafts 
materials  as  a  means  of  furnishing  channels  for  recreative  outlets  for 
all  age  groups.  Opportunities  will  be  given  to  work  in  the  various  me- 
dia customarily  found  in  school,  camp,  and  community  recreation  pro- 
grams.   Both  semesters. 

HEd  368     Music  in  Recreation  j  semester  hours 

Davis  and  Staff 

A  study  of  the  many  phases  of  recreational  music  as  an  effective 
leisure  time  activity  for  all  age  groups  in  communities,  camps,  play- 
grounds, and  recreational  centers;  an  understanding  of  the  functions  of 
the  recreation  leader  in  the  music  phase  of  the  recreation  program. 

Specific  activities  in  which  students  will  participate  are  as  follows: 
community  singing  and  conducting,  rounds,  contra  songs,  action  songs, 
making  stereoptican  slides  for  group  singing,  playing  simple  instru- 
ments such  as  the  tonette  or  song  flute,  making  rhythm  band  instru- 
ments, playing  in  and  conducting  a  rhythm  band,  producing  musical 
puppet  shows,  simple  operettas,  setting  up  the  organization  for  the  ad- 
vanced listening,  singing,  and  playing  program.    Spring  semester. 

HEd  369     Dramatics  in  Recreation  j  semester  hours 

Davis  and  Staff 

The  place  of  dramatic  activities  that  meet  recreational  needs  of  all 
groups  as  either  participators  or  spectators  of  the  activities.     Emphasis 


Recreation  —  Physical  Therapy  175 

will  be  placed  upon  the  appropriate  plays  and  other  dramatic  media  that 
fit  all  age  levels  in  any  community.    Fall  semester. 

HEd  370     Camping  and  Outing  j  semester  hours 

Davis,  Twardowski 

A  program  including  both  theory  and  practice  in  all  the  elements 
of  camping  and  outing  programs.  The  student  will  gain  an  insight  into 
these  activities  from  the  viewpoints  of  the  camper,  the  counselor,  the 
supervisor,  the  specialist,  and  the  director.    Fall  semester. 

HEd  331     Aquatic  Leadership  2  semester  hours 

Twardowski 

Leadership  procedures  in  all  aquatic  activities  found  in  the  public 
school  program  and  in  school  camps.  The  student  will  have  an  oppor- 
tunity to  qualify  as  a  waterfront  safety  instructor  and  will  study  prob- 
lems in  organization  and  administration  of  aquatic  programs.  There 
will  be  a  complete  analysis  of  all  swimming  strokes  and  life  saving 
techniques.    Both  semesters. 

HEd  341     Modem  Dance  /  semester  hour 

Coates,  Powlus 

This  course  is  designed  to  prepare  teachers  in  all  elements  of  Mod- 
ern Dance  Activities  that  are  employed  in  the  Public  School  Program. 
The  student  is  thoroughly  grounded  in  fundamentals  and  teaching  tech- 
niques of  Modem  Dance  on  the  Elementary  and  Secondary  levels.  Op- 
portunity for  creative  work  is  provided.     Fall  semester. 

HEd  353     First  Aid  For  Teachers  2  semester  hours 

Twardowski,  Heim 

A  study  of  advanced  first  aid  techniques  and  the  methods  and  pro- 
cedures for  teaching  first  aid;  problems  of  safety  in  home  and  school. 
Successful  completion  of  this  course  may  qualify  the  student  for  an  in- 
structor status.    Spring  semester  and  simimer  session. 

ELECTIVES  IN  PHYSICAL  THERAPY 

HEd  392     Introduction  to  Physical  Therapy    2  semester  hours 
Norris 

An  introductory  course  for  men  and  women  students  anticipating 
matriculation  in  a  post-graduate  school  of  Physical  Therapy.  Major  em- 
phasis will  be  placed  on  correlating  selected  basic  biological  and  physi- 
cal science  information  relative  to  the  practice  of  Physical  Therapy. 
Prerequisite:  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  and  II,  Applied  Physiology, 
and  Physics.    Fall  semester. 


176  Camping 


HEd  491     Seminar  and  Observation  in  Pre-Physical  Therapy 

J  semester  hours 
Norris 

A  course  designed  to  provide  the  pre-physical  therapy  student  with 
a  general  overview  of  the  physical  therapy  profession  and  related  fields 
of  physical  therapeutics.  Students  will  spend  one  clock  hour  per  week 
in  a  classroom  seminar  and  eight  hours  per  week  in  a  rotational  plan  of 
visitations  to  and  observation  in  recognized  public  physical  therapy 
clinics  and  public  school  programs  of  remedial  physical  education.  Pre- 
requisites: Introduction  to  Physical  Therapy.    Spring  semester. 


A  PROGRAM  OF  INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

AND 

SUPERVISED  FIELD  EXPERIENCES  IN  CAMPING 

The  Department  of  Health,  Physical  Education,  and  Recreation  of- 
fers a  special  program  of  courses  in  camp  leadership  for  staff  members 
at  children's  summer  camps.  These  courses  are  designed  to  aid  the  stu- 
dent's professional  growth  and  knowledge  through  directed  leadership 
experience  with  children  in  the  informal  atmosphere  of  the  camp. 

COURSES  AVAILABLE 

UNDERGRADUATE  STUDENTS 

HEd  464     Supervised  Recreation  Leadership  —  3  credits 
(6  to  8  weeks'  attendance  July  through  August) 

Davis 

GRADUATE  STUDENTS 

HEd  511.  Field  Problem  in  Recreation  —  2  credits 

(6  to  8  weeks'  attendance  at  camp  July  through  August) 

Sturzebecker 

TUITION  FEE: 

Undergraduate  Fee  $12.50  per  credit 
Graduate  Fee  $20.00  per  credit 

For  either  Undergraduate  or  Graduate  Admission,  there  will  be  an 
Administrative  Service  Fee  of  $15.00  per  student. 

ELIGIBILITY: 

Any  matriculated  student  at  West  Chester  State  College  is  eligible 
to  participate  in  the  program.  Permission  of  the  special  advisor  should 
be  obtained  if  credit  is  to  be  applied  toward  a  degree.     Students  from 


Health  Education  I77 

other  colleges  may  register  with  the  permission  of  the  course  instructor. 
It  IS  suggested  that  students  enrolled  at  other  colleges  obtain  the  ap- 
proval of  their  special  advisor  or  appropriate  administrative  officer  to 
assure  that  these  courses  may  be  applied  toward  degree  requirements. 

GENERAL  ELECTIVE 

HEd  451     Community  and  School  Health 

Education  Workshop  ^  semester  hours 

Reed,  Sturzebecker,  Cottrell 

A  study  of  common  problems  in  the  home,  community,  and  school 
health  education  areas.  A  five-point  program  is  as  follows:  to  provide 
in-service  training  in  health  education;  to  stimulate  and  promote  an  ef- 
fective follow-up  program  in  health  services;  to  coordinate  the  efforts 
of  allied  health  agencies;  to  stimulate  and  promote  interest  in  local 
health  units;  and  to  develop  an  awareness  of  the  place  of  mental  health 
m  the  total  health  program  of  the  home-school-community.  Offered  in 
summer  sessions  only. 

Health  and  Physical  Education  for  Elementary, 
Secondary,  and  Music  Students 


For  Elementary  Curriculum  Students 

HEd  101     Physical  Education  I  i  semester  hour 

Staff 

Introducing  the  student  to  an  extensive  program  of  recreational  ath- 
letics having  a  high  potential  carry-over  into  post-coUege  life  Included 
are  archery,  badminton,  basketball,  hockey,  soccer,  softball,  speedbaU 
swimming,  tennis,  and  volleyball.     Fall  semester. 

^'"S''    ""-"t  ^  semester  hours 

Staff 

A  course  designed  as  an  integrative  experience  in  personal  health 
education  for  the  freshman  student.  The  primary  areas  include:  mental 
and  emotional  adjustment  to  the  college  environment,  family  relation- 
ships, factors  influencing  physiological  health,  and  the  college  student 
as  an  intelligent  appraiser  of  health  practices  and  fads.  Both  semesters. 

HEd  201     Physical  Education  II  ,  semester  hour 

Staff 

Continuation  of  individual  activities  with  a  gradual  emphasis  placed 
upon  those  physical  activities  which  elementary  children  enjoy.     The 


178  Health  Education 

basic  organization  of  the  physical  education  program  in  the  modern 
elementary  schools  is  reviewed.  Basic  principles  in  teaching  children 
how  to  play  simple  games  and  relays  and  those  other  recreational  ac- 
tivities that  are  associated  with  this  age  group.  Opportunities  for  lesson 
planning  and  teaching  are  provided  for  in  a  practical  manner.  The 
ability  to  plan  for  and  direct  the  practical  "recess"  period  in  the  ele- 
mentary school  program  will  be  a  main  objective  for  each  student. 
Spring  semester. 

HEd  202     Physical  Education  III  i  semester  hour 

Staff 

The  place  of  fundamental  rhythms,  creative  rhythms,  singing  games, 
and  folk  dances  on  the  elementary  level  will  challenge  the  student. 
Personal  skills  in  these  areas  will  develop  and  each  student  will  assume 
the  leadership  in  directing  these  activities  in  class  situations.  The  use 
of  dancing  activities  for  demonstrations  and  pageants  will  be  studied. 
Spring  semester. 

HEd  350     Health  for  the  Elementary  Grades  2  semester  hours 

Reed  and  Staff 

A  course  based  upon  the  premise  that  health  education  is  not  a  sub- 
ject but  rather  a  way  of  living.  Special  emphasis  placed  upon  the  de- 
velopment of  sound  principles  and  procedures  in  meeting  the  different 
needs  of  the  child  in  relation  to  the  school,  home,  and  community.  Ele- 
mentary health  courses  of  study  will  form  the  basic  point  from  which 
each  student  will  explore  content  and  methods  for  making  a  sound  total 
health  education  program.  The  inter-relationship  of  health  education 
with  all  fields  in  the  modern  elementary  program  will  be  a  focal  point 
of  attention.    Both  semesters. 


For  Secondary  Curriculum  Students 

HEd  104     Physical  Education  I  /  semester  hour 

Staff 

A  wide  variety  of  experiences  in  athletic  games  contemporaneous 
to  college  age  levels  will  initiate  the  program.  An  introduction  to 
those  activities  which  have  carry-over  value  into  adult  life  will  be  the 
center  of  interest.  These  include  soccer,  speedball,  hockey,  basketball, 
swimming,  softball,  and  tennis.    Fall  semester. 

HEd  150     Health  ^  semester  hours 

Staff 

The  same  as  Health  for  Elementary  Curriculum  Students.  (Offered 
both  semesters.) 


Health  Education  179 

HEd  204     Physical  Education  II  /  semester  hour 

Staff 

Further  experiences  in  individual  sports  will  be  offered  including 
not  only  the  learning  of  skills  for  personal  enjoyment  but  also  develop- 
ing an  elementary  ability  to  help  direct  these  in  the  modern  secondary 
school  recreational  program.  These  include  archery,  badminton,  bowl- 
ing, golf,  quoits,  horseshoes,  shuffleboard,  tether  ball,  and  winter  sports. 
Spring  semester. 

HEd  205     Physical  Education  III  /  semester  hour 

Staff 

Rhythmical  activities  that  are  of  great  interest  to  secondary  schools 
will  be  offered.  These  include  social,  folk,  square,  and  country  dancing. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  both  the  development  of  individual  skill 
and  ability  to  help  direct  these  activities  as  a  feature  of  the  recreational 
program  in  schools.    Spring  semester. 


For  Music  Curriculum  Students 

HEd  107     Physical  Education  I  (Eurythmics  I) 

I  semester  hour 
Coates,  Powlus 

The  realization  of  rhythm  in  bodily  movement  and  the  development 
of  neuro-muscular  responses  to  the  perception  of  musical  rhythms  are 
bases  for  the  course.  The  student  will  become  familiar  with  the  factors 
of  timing,  force,  and  space  so  as  to  increase  both  his  skill  in  bodily 
movement  and  his  appreciation  of  rhythm.  Swimming  activities  are 
also  included. 

HEd  150     Health  2  semester  hours 

Staff 

The  same  as  Health  for  Elementary  Curriculum  Students.  Both 
semesters. 

HEd  207     Physical  Education  II  (Eurythmics  11) 

I  semester  hour 
Coates,  Powlus 

The  development  of  an  appreciation  of  rhythmic  movement  pat- 
terns through  specific  dance  forms:  Polka,  Schottische,  Waltz,  Mazurka, 
Pavanne,  Polonaise,  Sarabande,  Bouree,  Gavotte,  Minuet.  Opportunities 
will  be  provided  for  the  application  of  the  principles  of  eurythmics  in 
teaching  music  to  children  through  both  the  planning  and  teaching  of 


180  Mathematics 


typical  elementary  school  units;  such  as,  Folk  Festivals,  Circuses,  May 
Days,  Indians,  Transportation,  Work  and  Occupations,  Special  Holidays. 
Some  swimming  activities  are  included.    Spring  semester. 


HEd  208     Physical  Education  HI  /  semester  hour 

Staff 

A  course  providing  an  extensive  variety  of  recreational  athletic  ex- 
periences which  have  the  highest  potential  value  for  enjoyment  in  post- 
college  life.  Activities  include  archery,  badminton,  bowling,  swimming, 
deck  tennis,  softball,  volleyball,  tennis,  golf,  and  winter  sports.  Spring 
semester. 


MATHEMATICS  DEPARTMENT 

Mr.  Filano,  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Mr.   Milliman,  Mrs.   Stanley,   Mr.   Morrill,   Mr.   Sgambati,   Miss  Childs, 
Mr.  Branton,   Mr    Sevier 


Mat  101     Introduction  to  College  Mathematics  I 

5  semester  hours 
Staff 

A  course  emphasizing  fundamental  mathematical  ideas  and  methods 
of  mathematical  thinking.  Includes  reasoning  in  mathematics,  sets, 
logic,  structure  of  mathematical  systems,  functions,  geometry  and  trigo- 
nometry.   Both  semesters  and  summer  session. 


Mat  102     Introduction  to  College  Mathematics  II 

Staff  J  semester  hours 

A  continuation  of  Mat  101.     Prerequisite:  Mat  101. 

Mat  105     College  Algebra  and  Trigonometry 

J  semester  hours 
Staff 

A  unified  course  emphasizing  the  spirit  of  modern  mathematics  as 
it  applies  to  algebra  and  trigonometry.  Includes  the  nature  of  mathe- 
matics, the  number  systems,  logic,  sets,  inequalities  and  functions,  equa- 
tions and  identities  in  both  fields.  Prerequisite:  Three  years  of  high 
school  mathematics.    Both  semesters  and  summer  session. 


Mathematics  181 

Mat  131     Ancdytic  Geometry  5  semester  hours 

Staff 

A  study  of  loci  and  their  equations  through  the  use  of  algebra  and 
geometry.  Includes  rectangular  and  polar  coordinates,  straight  lines, 
conic  sections,  higher  plane  curves,  transformation  of  coordinates,  para- 
metric equations.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent:  Math.  105.  Both  semes- 
ters and  summer  session. 

Mat.  211     Advanced  Algebra  5  semester  hours 

Milliman 

A  course  in  matrices,  determinants  and  selected  topics  from  the 
theory  of  equations.  Prerequisite:  Math  105.  Spring  semester  and  sum- 
mer session. 

Mat  241     Differential   Calculus  5  semester  hours 

Filano,   Milliman 

A  course  covering  limits,  continuity  and  derivatives.  Includes  de- 
rivatives of  algebraic  and  transcendental  functions,  differentials  and 
applications.    Prerequisite:  Math  131.     Both  semesters. 

Mat  242     Integral  Calculus  j  semester  hours 

Filano,   Milliman 

A  study  of  integration  as  a  process  of  summation.  Includes  for- 
mulas and  methods  of  integration  and  the  application  of  integrals  to 
area,  volume,  centroids,  force,  work  and  other  practical  problems.  Pre- 
requisite: Math  241.    Both  semesters. 

Mat  303     Statistics  j  semester  hours 

A  study  of  the  presentation  and  analysis  of  numerical  data.  Includes 
graphs,  frequency  distributions,  measures  of  central  tendency  and  dis- 
persion, correlation,  probability,  regression  and  prediction,  normal 
curve,  reliability  of  statistical  measures.  This  is  a  course  for  non-math- 
ematics majors.  Prerequisite:  2  years  of  high  school  mathematics. 
Spring  semester. 

Mat  331     College    Geometry  5  semester  hours 

Sgambati 

A  course  for  the  extension  of  competency  in  geometry.  Included 

for   study   are   the   development    of   geometric   systems   and  deductive 

proof,    theorems    of    Ceva    and    Menelaus,    transformations,  inversion 
properties  and  constructions. 


182  Mathematics 

Mat  341     Intermediate  Calculus  5  semester  hours 

Filano,  Milliman 

A  continuation  of  the  Calculus  including  infinite  series,  expansion 
of  functions,  solid  analytic  geometry,  partial  derivatives,  multiple  in- 
tegrals and  their  applications.    Prerequisite:  Math  242.    Both  semesters. 

Mat  343     Differential  Equations  5  semester  hours 

Filano 

A  course  in  the  theory,  solution  and  application  of  ordinary  differ- 
ential equations.    Prerequisite:  Math  341.     Spring  semester. 

Mat  350     Teaching  of  Mathematics  in  Secondary   Schools 

J  semester  hours 
Morrill 

A  course  in  modern  techniques  of  teaching  mathematics.  Includes 
the  aims  of  mathematics  instruction,  motivation,  methods  of  instruction 
and  evaluation  in  mathematics.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  new  mathe- 
matics and  on  modern  courses  of  study.  Opportunities  are  provided  for 
students  to  plan  and  present  lessons  in  mathematics  and  to  observe 
mathematics  classes  in  secondary  schools.  Prerequisite:  Math  242.  Fall 
semester. 


Mat  351     Arithmetic  for  the  Elementary  Grades 


Morrill 


J  semester  hours 


A  course  designed  to  acquaint  students  with  modern  methods  of 
teaching  arithmetic  and  with  the  content  of  the  arithmetic  curriculum. 
Emphasizes  the  teaching  of  concepts,  stresses  the  construction  and  use 
of  learning  aids,  considers  arithmetic  syllabi  and  texts,  provides  oppor- 
tunities for  students  to  prepare  and  present  lessons  in  arithmetic  and  to 
observe  arithmetic  classes  in  elementary  schools.  Both  semesters  and 
summer  session. 

Mat  401     History  of  Mathematics  5  semester  hours 

Morrill 

A  study  of  the  growth  of  mathematics  through  the  centuries  and 
the  men  who  contributed  to  it.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent:  Math  242. 
Spring  semester. 

Mat  403     Mathematical  Statistics  j  semester  hours 

A  course  in  the  mathematical  bases  of  statistical  measures.  Includes 
probability,  moments,  distribution  functions,  regression  and  correlation. 
Prerequisite:  Math  242.    Both  semesters. 


Mathematics  183 

Mat  405     Special  Topics  in  Mathematics         5  semester  hours 
Staff 

The  content  of  this  course  is  variable  and  will  be  announced  at 
the   time   of  offering. 

Mat  411     Modem  Algebra  I  3  semester  hours 

Milliman 

A  course  in  the  foundations  of  algebra.  The  postulational  approach 
to  algebraic  systems  is  emphasized.  Integral  domains,  fields,  groups 
and  rings  are  among  the  systems  included  for  study.  Prerequisite:  Math 
242.     Fall  semester. 

Mat  412     Modern  Algebra   II 

Milliman 

A  continuation  of  Mat  411.    Prerequisite:  Mat  411.    Spring  semester. 

Mat  431     Modem  Geometry  j  semester  hours 

Sgambati 

A  course  in  the  foundations  of  Geometry.  The  postulational  ap- 
proach to  geometric  systems  is  emphasized.  Both  Euclidean  and  Non- 
Euclidean  systems  are  included  for  study.  Prerequisite:  Math  242. 
Spring  semester. 

Mat  432     Topology 

Branton 

An  introductory  course  in  the  basic  notions  of  point  set  topology. 
Elementary  set  theory,  topological  spaces,  connectiveness,  compactness, 
metrizability,  completeness  and  transformations  are  among  the  topics 
included  for  study.     Prerequisite:   Mat  341. 

Mat  441     Advanced  Calculus  I  3  semester  hours 

Branton 

A  course  in  the  foundations  of  real  analysis.  Includes  a  rigorous 
treatment  of  limits,  continuity,  derivatives,  sequences,  and  Riemann 
integrals.     Prerequisite:  Mat  341.     Fall  semester. 

Mot  442     Advanced   Calculus   II  3  semester  hon:  s 

Branton 

A  continuation  of  Mat  441.  Included  for  study  are  functions  of 
several  variables,  partial  differentiation,  implicit  function  theorems, 
transformations,  multiple  integrals  and  other  selected  topics.  Pre- 
requisites:  Mat  441.     Spring  semester. 


184  Music 

MUSIC  DEPARTMENT 

Mr.   Mitchell,  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Mr.  Middleton,  Mr.  Jones,  Mr.  Antonowich,  Mr.  Wright,  Mr.  Carl,  Mr. 
Carson,  Mr.  Fletcher,  Mrs.  Gottlieb,  Mr.  Gutscher,  Mr.  Cheesman, 
Mr.  Wilkinson,  Mr.  Sweet,  Miss  Sheppard,  Mr.  Jones,  Mrs.  Kelly, 
Mr.  Sprenkle,  Miss  Williams,  Mr.  Barrow,  Mrs.  Bernard,  Mr.  Whitten, 
Mrs.  Beatty,  Mr.  Pflieger,  Mr.  Gangemi,  Mr.  Krueger,  Mr.  Boerlin, 
Mr.  Schick,  Miss  Hales 

THEORY  Wright,  Chairman 

The  theory  courses  aim  to  develop  the  techniques  required  for  a 
comprehensive  understanding  of  music  literature  and  the  background 
necessary  for  intelligent  interpretation,  arranging,  and  composition. 
These  techniques  include:  the  harmonization  of  melodies;  analysis  of 
form;  creative  work — at  the  keyboard  and  written;  aural  recognition  of 
the  harmonic  vocabulary  being  studied;  and  the  application  to  the  key- 
board of  this  vocabulary. 

Mus  100     Foundations  of  Music  j  semester  hours 

Wright,  Wilkinson,  Gangemi,  Barrow  Schick 

Relates  the  technical  aspects  of  music  to  the  social  and  cultural 
currents  of  Western  Music.  The  historical  approach  to  technical  mas- 
tery is  presented  here  in  a  degree  which  is  beyond  the  province  of 
courses  in  History,  Literature,  and  Appreciation  of  Music.  Pitch  and' 
rhythm,  its  representation  through  the  centuries  to  the  present  age, 
and  the  development  of  basic  skills  in  sight  singing  and  dictation  are 
included.     Both   semesters. 

Mus  110     Theory  of  Music  5  semestrr  hours 

Wright,  Wilkinson,  Gangemi,  Barrow,   Schick 

This  course  includes  the  study  of  sound  and  the  use  of  such  related 
mathematical  skills  as  first  degree  equations,  ratios,  and  interferences  of 
periodicities.  Aural  recognition  of  the  diatonic  triads  and  their  inver- 
sions is  stressed  as  well  as  the  development  of  part-writing  skills. 
Melodic,  rhythmic,  and  harmonic  dictation  is  included.  Prerequisite: 
Mus.  100.     Both  semesters  and  summer. 

Mus  201     Theory  of  Music  3  semester  hours 

Wright,  Wilkinson,   Gangemi,   Barrow,   Schick 

A  continuation  of  the  development  of  basic  skills  presented  in  the 
preceding  course,  and  introducing  the  study  of  modulation  and  non- 
harmonic  tones.    Prerequisite:  Music  110.    Both  semesters  and  summer. 


Music  185 

Mus  202     Theory  of  Music  3  semester  hours 

Wright,   Wilkinson,   Gangemi,   Barrow,   Schick 

In  this  course  the  student  is  given  additional  practice  in  handling 
the  materials  of  Theory  of  Music  110  and  201,  and  introduces  seventh 
chords  and  chromatic  alterations.  Prerequisite:  Mus.  201.  Both  se- 
mesters. 

Mus  301     Theory  of  Music  2  semester  hours 

Wright,   Wilkinson,   Gangemi,   Barrow,   Schick 

This  course  augments  the  student's  harmonic  vocabulary  with  a 
study  of  modulation  to  remote  keys  while  developing  the  material  of 
Theory  of  Music  202.  Special  attention  is  placed  upon  arrangement  of 
compositions  for  voices  and  piano.  All  the  techniques  acquired  in  pre- 
vious courses  will  be  further  developed.  Creative  application  of  ma- 
terials is  emphasized.    Prerequisite:  Mus.  202.     Both  semesters. 

Mus  211     Sight-Singing  I  j  semester  hours 

Jones,  Middleton 

A  study  devoted  to  developing  the  specific  skill  of  singing  at  sight. 
Emphasis  rests  upon  coordination  of  the  visual,  aural,  and  theoretical 
aspects  of  the  process.  Extensive  drill  in  individual  and  part -singing  is 
directed  toward  quick  recognition  of  appropriate  tonal  and  rhythmic 
problems  and  the  ability  to  reproduce  them  vocally.  Prerequisite:  Mus. 
100.     Both  semesters  and  summer  session. 

Mus  212     Sight-Singing  II  2  semester  hours 

Jones,  Middleton 

Increased  facility  in  reading  is  developed  through  the  use  of  material 
of  advanced  difficulty  involving  chromatic  alterations,  more  remote  mo- 
dulations and  intricate  rhythms.  Prerequisite:  Mus.  211.  Both  semesters. 

Mus  233     Basic  Physical  Science 

(Musical  Acoustics)  5  semester  hours 

Wright,  Fletcher 

A  special  course  in  musical  acoustics  arranged  for  students  in  the 
Music  Education  Curriculum  to  give  them  an  understanding  of  the  na- 
ture of  sound  and  the  basic  principles  of  production  and  transmission  of 
sound  with  their  applications  to  musical  instruments.  Further  consid- 
eration is  given  to  the  physical  basis  of  harmony  and  scales,  hearing,  the 
acoustics  of  concert  halls,  and  the  recording  and  reproduction  of  sound. 
Both  semesters. 

Mus  321     Counterpoint  2  semester  hours 

Jones 

A  practical  study  of  the  fundamental  material  of  music  and  its  evo- 
lution.    The   course  includes   a   comparison   of  harmonic   and   melodic 


186  Music 

movement,  analysis  and  writing  of  both  vocal  and  instrumental  poly- 
phony in  strict  and  free  style.   Prerequisite:  Mus.  202.   Both  semesters. 

Mus  322     Orchestration  2  semester  hours 

Wright 

A  course  including  the  techniques  of  the  instruments  of  the  orchestra 
and  band  and  presenting  the  principles  of  instrumentation  in  theory 
and  practice.  Special  emphasis  is  given  to  arranging  for  school  orches- 
tras and  bands.    Prerequisite:  Mus.  202.    Both  semesters. 

Mus  323     Composition  2  semester  hours 

Wright 

A  course  designed  to  give  the  advanced  student  more  intensive  ex- 
perience in  creative  work.  Although  no  definite  idiom  is  prescribed,  the 
use  of  contemporary  techniques  is  encouraged.  The  work  done  in  this 
course  will  be  written  for  various  mediums.  Each  student  is  offered 
guidance  and  aid  in  writing  compositions  in  the  forms,  styles,  and  me- 
diums best  suited  to  his  own  special  capabilities  and  needs.  Prerequis- 
ite: Mus.  202.    Spring  semester. 


MUSIC  EDUCATION  and  STUDENT  TEACHING 

Antonowich,  Chairman 

Mus  351     Human  Development  5  semester  hours 

Bernard 

See    course    description    under    MUSIC:    Humanities. 

Mus  311     Secondary  Music  Methods  2  semester  hours 

Bernard 

A  study  of  the  choral  and  general  music  program  of  the  secondary 
public  schools.  Included  in  assignments  and  discussions  are:  the  develop- 
ment of  good  human  relations  involving  the  teacher,  the  students,  the 
faculty,  and  the  administration;  the  organization,  procedure,  problems, 
and  materials  of  vocal  music  classes,  covering  voice  classification,  the 
changed  and  changing  voices,  voice  classes,  and  choral  organizations; 
special  classes — the  gifted  and  the  retarded  child;  public  performances; 
the  school  assembly;  music  appreciation  classes;  scheduling;  requisition- 
ing supplies  and  equipment;  and  school-community  relationships.  Spec- 
ial attention  is  given  to  the  study  of  skills  in  teaching  the  general  music 
classes.  Particular  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  selection  and  analysis  of 
materials  and  evaluative  techniques.  Directed  observations  are  includ- 
ed.   Both  semesters. 


Music  187 

Mus  312     Instrumental  Methods  2  semester  hours 

Antonowich,  Pflieger 

Fundamentals  underlying  the  development  of  instrumental  pro- 
grams in  the  public  schools.  A  variety  of  current  practices  and  problems 
are  investigated  and  considered  with  the  viewpoint  that  no  one  type  of 
organization  will  serve  the  needs  of  all  communities  and  schools.  In- 
cluded are:  background  information  on  instruments  of  the  orchestra  and 
band;  transposition,  fingering,  etc.;  consideration  of  problems  of  organ- 
ization and  administration;  discussion,  analysis  and  demonstration  of 
teaching  techniques  and  procedures;  examination  and  evaluation  of  ma- 
terials.   Both  semesters. 

Note:  Mus.  351  (Human  Development),  Mus.  311  (Secondary  Music 
Methods)  and  Mus.  312  (Instrumental  Methods)  are  all  presented  to 
students  in  the  Music  Education  Curriculum  in  the  same  semester  of  the 
junior  year.  They  are  so  scheduled  as  to  permit  regular  and  ample 
amounts  of  observation  of  the  teaching  of  music  in  public  schools  and  to 
correlate  the  course  content  with  such  observation.  Thus,  the  student 
receives  a  practical  introduction  to  the  teaching  of  music  in  the  public 
schools  and  undergoes  a  gradual  induction  into  teaching  responsibilities 
leading  up  to  the  student  teaching  semester. 

Mus  324     Choral  Materials  and  Practices  2  semester  hours 

Jones 

The  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  a  vast  amount 
of  choral  music  suitable  for  school  use  through  actual  analysis.  Pro- 
gram building  and  other  practical  phases  of  presenting  the  chorus  in 
performances  are  studied.     Spring  semester. 

Mus  325     Piano  Methods  (Class)  2  semester  hours 

:.:  cc'811,  Carl,  Sprenkle 

A  course  providing  for  the  training  of  piano  teachers  and  supervisors 
for  the  organization  and  teaching  of  piano  classes  in  the  public  schools. 
Suitable  teaching  material  including  the  leading  system  of  class  piano 
instruction  will  be  examined  and  discussed.  Demonstrations  and  stu- 
dent teaching  are  included.    Spring  semester. 

Mus  326     Instrumental  Techniques  and  Materials 

2  semester  hours 
Carson 

The  course  is  designed  for  those  juniors  and  seniors  who  desire  to 
specialize  in  instrumental  music  by  expanding  their  knowledge  of  the 
instruments  and  the  organization  and  administration  of  an  instrumental 
department;  modern  materials  for  instrumental  groups  are  studied  and 
evaluated;  rehearsal  procedures;  minor  repairs  to  instruments;  competi- 
tions and  festivals  in  Pennsylvania;  program  building  with  special  em- 
phasis on  marching  band  procedures.    Fall  semester. 


188  Music 

Mus  327     Teaching  Music  Appreciation  in  the 

Elementary  Grades  j  semester  hours 

Gutscher 

A  course  designed  to  enrich  the  music  program  throughout  the 
grades.  Suitable  and  available  materials  will  be  suggested  from  which 
each  member  of  the  class  will  be  expected  to  organize  a  unit  of  work  for 
a  specific  grade.  The  subject  of  these  units  will  be  decided  by  the  needs 
of  the  class  itself.  Throughout  the  course  an  attempt  will  be  niade  to 
provide  variety  of  approach  and  to  present  the  subject  so  as  to  conform 
to  the  child's  mental,  physical,  and  psychological  development.  Sum- 
mer session  only. 

Mus  402     Seminar  in  Piano  Teaching  and 

Teaching  Materials  j  semester  hours 

Mitchell,  Carl. 

A  seminar  giving  in-service  music  teachers  and  supervisors  the  op- 
portunity for  class  study  of  outstanding  examples  of  the  piano  literature. 
The  role  and  integration  of  the  piano  into  the  public  school  program  along 
with  suitable  teaching  materials  for  class  and  private  study  will  be  anal- 
yzed and  used  in  demonstrations  and  student  teaching.  Summer  session 
only. 

Mus  421     Student  Teaching  and  Direction  of 

Student  Activities  12  semester  hours 

Antonowich,  Bernard,  Pflieger 

Observation  and  participation  in  teaching  situations  ranging  from 
the  primary  grades  through  senior  high  school,  vocal  and  instrumental 
music,  in  conjunction  with  qualified  cooperating  teachers.  Professional 
conferences  and  visitations  are  an  integral  part  of  the  experience. 

HUMANITIES  Johns,  Chairman 

Mus  100     Foundations  of  Music  5  semester  hours 

Wright,    Wilkinson,   Barrow,    Gangemi 

See    course    description    under    MUSIC:    Humanities. 

Mus  220     Fine  Arts  5  semester  hours 

Middleton,  Antonowich,  Carson,  Barrow,  Sweet,  Sprenkle,  Whitten 

This  is  a  course  designed  to  give  the  student  a  stimulating  back- 
ground in  the  history  and  appreciation  of  music  from  the  Classical  Period 
through  the  Contemporary  Period.  The  objective  of  the  course  is  to 
provide  a  humanistic  approach  to  the  Art  of  Music  by  relating  it  to  its 


Music  189 


contemporary  arts  and  the  societies  in  which  it  develops.  The  course 
provides  further  for  a  study  of  the  major  composers  and  their  contribu- 
tions to  the  literature  of  music.  Stress  is  placed  upon  familiarity  with 
the  forms  in  music  through  analysis  and  comparison.  To  this  end,  rep- 
resentative compositions  are  heard  and  analyzed  through  recordings  and 
other  audible  means.    Both  semesters  and  summer  session. 

Mus  310     History  of  Music  j  semester  hours 

Johns 

This  course  is  basically  a  survey  of  the  important  movements  in  the 
History  of  Music  from  Primitive  Times  through  the  Baroque  Period.  It 
involves  a  study  of  the  traditions  of  primitive  societies  and  ancient  civ- 
ilizations, the  development  of  music  in  the  Christian  Church,  the  contri- 
butions of  the  Middle  Ages,  and  the  developments  in  music  through  the 
Renaissance  and  the  Baroque  periods.  Stress  is  placed  upon  the  music 
of  the  17th  and  18th  centuries.  Where  practical,  representative  composi- 
tions are  heard  and  analyzed  through  available  recordings.  Both  semes- 
ters and  summer  session. 

Mus  320     American  Music  2  semester  hours 

Sprenkle 

A  course  designed  to  trace  the  evolution  of  national  style  of  com- 
position from  the  earliest  known  American  composers  to  the  present  day, 
and  to  acquaint  the  student  with  representative  works  of  outstanding 
American  composers.  American  music  in  our  cultural  heritage  is  an- 
alyzed and  listened  to  with  special  regard  for  the  amount  of  influence 
such  things  as  jazz,  impressionism,  nationalities,  and  economics  have  had 
upon  it.    Spring  semester. 

Mus  351     Human  Development  j  semester  hours 

Bernard 

A  course  dealing  with  the  human  growth  and  develpoment  of  chil- 
dren in  the  elementary  grades.  The  psychological  aspects  of  creating 
desirable  attitudes  in  children  are  stressed.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the 
potent  influence  which  music  has  upon  the  personal,  emotional,  and  so- 
cial development  of  the  child.  Included  in  assignments  are  the  develop- 
ment of  the  child's  voice,  his  physical  responses,  music  reading  skills,  and 
individual  growth  through  creative  musical  activities.  Particular  em- 
phasis is  placed  upon  the  selection  and  analysis  of  materials  and  eval- 
uative techniques.    Both  semesters. 


APPLIED  MUSIC 

Applied  Music  studied  in  this  curriculum  serves  two  purposes:  that 
of  developing  the  musicianship  of  the  individual  student;  and  that  of 
providing  the  prospective  teacher  with  the  knowledge  and  techniques  of 


190  MusTC 

various  musical  media  needed  for  conducting  an  effective  music  program 
in  the  public  schools.  The  program  is  carried  out  by  means  of  individ- 
ual and  class  instruction,  according  to  the  needs  of  the  student.  Oppor- 
tunity is  given  for  ensemble  and  for  solo  appearances  in  recitals  and 
with  college  organizations. 

Advanced  standing  in  private  study  may  be  achieved  by  students 
after  the  freshman  year,  upon  successfully  passing  certain  tests.  Extra 
credit  will  be  given  to  students  in  the  advanced  standing  classification. 


VOICE  FACULTY  Cheesman,  Chairman 

Jones,  Gutscher.  Kelly,  Sweet,  Sheppard,  Williams,  Krneger 

Mus  1-6     Voice  /  semester  hour  each  course 

Voice  faculty 

Six  semesters  of  private  vocal  study  are  required  of  all  students  ex- 
cept students  whose  major  area  of  performance  is  instrumental.  Four 
semesters  of  vocal  study  are  required  of  instrumental  majors. 

Mus  101-108     Advanced  Voice         /  semester  hour  each  course 
Voice  faculty 

Eight  semesters  of  private  voice  study  are  required  of  all  students 
whose  major  area  of  performance  is  voice. 

The  study  and  application  of  the  physiological  and  psychological 
principles  of  voice  production  and  diction.  The  material  used  ranges 
from  rote  songs  to  classic  and  modem  song  literature,  according  to  in- 
dividual ability. 

Mus  109-114     Advanced  Voice         /  semester  hour  each  course 

Voice  faculty 

For  students  in  this  advanced  study  of  voice  who  have  completed  by 
advance  standing  examinations  Mus.  101-108. 

PIANO  AND  ORGAN  FACULTY:  Carl.  Chairman 

Mitchell,    Gottlieb,    Wilkinson,    Sprenkle,    Whitten,    Beatty, 
Gangemi,   Schick,   Hales 

Mus  11-16     Piano  /  semester  hour  each  course 

Piano  faculty 

Six  semesters  of  private  piano  study  are  required  of  all  music  edu- 
cation students. 


Music  191 


Mus   111-118     Advanced  Piano         /  semester  hour  each  course 

Piano  faculty 

Eight  semesters  of  private  piano  study  are  required  of  all  students 
whose  major  area  of  performance  is  piano. 

Each  student  receives  one-half  hour  instruction  in  piano  per  week. 
At  the  end  of  each  semester  students  are  expected  to  meet  minimum 
requirements  in  sight-reading,  technique,  and  general  musicianship,  as 
determined  by  examinations  before  the  piano  faculty.  The  study  of  the 
piano  includes  keyboard  harmony  in  the  free  piano  style. 

Mus  119-124     Advanced  Piano         i  semester  hour  each  course 

Piano  faculty 

For  students  in  this  advanced  study  of  piano  who  have  completed 
by  advanced  standing  examination  Mus.  111-118. 

Mus  17-18     Organ  Class  1/2  semester  hour 

Wilkinson 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  fundamental  techniques 
of  the  pipe  organ.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  methods  of  practice  and 
study  including  fundamental  pedal  techniques,  hymn  playing,  and  simple 
accompaniments.  For  a  limited  number  of  students  in  the  music  educa- 
tion curriculum  who  have  met  the  piano  and  keyboard  requirements.  A 
practical  course  in  service  playing  for  piano  majors. 

Mus  151-158     Advanced  Organ  /  semester  hour 

Wilkinson 

Individual  instruction  in  pipe  organ  is  offered  to  familiarize  the  stu- 
dent with  the  literature  of  the  instrument  and  to  develop  a  playing  tech- 
nique. (For  a  limited  number  of  students  in  the  music  education  curri- 
culum who  have  met  the  piano  and  keyboard  requirements.) 

Mus  159-164     Advanced  Organ  /  semester  hour 

Wilkinson 

For  students  in  this  advanced  study  of  organ  who  have  completed  by 
advanced  standing  examination  Mus.  151-158. 


INSTRUMENTAL   FACULTY:  Carson,  Chairman 

Middleton,  Johns,  Barrow 

Mus  21-22 — Violin  i  semester  hour 

Johns 

Two  semesters  of  class  instruction  in  violin,  two  hours  per  week,  are 
required  of  all  music  education  students.  Tone  production,  fingering, 
and  technique  are  stressed. 


192  Music 

Mus  121-128     Advanced  Strings  /  semester  hour 

Johns 

A  minimum  of  four  semesters  of  private  study  are  required  of  all 
students  whose  major  performing  area  is  string  instruments.  Repertoire 
and  public  performance  are  stressed. 

Mus  129-134     Advanced  Strings  i  semester  hour 

Johns 

For  students  in  this  advanced  study  of  a  string  instrument  who  have 
completed  by  advanced  standing  examination  Mus.  121-128. 

Mus  31-32     Clarinet  1/2  semester  hour 

Carson,  Boerlin 

Two  semesters  of  class  clarinet,  one  hour  per  week,  are  required  of 
aU  music  education  students.  Tone  production,  embouchure,  fingering, 
and  technique  are  stressed. 

Mus  131-138     Advanced  Woodwinds  i  semester  hour 

Carson,  Boerlin 

A  minimum  of  four  semesters  of  private  study  are  required  of  all 
students  whose  major  performing  area  is  woodwind  instruments.  Reper- 
toire and  public  performance  are  stressed. 

Mus  139-144     Advanced  Woodwinds  i  semester  hour 

Carson 

For  students  in  this  advanced  study  of  a  woodwind  instrument  who 
have  completed  by  advanced  standing  examination  Mus.  131-138. 

Mus  41-42     Trumpet  1/2  semester  hour 

Barrow 

Two  semesters  of  class  trumpet,  one  hour  per  week,  are  required  of 
all  students. 

Mus  141-148     Advanced  Brasses  i  semester  hour 

Barrow 

A  minimum  of  four  semesters  of  private  study  are  required  of  all 
students  whose  major  performing  area  is  brass  instruments.  Repertoire 
and  public  performance  are  stressed. 

Mus  149-154     Advanced  Brasses  /  semester  hour 

Barrow 

For  students  in  this  advanced  study  of  a  brass  instrument  who  have 
completed  by  advanced  standing  examination  Mus.  141-148. 


Music  193 

Mus  51     Percussion  1J2  semester  hour 

Barrow,  Boerlin 

One  semester  of  percussion  is  required  of  all  music  education 
students. 

Mus  52-53     Instruments  (Elective)  1/2  semester  hour 

Instrumental  faculty- 
After  having  met  the  instrumental  requirements  in  Violin,  Clarinet, 
and  Trumpet,  the  following  instruments  are  elective  through  class  in- 
struction: viola,  cello,  bass,  flute,  oboe,  bassoon,  horn,  trombone,  bari- 
tone, tuba,  percussion.  For  those  advanced  students  who  are  interested 
in  small  ensemble  groups  in  woodwinds,  brass,  or  strings,  opportunity  is 
given  to  survey  literature  for  such  ensembles  and  to  study  ensemble 
style  by  participation. 

Mus  71-78     Orchestra  (Elementary)  7/5  semester  hour 

Boerlin 

A  minimum  of  two  semester  hours  of  orchestra  is  required  of  all 
music  education  students. 

Students  review  and  perform  orchestra  music  of  first,  second,  and 
third  grade  difficulty,  suitable  for  use  with  school  and  community  or- 
chestras. 

Mus  171-178     Symphony  Orchestra  1/2  semester  hour 

Middleton 

Eight  semesters  are  required  for  all  students  who  qualify  for  the 
Symphony  Orchestra. 

The  Symphony  Orchestra  prepares  music  for  its  major  programs 
from  the  standard  symphonic  repertoire  and  also  accompaniments  for 
the  Student  Recitals  which  feature  vocal  and  instrumental  majors  capable 
of  performing  with  full  orchestra.  Almost  half  of  the  time  each  year  is 
spent  on  sight-reading  as  much  standard  symphonic  literature  as  pos- 
sible.   Membership  in  the  orchestra  is  determined  by  audition. 

Mus  81-83     Bond  (Elementary)  if  7,  semester  hour 

Boerlin 

A  minimum  of  two  semester  hours  of  band  is  required  of  all  music 
education  students. 

Students  review  and  perform  band  music  of  first,  second,  and  third 
grade  difficulty  suitable  for  use  with  school  and  community  bands. 


194  Music 

Mus  91-98     Band  (Intermediate)  j/j  semester  hour 

Boerlin 

A  training  organization  for  the  study  and  performance  of  band  lit- 
erature of  medium  difficulty.  This  band  is  also  open  to  students  from 
the  Elementary,  Secondary,  and  Health  and  Physical  Education  cur- 
riculums  for  extra-curricular  credit. 

Mus  181-188     Concert  and  Marching  Band     1/2  semester  hour 
Carson,  Boerlin 

Eight  semesters  are  required  of  all  music  students  who  qualify  for 
the  Concert  and  Marching  Band. 

Open  to  men  and  women  of  any  curriculum.  Music  for  the  Concert 
Band  includes  band  music  used  at  state  festivals.    Admission  by  tryout. 

Mus  332     Instrumental  Conducting  2  semester  hours 

Middleton,  Carson 

A  study,  theoretical  and  practical,  of  the  conducting  of  various  types 
of  instrumental  groups.  Instrumentation,  interpretation,  balance,  and 
score  reading  are  studied,  discussed,  and  practiced.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  development  of  adequate  rehearsal  techniques  and  skills.  Physi- 
cal elements  which  can  improve  or  handicap  a  performance  are  dis- 
cussed. Typical  works  of  the  late  18th  and  early  19th  centuries  are  pre- 
pared and  conducted  from  full  score.    Both  semesters. 

CHORAL  FACULTY:  Jones,  Chairman 

Sheppard,  Sweet,  Williams 

Mus  61-66     Chorus  1/3  semester  hour 

Choral  faculty 

A  minimum  of  six  semesters  is  required  of  all  music  education 
students. 

Mus  161-168     Choir  1/2  semester  hour 

Jones 

Eight  semesters  are  required  of  all  students  who  qualify  for  the 
College  Choir. 

A  study  of  choral  works  with  these  topics  especially  stressed:  breath- 
ing, interpretation,  tone  quality,  enunciation,  and  diction.  Works  suitable 
for  junior  and  senior  high  schools  and  colleges  are  studied,  and  special 
attention  is  given  to  preparation  and  public  performance  in  these  works. 


Music  195 

Mus  331     Choral  Conducting  2  semester  hours 

Jones 

A  practical  application  of  conducting  and  vocal  techniques  to  chorus 
direction  is  made  through  actual  practice  in  conducting  a  choral  group. 
Score  reading,  rehearsal  techniques,  and  other  related  subjects  are  stud- 
ied with  reference  to  the  maintenance  of  an  effective  chorus  program 
in  the  schools.    Both  semesters. 

ELECTIVE:  OPEN  TO  ALL  STUDENTS 

Mus  7-10     Applied  Music  (Elective)  /  semester  hour 

Music  faculty 

Students  in  any  curriculum  may  elect  to  study  piano,  voice,  or  some 
instrument,  and  receive  credit  upon  demonstration  of  satisfactory  prog- 
ress. One  lesson  each  week.  Course  placement  will  depend  upon  the 
student's  background. 

REQUIRED  COURSES  IN  MUSIC  FOR  ELEMENTARY 

EDUCATION   STUDENTS 

Mus  50     Fundamentals  of  Music  no  credit 

Beatty,   Gutscher,   Boerlin 

A  course  given  to  those  students  in  the  Elementary  Curriculum  who 
do  not  meet  the  prescribed  requirements  of  a  Standard  Achievement  Test 
in  music.  Fundamentals  of  Music  includes  the  study  of  intervals,  scales, 
measure  and  key  signatures,  simple  and  compound  rhythms,  notation  and 
terminology,  and  the  application  of  this  knowledge  to  the  reading  simple 
music.  Prerequisite  to  Music  for  the  Elementary  Grades.  Both  semesters. 

Mus  220     Fine  Arts  j  semester  hours 

See  course  description  under  Music:  Humanities. 

Mus  251     Music  for  the  Primary  Grades  j  semester  hours 

Beatty,  Gutscher 

A  course  designed  to  equip  the  graduate,  under  supervision,  to  help 
in  the  enrichment  of  the  music  program  in  the  primary  grades  of  the 
public  schools.  Special  emphasis  is  given  to  the  student's  acquiring  a 
knowledge  of  the  piano  keyboard,  voice  production,  elementary  theory, 
rhythm,  and  form.  In  addition,  various  teaching  methods  and  the  use 
of  materials  that  function  in  the  program  are  presented:  singing,  also 
rhythmic  listening,  creative  and  instrumental  activities  keyed  to  the 
needs  of  the  elementary  child.    Type  lessons  for  the  primary  grades  are 


196  Music 

taught  by  the  student  and  constructively  evaluated;  observation  of  music 
in  the  schools  is  incorporated.     Both  semesters. 

Mus  252     Music  for  the  Intermediate  Grades 

J  semester  hours 
Beatty,  Gutscher 

A  course  designed  to  equip  the  graduate,  under  supervision,  to  help 
in  the  enrichment  of  the  music  program  in  the  intermediate  grades  of 
the  public  schools.  Special  emphasis  is  given  to  the  student's  acquiring 
a  knowledge  of  the  piano  keyboard,  voice  production,  elementary  theory, 
rhythm,  and  form.  In  addition,  various  teaching  methods  and  the  use 
of  materials  that  function  in  the  program  are  presented:  singing,  cre- 
ative and  instrumental  activities  keyed  to  the  needs  of  the  child  in  the 
intermediate  grades.  Type  lessons  for  the  intermediate  grades  are  taught 
by  the  student  and  constructively  evaluated;  observation  of  music  in  the 
schools  is  incorporated.    Both  semesters. 


ELECTIVE  COURSES  IN  MUSIC  FOR  ELEMENTARY 
EDUCATION  STUDENTS 

Mus   100     Foundations  of  Music  j  semester  hours 

(See  course  description  listed  under  MUSIC:  Humanities) 

Mus  327     Teaching  Music  Appreciation  in  the 

Elementary  Grades  5  semester  hours 

(See  course  description  on  page  163).    Summer  session. 

Mus  401     Piano  Class  (Elementary  Teachers) 

J  semester  hours 
Carl,  Sprenkle 

Functional  study  of  the  piano  through  class  lessions  so  that  the  ele- 
mentary teacher  may  use  the  instrument  as  a  means  of  broadening  the 
elementary  music  program  into  the  integrated  Elementary  Education 
Curriculum.  Piano  accompaniments  for  classroom  singing  and  rhythmic 
and  creative  activities  are  stressed  through  study,  demonstrations,  and 
teaching  of  practical  classroom  materials.  A  course  desiged  primarily 
for  the  in-service  elementary  classroom  teacher.     Summer  session. 

Applied  Music  /  semester  hour 

Music  faculty 

Students  in  any  curriculum  may  elect  to  study  piano,  voice,  or  some 
instrument,  and  receive  credit  upon  demonstration  of  satisfactory  prog- 
ress.   One  lesson  each  week. 


Nursing  197 

REQUmED  COURSE  IN  MUSIC  FOR  SECONDARY 
AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  STUDENTS 

Mus  220     Fine  Arts  (Music)  j  semester  hours 

(See  course  description  listed  under  MUSIC:  Humanities). 


NOTE:  Many  of  the  courses  in  the  Music  Curriculum  are  available 
to  students  in  other  departments.  There  are  no  fees  for  the  students  that 
qualify  in  the  larger  musical  organizations,  which  are  considered  ex- 
tra-curricular for  non-music  majors. 


PUBLIC  SCHOOL  NURSING  COURSES 

PSN  300     Public  School  Nursing  2  semester  hours 

Schoel 

Deals  with  the  special  training  in  public  school  nursing  as  a  branch 
of  public  health  nursing,  including  historical  background,  the  various 
fields  it  covers,  the  problems  and  limitations  that  are  involved.  Respon- 
sibilities of  the  nation,  state,  community,  school  board,  administrators, 
and  the  school  nurse  are  studied.  The  new  techniques  of  handling  chil- 
dren with  heart  disease,  communicable  diseases,  sight  and  hearing  prob- 
lems, crippled  children,  mentally  retarded,  those  incapable  of  being 
educated,  and  accident  prevention  are  included. 

PSN  302     Public  Health  Nursing  I  ?  semester  hours 

Schoel 

A  survey  of  the  fundamental  principles  and  the  historical  back- 
ground of  public  health  work  in  Europe,  England,  and  America.  Much 
stress  is  placed  on  the  recent  movement  to  bring  this  work  up  to  date  in 
our  own  state  and  the  training  and  procedures  by  which  it  is  to  be  ac- 
complished. Careful  consideration  is  given  to  the  social  changes  in  med- 
icine, preventive  techniques,  population  trends,  modern  ideas  of  sanita- 
tion and  sewage  disposal,  the  handling  and  marketing  of  foods,  housing 
conditions  of  today,  methods  of  record  keeping.  Civil  Service  procedures, 
and  limitations  as  they  concern  the  nurse. 

PSN  303     Public  Health  Nursing  11  j  semester  hours 

Schoel 

A  continuation  of  Public  Health  Nursing  I.  Deals  with  the  past 
history  and  modern  practices  of  maternity  care,  infant  care,  child  wel- 
fare, dental  care,  teaching  proper  techniques  in  the  home,  care  of  the 


198  Science 

crippled,  handicapped  in  sight,  hearing,  and  the  aged.  The  vast  oppor- 
tunities open  today  in  social  work  for  the  public  health  coordinator  or 
leader  in  community  health  movements  are  an  important  aspect  of  the 
course. 

PSN  304     Foundations  of  Nutrition  j  semester  hours 

Schoel 

A  review  of  nutrition  from  the  chemical  make-up  of  foods  to  the 
use  our  body  makes  of  them  and  how  we  evaluate  that  use.  The  part  the 
nurse  plays  is  covered  in  the  following  fields:  teaching  of  nutrition  in 
schools,  homes,  institutions  to  individuals,  to  community  organizations 
in  regard  to  the  proper  feeding  of  infants,  mothers,  adolescents,  the  mid- 
dle aged,  the  aged,  the  obese,  those  suffering  from  allergies,  those  with 
chronic  diseases,  and  alcoholics.     Offered  in  summer  session  only. 

PSN  305     Family  Case  Work  3  semester  hours 

Schoel 

A  study  of  the  processes  of  interviewing  and  making  case  studies 
of  family  groups.  The  history  and  sociology  of  the  American  family  is 
used  as  background  for  study.  Lectures,  reports,  and  seminar  techniques 
are  employed.    Summer  session  only. 

PSN  306     Prevention  and  Control  of  Communicable 

Diseases  3  semester  hours 

Schoel 

The  course  is  designed  to  help  the  school  nurse  to  gain  a  more 
comprehensive  understanding  of  these  communicable  diseases  which 
are  creating  current  health  problems  in  our  communities.  Special  em- 
phasis will  be  placed  upon  the  school  nurse's  role  as  a  member  of 
the  school  health  team  in  the  prevention  and  control  of  communicable 
disease  problems. 


SCIENCE  DEPARTMENT 

Mr.  Gordon,  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Mr.  Trezise,  Vice-Chairman 

Miss  Greenwood,  Mr.  Trezise,  Mr.  Braddock-Rogers,  Mr.  Skillen, 
Mrs.  Bliss,  Mr.  McDonnell,  Mr.  Rickert,  Mr.  Jones,  Mr.  Dorchester, 
Mr.  Reynolds,  Miss  Cinquina,   Mr    Hawkes.  Mrs.   Schoel. 

General  Courses 
Scd  100     Basic   Biological   Science  3  semester  hours 

Bliss,    Greenwood,    McDonnell,   Skillen,    Dorchester 

A  course  dealing  with  the  principles  of  biology.   Topics  include  cel- 
lular structure  and  physiology,  growth  and  repair,  reproduction  and  de- 


Science  199 

velopment,  control,  sources  of  food  energy,  inheritance,  and  man's  inter- 
relationship with  his  biological  environment.  The  classification  of  plants 
and  animals  is  reviewed  briefly.    Both  semesters  and  summer  sessions. 

Sci  150     Basic  Physical  Science  j  semester  hours 

Rickert,  Reynolds,  Braddock-Rogers,  Hawkes 

This  course  utilizes  the  fields  of  earth  science  and  astronomy  to  pro- 
vide a  broadened  background  of  science.  The  nature  and  uses  of  energy 
is  the  central  theme  for  the  study  of  heat,  light,  chemical,  electrical,  and 
atom.ic  energy.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  methods  of  scientists  in  recog- 
nizing and  solving  problems.    Both  semesters  and  summer  sessions. 

Sci  250  Science  for  the  Elementary  Grades  j  semester  hours 
Greenwood,  Jones 

A  course  following  the  year  of  basic  science  designed  to  provide  the 
elementary  teacher  with  a  more  adequate  background  for  teaching  sci- 
ence in  the  elementary  school.  Units  or  problems  are  selected  to  achieve 
this  purpose  which  cut  across  various  fields  of  science.  Emphasis  is 
placed  upon  developing  resourcefulness,  in  gathering  data,  and  using 
scientific  methods  in  the  solution  of  such  problems.  Prerequisites:  Basic 
Biology  and  Basic  Physical  Science,  or  acceptable  equivalent  courses. 
Both  semesters  and  regular  summer  session. 

Sci  251     Matter  and  Energy  j  semester  hours 

Rickert  and  staff 

Understanding  of  motion,  heat,  electricity,  and  the  structure  of  mat- 
ter advanced  beyond  the  levels  usually  attained  in  Basic  Physical  Sci- 
ence. Such  theories  as  relativity  and  the  quantum  theory  will  be  dis- 
cussed on  a  qualitative  basis.  This  course  is  reconmiended  as  an  elective 
for  students  in  Elementary  Education  and  others  who  do  not  choose  a 
Physics  or  Chemistry  elective.  Cannot  be  used  to  satisfy  requirements 
for  a  field  of  specialization  in  Science.  Prerequisite:  Basic  Physical  Sci- 
ence.   Spring  Semester  and  Summer  Sessions. 

Sci  252     Earth  Science  j  semester  hours 

Rickert  and  staff 

Forces  bringing  about  changes  in  the  earth's  crust  applied  to  the 
problem  of  explaining  present  and  past  changes.  Diastrophism,  vulcan- 
ism,  erosion,  and  sedimentation  will  be  included.  Physical  changes  in 
the  atmosphere  will  be  studied  as  major  influences  governing  the  wea- 
ther. Finally,  the  earth  will  be  considered  as  a  member  of  the  solar  sys- 
tem. This  course  is  recommended  as  an  elective  for  students  in  Element- 
ary Education  who  have  completed  Science  150  (Basic  Physical  Science) . 
Not  open  to  students  who  have  received  credit  for  Geog.  205,  206;  301  or 


200  Science 

302.   Cannot  be  used  to  satisfy  requirements  for  a  field  of  specialization 
in  Science  or  Geography.    Fall  Semester  and  Summer  Sessions. 

Sci  350     Teaching  Science  in  Secondary  Schools 

J  semester  hours 
McDonnell 

A  course  planned  to  give  the  prospective  science  teacher  a  thorough 
grounding  in  the  problems.  The  objectives  of  the  science  program  in  the 
secondary  school,  selection  of  textbooks,  sources  of  suitable  literature, 
how  to  secure  materials  for  instruction,  the  preparation  of  units,  and 
special  techniques  are  studied.  Prerequisites:  12  hours  of  work  in  major 
field.    Fall  semester.    May  be  offered  in  Summer  Session. 


Biology 

Bio  111     Botany  I  4  semester  hours 

Bliss,  Gordon 

Botany  I  is  a  study  of  flowering  plants.  Topics  include  the  structure 
and  life  processes  of  plant  cells,  leaves,  stems,  roots,  flowers,  seeds,  and 
fruits.  The  economic  importance  of  plants  used  by  man  and  the  re- 
cognition and  classification  of  seed  plants  in  the  immediate  environs  of 
the  College  are  included.    Fall  semester. 

Bio  112     Botany  II  4  semester  hours 

Bliss,  Gordon 

Botany  II  is  concerned  primarily  with  the  non-flowering  plants.  It 
considers  both  the  structure  and  life  processes  of  selected  algae,  bacteria, 
fungi,  mosses,  ferns,  and  their  allies.  The  economic  importance  and 
health  implications  of  certain  of  these  groups  are  emphasized.  The  re- 
cognition and  classification  of  non-flowering  plants  in  the  immediate 
surroundings  are  stressed.    Spring  semester. 

Bio  141     Zoology  I  4  semester  hours 

McDonnell 

A  study  of  the  life  history,  habits,  origin,  development,  physiology, 
and  anatomy  of  representative  life  forms  in  each  phylum  of  the  inverte- 
brates. Emphasis  is  given  to  the  study  of  those  forms  of  economic  im- 
portance. The  student  becomes  acquainted  with  many  invertebrate 
species  found  locally.    Fall  semester. 

Bio   142     Zoology  II  4  semester  hours 

McDonnell 

A   study   of  the   chordates   in   general,    and   more   particularly   the 


Science  201 

classes  of  vertebrates.  Topics  studied  include  the  anatomy,  physiology, 
origin,  development,  and  life  history  of  representative  members  of  each 
class.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  vertebrates  found  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  College.    Spring  semester. 

Bio  210     Field  Botany  3  semester  hours 

Gordon 

A  course  giving  methods  useful  in  the  study  of  plants  in  their  nat- 
ural surroundings.  The  use  of  keys,  botanical  manuals,  and  illustrated 
floras  to  identify  living  specimens  will  constitute  a  major  activity. 

Prerequisites:  Basic  (College)  Biology  or  two  semesters  of  Botany. 
Fall  semester  of  1962  and  in  alternate  years;  also  during  summer  session. 

Bio  241     Field  Zoology  5  semester  hours 

McDonnell 

A  course  to  familiarize  teachers  with  the  animal  life  in  the  surround- 
ing localities.  Considerable  attention  will  be  given  to  the  use  of  keys, 
charts,  books,  and  museum  specimens  as  guides  to  the  identification  and 
classification  of  various  animals.  Field  trips  will  be  taken  to  observe, 
collect,  and  study  animals  as  well  as  their  habits.  Prerequisite:  Basic 
(College)  Biology  or  at  least  one  semester  of  Zoology.  Spring  semester 
of  1963  and  (in)  alternate  years;  also  during  summer  sessions. 

Bio  242     Ornithology  5  semester  hours 

Greenwood,  Jones,  Skillen 

An  introduction  to  the  birds  of  Pennsylvania  with  special  emphasis 
on  the  identification  of  birds  in  the  field.  Lectures  deal  with  classifica- 
tion, migration,  habitat  preference,  song,  courtship,  nesting  and  rearing 
of  young,  and  plumage  changes.  Abundant  field  work  gives  practice  in 
identification  of  native  birds  by  their  songs,  behavior,  form,  and  plum- 
age. Prerequisite:  Basic  (College)  Biology  or  at  least  one  semester  of 
Zoology.    Spring  semester;  also  in  summer  pre-session. 

Bio  261-262     Anatomy  and  Physiology,  I  and  II 

6  semester  hours 
Dorchester,  McDonnell,  Skillen,  Trezise 

A  continuous  two  semester  course  of  study  of  the  human  body  struc- 
tures and  their  functions.  Body  systems  will  be  presented  as  individual 
units  with  concurrent  analysis  of  anatomical  and  physiological  features 
as  they  relate  to  the  human  body  as  an  integrated  whole.  Major  empha- 
sis will  be  placed  on  the  musculo-skeletal  system. 

Laboratory  sessions  will  consist  of  osteology,  animal  dissection,  and 
small  animal  experimentation  that  has  a  direct  relationship  to  human 
physiology. 

Three  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Both 
semesters  and  summer  session. 


202  Science 

Bio  301     Genetics  5  semester  hours 

Bliss 

A  course  giving  the  student  an  understanding  of  the  laws  of  inheri- 
tance as  they  operate  in  plants,  animals,  and  humans.  Cell  structure, 
Mendelian  inheritance,  eugenics,  linkage,  probability,  crossing  over,  and 
random  assortment  are  all  considered.  Prerequisites:  six  hours  of  biol- 
ogy.    Spring  semester. 

Bio  30 IE     Basic  Genetics  5  semester  hours 

Bliss 

A  course  for  non-major  students  based  on  the  study  of  the  Men- 
delian Laws  of  Inheritance.  Mitosis,  meiosis,  and  cell  structure  wiU 
be  reviewed.  Mechanics  of  monohybrid  and  dihybrid  crosses,  linkage, 
crossing-over,  and  probability  will  be  considered.  Practical  applica- 
tions related  to  elementary  teaching  will  be  stressed.  Not  open  to 
Science  Majors.    Fall  semester. 

Bio  243     Comparative  Anatomy  ?  semester  hours 

McDonnell 

Comparative  anatomical  study  of  organ  systems  of  various  classes 
of  chordates.  Laboratory  work  involves  a  thorough  dissection  of  an 
agnathan,  a  chondrychthyan,  an  osteichthyan,  an  amphibian,  a  bird, 
and  a  mammal.    Prerequisites:  Zoology  II. 

Bio  302     Ecology  j  semester  hours 

Gordon,  Jones 

A  study  of  plants  and  animals  in  relation  to  their  physical  and  bio- 
logical environments.  Special  topics  include  distribution,  factors  affecting 
distribution,  life  zones,  food  chains,  and  adaptations.  Attention  is  given 
to  plant  and  animal  communities  in  Pennsylvania.  Individual  problems 
may  be  assigned.  Prerequisites:  six  hours  of  biology  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.    Spring  semester  of  1963  and  alternate  years. 

Bio  310     Microbiology  j  semester  hours 

Trezise 

A  study  of  microscopic  forms  of  life  which  are  commonly  encount- 
ered in  biological  work.  Some  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  study  of  di- 
sease producing  species  likely  to  affect  man  and  his  domesticated  ani- 
mals. Methods  of  culturing  forms  used  in  high  school  teaching  are 
studied.  Prerequisites:  Botany  I  and  II,  Zoology  I  and  II.  Spring  semes- 
ter of  1962  and  alternate  years. 

Bio  340     Freshwater  Biology  ?  semester  hours 

Gordon,  McDonnell 

An  introduction  to  the  ecology,  morphology,  and  taxonomy  of  local 
freshwater   plants   and   anmals.     Field    trips    will   stress    identification 


Science  203 

of  habitats,  collecting  techniques,  and  interrelationships  of  plants  and 
animals  in  their  natural  environments.  Pre-requisites:  One  semester 
of  Botany  and  one  semester  of  Zoology;  or  equivalent  in  General 
Biology. 

Bio  341     Entomology  5  semester  hours 

McDonnell 

A  general  study  of  insects,  including  structure,  physiology,  economic 
importance,  classification,  and  relationships.  Each  student  is  required  to 
participate  in  field  trips  and  to  complete  a  project  including  a  collection 
and  report  on  some  group  of  insects.  Prerequisite:  Basic  Biology  or 
Zoology  I.    Spring  semester  of  1962  and  alternate  years. 

Bio  343     Parasitology  j  semester  hours 

Trezise 

A  consideration  of  the  anatomy,  physiology,  life  history,  and  hab- 
its of  representative  parasites  of  man  and  his  domesticated  animals. 
Means  of  prevention,  detection,  and  control  are  emphasized.  Special  at- 
tention is  given  to  those  forms  likely  to  be  encountered  in  the  area  of 
the  College.  Prerequisites:  Zoology  I  and  II.  Fall  semester  of  1962  and 
alternate  years. 

Bio  343     Maixunalian  Anatomy  j  semester  hours 

McDonnell,  Trezise 

A  systematic  approach  to  the  study  of  the  structure  of  mammals 
with  considerable  emphasis  on  human  anatomy.  Laboratory  activity 
includes  dissection  of  organs  of  large  mammals,  particularly  bovine 
heart,  brain,  lung,  and  kidney.  In  addition,  students  become  familiar 
with  the  human  skeleton,  with  anatomical  charts  and  models,  and  with 
the  dissectible  human  mannikin.  Prerequisite:  Zoology  II.  Fall  semes- 
ter of  1963  and  alternate  years. 

Bio  344     Basic  Physiology  j  semester  hours 

Dorchester 

A  course  in  Elementary  Human  Physiology,  covering  the  physiology 
of  the  various  systems  in  the  human  body.  This  course  may  not  be 
taken  for  credit  by  liberal  arts  candidates  in  the  department  of  Science. 
Prerequisites:  Zoology  I  and  II.  Fall  semester  of  1962  and  alternate 
years. 

Bio  345     Plant  Physiology  5  semester  hours 

Gordon 

A  study  of  structural  systems  and  processes  within  living  plants. 
Water  relations,  syntheses  of  foods  and  other  components  of  plant  tis- 
sues  will  be   emphasized.    Growth   modifiers,   dormancy   in   buds   and 


204  Science 

seeds,  and  the  peculiar  movements  of  plant  parts  are  among  the  prac- 
tical topics  considered.  Prereqmsites:  Botany  I  and  II  or  equivalent. 
Fall  semester  of  1963  and  alternate  years. 

Bio  351     Embryology  J  semester  hours 

Bliss,  Trezise 

Involves  lectures  on  experimental  analysis  of  embryonic  develop- 
ment. Some  microsurgical  methods  will  be  employed.  Techniques  re- 
lated to  the  study  of  the  embryology  of  the  chick,  pig,  and  human  will 
be  discussed  and  are  included  in  the  laboratory  work.  Reference  will  be 
made  to  certain  developing  structures  in  the  amphibians  and  fishes  that 
are  correlated.  Seminar  periods  will  be  scheduled.  Prerequisite: 
Mammalian  Anatomy  or  equivalent.  Spring  semester  of  1962  and  alter- 
nate years. 

Bio  355     Wildlife  Conservation  5  semester  hours 

Gordon,  Jones 

A  field  course  in  which  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  principles  of 
conservation  of  plants  and  animal  resources.  Wildlife  refuges,  nature 
preserves,  state  parks,  forests  and  game  lands  will  be  visited.  Pertinent 
literature  will  form  the  basis  of  collateral  reading  assignments.  Active 
membership  in  a  nationwide  organization  concerned  with  wildlife  pro- 
tection will  be  encouraged.  Prerequisite:  Basic  (College)  Biology  or 
three  semesters  of  Botany  and  Zoology.     Fall  semester. 

Bio  401     Histology  j  semester  hours 

Bliss,  Trezise 

The  study  of  animal  tissues,  involving  examination  of  the  structure 
and  physiology  of  absic  types.  Relationships  of  tissues  to  cells  and  to 
organ  systems  will  be  studied.  Laboratory  work  will  be  required  for 
preparation  of  whole  mount,  smears,  and  tissue  sections  for  microscopic 
study.  Some  histological  pathology  of  major  organs  and  systems  will 
be  included.  A  few  seminar  periods  will  be  scheduled.  Prerequisites: 
Anatomy  and  Physiology  or  equivalent  Biology  courses.  Spring  semes- 
ter of  1963. 


Bio  402     Cytology  5  semester  hours 

Plant  and  animal  cells  are  studied  with  particular  reference  to  the 
processes  of  reproduction,  growth,  and  differentiation.  Theories  con- 
cerning the  functions  of  the  various  structures  will  be  discussed.  Lab- 
oratory work  will  be  assigned.  Informal  seminars  will  form  a  basic  part 
of  this  course.  Prerequisites:  Invertebrate  Zoology,  two  semesters  of 
General  Biology,  or  equivalent.     Contingent  upon  demand. 


Science  205 

Bio  411     Plant  Taxonomy  3  semester  hours 

Gordon 

Scientific  bases  for  the  classification  of  vascular  plants.  Students 
will  make  their  own  collections  of  flowering  and  fruiting  specimens. 
Work  in  the  laboratory  will  consist  of  plant  analysis,  with  the  object 
of  placing  unknown  plants  in  their  respective  taxa.  These  activities 
will  be  supplemented  with  visits  to  several  botanical  gardens,  con- 
servatories, and  natural  history  museums.  Prerequisites:  Botany  I  and 
II  and  Field  Botany.     Spring  semester  of  1964  and  alternate  years. 

Bio  427     Experimental  Cellular  Physiology       5  semester  hours 

Trezise 

A  course  which  will  meet  the  requirements  of  an  honors  course. 
It  is  particularly  designed  for  those  who  are  beginning  a  research  career 
in  the  biological  sciences.  It  will  cover  carefully  selected  experiments 
dealing  with  protozoa,  simple  multicellular  plants  and  animals  leading 
to  the  more  detailed  experiments  on  muscle  physiology.  Prerequisites: 
On  the  permission  of  the  professor  in  charge.  1  hour  seminar  and 
3  laboratory   periods  per  week. 

Bio  450     Biology  Seminar  5  semester  hours 

Staff 

Reports  on  special  topics  and  current  developments  in  the  biolog- 
ical sciences.  Prerequisite:  24  credit  hours  in  biological  sciences. 

Biol.  452.     Special  Problems  in  Biology      i  to  3  semester  hours 

A  tutorial  course  for  advanced  undergraduates  who  are  judged  cap- 
able of  doing  independent  study  and  research  on  a  minor  problem.  An 
opportunity  is  provided  to  investigate  details  of  anatomy,  behavior, 
physiology,  variations  within  a  species,  and  inter-relations  of  plants  and 
animals.  To  be  arranged  by  permission  of  a  professor  or  associate  pro- 
fessor. 


Chemistry 

Che  120     General  Chemistry  (for  Health  Educxition 

students  only)  j  semester  hours 

Braddock-Rogers  and  staff 

Required  of  all  students  of  health  and  physical  education  but  does 
not  satisfy  the  requirements  in  chemistry  for  science  majors.  Includes  a 
general  study  of  several  of  the  common  elements,  several  types  of  prob- 


206  Science 

lems,  and  the  fundamental  laws  of  chemistry.  A  brief  study  of  the 
periodic  table  and  atomic  structure  is  introduced  very  early  in  the  se- 
mester.    Both  semesters. 

Che  121     Inorganic  Chemistry  I  4  semester  hours 

Braddock-Rogers 

The  fundamentals  of  chemical  combination.  Atomic  structure,  chem- 
ical bonding,  the  periodic  table,  oxidation  and  reduction,  solutions,  and 
electro-chemistry  are  among  the  topics  which  are  stressed.  Fall  semester. 

Che  122     Inorganic  Chemistry  IT  4  semester  hours 

Braddock-Rogers 

A  continuation  of  Chemistry  121.  Ionization,  the  modern  concept 
of  acids  and  bases,  and  an  intensive  study  of  the  chemistry  and  indus- 
trial aspects  of  a  number  of  the  common  and  important  elements  are  the 
subject  of  this  course.     Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121.     Spring  semester. 

Che  123     Inorganic  Chemistry  III  4  semester  hours 

This  is  a  continuation  of  Inorganic  Chemistry  II  in  which  emphasis 
will  be  placed  on  the  Industrial  aspects  of  chemistry.  This  class  work  is 
supplemented  by  selected  experiences  and  trips  to  neighboring  indus- 
tries. Prerequisites:  Inorganic  Chemistry  I  and  II.  Contingent  on  en- 
rollment. 

Che  221     Qualitative  Analysis  5  semester  hours 

Braddock-Rogers 

A  study  of  the  theoretical  principles  and  practices  underlying  an- 
alytical chemistry.  It  includes  study  and  practice  in  separating  and 
identifying  the  cations  and  anions  of  the  more  common  elements  and 
radicals.  Prerequisites:  Inorganic  Chemistry  I  and  II.  Fall  semester  of 
1961  and  alternate  years. 

Che  222     Quantitative  Analysis  5  semester  hours 

Braddock-Rogers 

Introductory  training  in  the  theory  and  practice  of  gravimetric, 
volumetric,  electrolytic,  and  potentiometric  analysis.  Quantitative  cal- 
culations and  relations  are  stressed.  Prerequisites:  Inorganic  Chemistry 
I  and  II.   Spring  semester  of  1962  and  alternate  years. 

Che  321     Organic  Chemistry  I  4  semester  hours 

Reynolds 

A  first  course  in  organic  chemistry  for  students  majoring  in  chem- 
istry and  related  fields.  The  structural  features  of  organic  molecules 
will    be    emphasized    and    their    properties    related    to    the    functional 


Social  Studies  207 

groups  involved.  Aliphatic,  aromatic,  and  alicyclic  compounds  will  be 
studied  side  by  side.  Prerequisite:  Inorganic  Chemistry  II.  Fall  semes- 
ter of  1962  and  alternate  years. 

Che  322     Organic  Chemistry  II  4  semester  hours 

Reynolds 

A  continuation  of  Organic  Chemistry  I  to  include  heterocyclic  com- 
pounds. Prerequisite:  Organic  Chemistry  I.  Spring  semester  of  1963 
and  alternate  years. 

Che  325     Physical  Chemistry  I  4  semester  hours 

Reynolds 

The  first  of  a  two-semester  course  in  physical  chemistry.  The 
properties  of  the  states  of  matter,  chemical  thermodynamics,  thermo- 
chemistry, theory  of  solutions,  and  homogeneous  chemical  equilibrium 
will  be  discussed  at  some  length.  Class  work  will  be  supplemented  by 
a  laboratory  program.  Prerequisites:  Inorganic  Chemistry  II,  Physics 
II,  and  College  Algebra  and  Trigonometry.  Quantitative  Analysis  and 
Integral  Calculus  are  strongly  recommended.     Fall  semester. 

Che  326     Physical  Chemistry  II  4  semester  hours 

Reynolds 

A  continuation  of  Physical  Chemistry  I.  The  topics  to  be  considered 
are:  heterogeneous  equilibria,  Phase  rule,  electrolytic  conductance, 
ionic  equilibria,  electromotive  force,  electrolysis,  chemical  kinetics, 
atomic  and  molecular  structure,  and  photochemistry.  Laboratory  work 
is  also  included.    Prerequisite:  Physical  Chemistry  I.     Spring  semester. 


Physics 

Phy  131     Physics  I  4  semester  hours 

Hawkes,  Rickert 

An  introductory  course  in  mechanics,  heat,  and  sound.  Some  of  the 
topics  studied  are  the  mechanics  of  solids,  liquids,  gases,  thermometry, 
calorimetry,  and  heat  transference,  the  production  and  nature  of  sound 
waves  including  musical  sounds.    Fall  semester. 

Phy  132     Physics  11  4  semester  hours 

Hawkes,  Rickert 

An  introductory  course  in  light,  magnetism,  and  electricity.  Some 
of  the  topics  discussed  are  reflection  and  refraction,  optical  instruments, 
spectra,  and  interference.  The  portion  devoted  to  electricity  and  mag- 
netism deals  with  the  general  concepts  of  magnetism,  electrostatics, 
electrical  circuits,  generators,  motors,  and  alternating  currents.  Spring 
sem.ester. 


208  Physics 


Phy  231     Mechanics  4  semester  hours 

Hawkes 

An  intermediate  course  in  mechanics  of  solids,  liquids,  and  gases. 
An  opportunity  is  provided  for  a  deeper  insight  into  the  principles  in 
operation  and  their  practical  application.  Studies  are  made  of  rectilin- 
ear and  circular  motion,  work  and  energy,  impulse  and  momentum, 
simple  harmonic  motion,  and  hydrostatics.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  qual- 
itative considerations.  Prerequisites:  Physics  I  and  II  and  Differential 
Calculus.    Spring  semester  of  1963  and  alternate  years. 

Phy  242     Analytic  Mechanics  II  5  semester  hours 

Hawkes 

A  course  based  on  more  powerful  analytical  tools.  The  translation 
and  rotation  of  coordinates  are  studied.  Language  theorem  is  used. 
Considerable  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  analysis  of  wave  motion 
from  a  mechanical  viewpoint  in  which  connection  Fourier  Series  are 
used.     Prerequisites:  Mechanics  I. 

Phy  330     General  Astronomy  5  semester  hours 

Rickert 

Recognition  of  constellations  and  various  components  of  the  solar 
system  using  the  naked  eye  and  low  power  telescopes,  supplemented  by 
specific  textbook  assignments.  This  course  is  required  for  certification 
in  the  field  of  Earth  and  Space  Science.  Spring  semester  of  1963  and 
alternate  years. 

Phy  331     Electricity  and  Magnetism  4  semester  hours 

Hawkes,  Rickert 

An  intermediate  course  in  general  electricity  and  magnetism.  The 
electric  magnetic  fields,  D.C.  and  A.C.  circuits,  capacitance,  inductance, 
electromotive  force,  and  electrical  instruments  are  among  the  topics  de- 
veloped. Prerequisite:  Physics  I  and  II  and  Differential  Calculus.  Spring 
semester  of  1964  and  alternate  years. 

Phy  332     Electronics  4  semester  hours 

Rickert 

A  course  dealing  with  the  electron,  inducing  the  charge,  emission, 
and  velocity  of  the  electron.  The  fundamentals  of  vacuum  tubes  and 
their  circuits  and  the  use  of  tubes  in  communications  and  industry  are 
studied.  Prerequisites:  Physics  I  and  II.  Fall  semester  of  1963  and 
alternate  years. 

Phy  333     Optics  4  semester  hours 

An  intermediate  course  in  optics.    Geometrical  and  physical  optics 

are  included.    Reflection  and  refraction  at  surfaces,  lenses,  interference 


Physics  209 

and  diffraction,  elementary  spectroscopy  and  polarization  of  light  are 
discussed.  Applications  are  made  in  the  study  of  optical  instruments. 
Prerequisites:  Physics  I  and  II.    Contingent  upon  demand. 

Phy  352     Electronics  II  4  semester  hours 

Rickert 

A  second  course  in  electronics,  emphasizing  primarily  solid  state 
electronic  devices.  Rectifying,  oscillating,  and  amplifying  circuits  util- 
izing transistors  are  studied.  Considerable  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the 
theory  of  the  solid  state  required  for  an  understanding  of  the  function 
of  transistors.  (4  credits,  3  lecture  hours,  3  lab  hours.)  Pre-requisites: 
Electronics  I. 

Phy  430-L     Atomic  Physics  Lab  i  semester  hour 

Rickert 

Experiments  in  atomic  physics,  e/m  for  the  electron,  thermionics, 
e  of  electron,  photoelectric  emission,  ionization  potentials,  and  radio- 
activity. (1  credit,  3  hours  lab.).  Pre-requisites:  Atomic  Physics  or 
enrollment  concurrently. 

Phy  431     Modem  Physics  j  semester  hours 

Rickert 

An  intermediate  discussion  of  some  ideas  of  modern  physics.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  upon  fundamental  concepts  and  experimental  results. 
Topics  include  fundamental  particles  of  matter,  qualitative  concepts  of 
quantum  theory,  relativity,  the  solid  state,  radioactiviy  and  other 
nuclear  processes,  nuclear  structure,  and  cosmic  rays.  Prerequisite: 
Physics  I  and  II.    Spring  semester  of  1964  and  alternate  years. 

Phy  432     Atomic  Physics  5  semester  hours 

Rickert 

A  discussion  of  the  atomicity  of  electricity,  matter,  and  light.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  upon  fundamental  concepts  and  experimental  results. 
Topics  discussed  include  the  electron,  the  ideal  gas,  positively  charged 
particles,  line  spectra,  x-rays,  black  body  radiation,  emission  and  ab- 
sorption processes,  the  Bohr  atoms  and  the  periodic  table.  Prerequisite: 
Physics  I  and  II.    Fall  semester  of  1961  and  alternate  years. 

Phy  442     Introduction  to  Research  2  semester  hours 

Hawkes,  Rickert 

The  work  will  involve  a  earch  of  the  literature  of  physics.  Sub- 
ject matter  and  topics  will  be  adapted  to  the  needs  and  interests  of 
individual  students.     The  purpose  is   to  acquaint  students  with  tech- 


210  Social  Science 

nical  literature  and  the  present  state  of  physics.  In  exceptional  cases, 
a  suitable  laboratory  problem  will  be  studied.  Prerequisites:  Senior 
standing.     Spring  semester,  1964. 

Phy  452     Seminar  /  semester  hour 

Hawkes,  Rickert 

Oral  and  written  reports  on  approved  topics.  Variation  in  topics 
from  year  to  year  depending  on  the  interests  and  needs  of  students. 
Prerequisites:   Senior  standing.     Spring  semester,   1964. 


SOCIAL  SCIENCE  DEPARTMENT 

Mr.  Fleck,  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Mr.  Vollbrecht,  Mrs.  Ivins,  Mr.  Shaffer,  Mr.  Harding,  Mr.  Everett, 
Miss  Maneval,  Mr.  Morgan,  Mrs.  Shur,  Mr.  Carlson,  Mr.  Schooler, 
Mr.  Phillips,  Mr.   Radetsky 

General 

SSc  331     Teaching  Social  Studies  in 

Secondary  Schools  s  semester  hours 

Shaffer 

A  course  to  familiarize  prospective  teachers  with  desirable  methods 
which  may  be  used  in  teaching  the  social  studies.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  philosophy,  objectives,  courses  of  study,  and  organization  of  sub- 
ject matter  for  teaching  purposes,  curriculum  materials,  procedures,  and 
development.     Both  semesters  and  summer. 

SSc  332     Teaching  Social  Studies  and 

Geography  in  Elementary  Schools  j  semester  hours 

Shur 

A  course  designed  to  acquaint  students  with  up-to-date  methods  of 
teaching  social  studies  and  geography  as  an  integrated  program  in  the 
new  elementary  curriculum.  It  is  a  survey  of  methods  and  techniques, 
stressing  the  profitable  use  of  community  affairs  and  resources,  and  the 
development  of  good  civic  attitudes  in  social  living.  It  considers  tech- 
niques in  the  use  of  maps,  specimens,  pictures,  and  other  tools  of  learn- 
ing which  are  of  special  value  in  social  studies  and  resources  and  prob- 
lems of  teacher  responsibility  in  community  activities.  Student  partici- 
pation in  community  activities  is  stressed.   Both  semesters  and  summer. 

SSc  400     Senior  Seminar  j  semester  hours 

The  senior  seminar  is  an  interpenetration  and  coordination  of  the 
social  sciences:    history,    anthropology,    economics,    geography,    govern- 


Social  Science  211 

ment  and  sociology.  Investigating  a  topic,  theme  or  problem  selected 
ill  advance  by  the  department,  the  student  synthesizes  the  relationships, 
contributions,  experiences  and  approaches  of  the  various  social  sciences 
to  the  project  under  study.  Required  of  social  science  majors  in  liberal 
arts;  also  open  to  other  qualified  seniors. 


EUROPEAN  TOUR 

SSc  300     Seminar  in  Contemporary  European 

Culture  6  semester  hours 

A  fully  guided  tour  of  Europe  with  visits  to  important  areas  of  the 
major  countries.  The  tour  is  organized  as  a  seminar  with  a  number  of 
orientation  discussions  before  departure.  Opportunity  will  be  provided 
for  questions  and  discussion  periods  en  route.  A  term  paper,  in  which 
the  student  will  be  encouraged  to  do  research  on  some  particular  facet 
of  the  tour,  will  be  required;  as  well  as  a  general  examination  (given 
after  completion  of  the  tour)  over  the  material  observed  by  the  student 
during  his  travels.    Every  summer. 


History 


His  101     History  of  Civilization  I  5  semester  hours 

Staff 

A  study  of  the  origin  and  development  of  the  political,  social,  eco- 
nomic, and  religious  institutions  which  constitute  modern  civilization, 
with  emphasis  upon  broad  movements  to  make  realistic  the  information 
necessary  for  a  proper  understanding  of  the  great  heritage  that  is  ours 
in  the  present  day.    Fall  semester  and  summer. 

His  102     History  of  Civilization  II  j  semester  hours 

Staff 

A  continuation  of  His  101  from  the  Reformation  to  the  present. 
Spring  semester  and  summer. 

His  211     History  of  United  States 

and  Pennsylvania  I  j  semester  hours 

Staff 

A  survey  course  in  the  history  of  the  United  States  and  Pennsylva- 
nia from  the  beginning  of  the  colonial  period  to  the  end  of  the  Civil 
War.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  social,  economic,  political,  and  intel- 
lectual development  of  our  nation  in  general  and  our  Commonwealth 
in  particular.    Fall  semester  and  summer. 


212  Social  Science 

His  212     History  of  United  States 

and  Pennsylvania  II  5  semester  hours 

Staff 

A  survey  course  in  the  history  of  the  United  States  and  Pennsylva- 
nia from  1865  to  the  present.  Stress  is  placed  on  the  impact  of  the  In- 
dustrial Revolution  on  our  society,  the  growth  of  labor,  world  power, 
our  part  in  World  Wars  I  and  II,  and  the  activities  of  our  nation  in  be- 
half of  international  organization.   Spring  semester  and  summer. 

Ifis  218     The  Ancient  World  5  semester  hours 

Harding 

A  study  of  the  history  and  culture  of  the  ancient  civilizations  and 
of  the  classical  world  to  the  fall  of  the  Western  Roman  Empire.  Special 
emphasis  wiU  be  placed  on  the  Hellenic  and  Hellenistic  worlds,  and  at- 
tention will  be  given  to  the  relationships  of  this  ancient  world  to  that  of 
the  Orient.    Fall  semester  of  odd  years. 

His  219     Medieval  Europe  5  semester  hours 

Ivins 

This  course  covers  western  development  from  the  fall  of  Rome  to 
the  conclusion  of  the  Renaissance.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  eco- 
nomic, social,  political  and  intellectual  developments  in  the  major  king- 
doms of  the  West  and  upon  the  history  of  the  Universal  church.  Par- 
ticular attention  is  paid  to  the  seigneurial-urban  revolution  of  the 
eleventh  century.     Spring  semester  of  odd  years. 

His  220     Renaissance  and  Reformation  5  semester  hours 

Carlson 

A  study  of  the  Renaissance  and  Reformation  with  particular  em- 
phasis on  the  important  political,  economic,  social,  and  cultural  forces 
that  emerged  during  this  period  of  transition  and  ushered  in  the  modem 
western  culture.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  evolution  of  modem  states 
and  the  rise  of  individualism.    Fall  semester  of  odd  years. 

His  221     Modem  Europe  to  1815  5  semester  hours 

Vollbrecht,  Shaffer 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  give  a  broad  view  of  the  Refor- 
mation, the  development  of  nationalism,  and  the  revival  of  science.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  on  the  Old  Regime  through  a  study  of  the  Age  of 
Louis  XIV,  the  rise  of  Prussia  and  Russia,  imperial  rivalries,  and  the 
Intellectual  Revolution.  The  course  concludes  with  a  study  of  the 
French  Revolution  and  Napoleonic  Wars.     Fall  semester. 


Social  Science  213 

ICs  222     Modem  Europe  Since  1815  j  semester  hours 

VoUbrecht,  Carlson 

A  comprehensive  study  of  the  factors  contributed  by  the  European 
people  in  their  national  organization  through  their  political,  social,  and 
economic  activities.  The  understanding  of  the  casual  and  intergroup  re- 
lationships are  essentially  basic  to  analysis  and  interpretations  of  the 
difficulties  facing  the  European  world  today.    Spring  semester. 

His  313     History  of  Pennsylvania  5  semester  hours 

Everett 

A  study  of  the  founding  and  development  of  Pennsylvania  from  its 
colonial  beginning  to  the  present  time.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  social, 
economic,  political,  and  intellectual  developments  in  the  different  per- 
iods of  its  history.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  diversity  of  the 
people,  their  institutions  and  problems,  and  the  growth  of  Pennyslvania 
to  a  leading  position  in  our  modern  industrial  world.  Fall  semester  and 
summer. 

ffis  314    Diplomatic  History  of  the  United  States 

J  semester  hours 
Everett 

A  study  of  our  foreign  relations  from  the  beginning  of  our  national 
history  to  the  present.  Such  aspects  as  the  growth  and  influence  of  a 
policy  of  "isolation,"  the  creation  and  development  of  the  Monroe  Doc- 
trine, the  changing  position  of  the  United  States  as  a  world  power,  and 
the  problems  incident  to  the  assumption  of  the  resulting  responsibilities. 
Spring  semester  of  even  years. 

His  315     Economic  History  of  the  United  States 

?  semester  hours 
Fleck 

A  study  of  the  economic  development  of  the  American  nation.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  on  the  economic  factors  and  forces  underlying  the 
changes  taking  place  as  a  young,  frontier  country,  primarily  agricultural, 
emerges  as  a  wealthy  and  complex  industrial  power.  Special  attention 
is  given  to  the  growth  of  consumption  as  well  as  production  and  to  the 
increasing  role  of  the  individual  as  a  primary  center  of  economic  in- 
terest.   Spring  semester  of  odd  years. 

His  316     History  of  the  American  Frontier         5  semester  hours 

Shaffer 

The  study  of  the  westward  movement  and  expansion  from  colonial 
times  to  the  end  of  the  nineteenth  century  with  a  consideration  of  the 
frontier  forces  which  shaped  American  democratic  institutions  and 
ideals.    Spring  semester  of  even  years. 


214  Social  Science 

Ifis  317     History  of  American  Science 

and  Technology  3  semester  hours 

Carlson 

This  course  studies  the  importance  of  science,  invention,  and  tech- 
nology in  the  rise  of  the  American  nation.  The  scope  of  time  is  from 
1607  to  the  present  and  develops  the  transition  from  domestic  manu- 
facture to  the  machine  age.  Special  consideration  is  given  to  noteworthy- 
scientists,  inventors  and  technologists.   Fall  semester  of  even  years. 

His  318     Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States 

J  semester  hours 
Fleck 

A  study  of  the  growth  of  the  American  Constitution  from  the  Phila- 
delphia convention  of  1787  to  the  present  time.  Notable  constituional 
crises  over  such  issues  as  nullification,  secession,  centralization,  and 
presidential  power  are  examined.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  the 
work  of  the  Supreme  Court  in  successive  periods  such  as  the  Marshall 
Era,  the  Taney  Era,  the  Post-Civil  War  Era,  the  New  Deal  Era,  and  the 
Civil  Rights  Era.    Fall  semester  of  even  years. 

His  321     History  of  England  j  semester  hours 

Fleck 

The  growth  of  the  people  and  institutions  of  England  from  the  con- 
quest by  the  Anglo-Saxons  to  the  present.  The  emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  development  of  those  factors  that  gave  rise  to  the  struggle  and 
events  that  culminated  in  the  establishment  of  democratic  principles  and 
organization  in  our  modern  world.     Fall  semester  of  even  years. 

His  322     History  of  the  Far  East  j  semester  hours 

Shur 

A  study  of  the  development  of  the  people  of  China,  India,  Japan, 
Indonesia,  and  the  Pacific  Islands.  Attention  is  given  to  their  cultures 
and  developmental  problems  as  they  are  related  to  each  other  and  to 
the  Occident.    Spring  semester  of  even  years. 

His  323     History  of  the  Middle  East  j  semester  hours 

Harding 

A  study  of  the  various  civilizations  that  developed  in  this  area  with 
regard  to  their  contributions  as  they  influenced  both  oriental  and  occi- 
dental achievements.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  modern  aspects 
of  their  relation  to  world  knowledge  and  to  problems  of  current  inter- 
national interest.    Fall  semester  of  even  years. 


Social  Science  215 

His  324     History  of  Latin  America  3  semester  hours 

Morgan 

The  development  of  the  Latin  American  countries  from  the  period 
of  discovery  to  the  present.  The  economic,  social,  political,  and  cultural 
areas  receive  special  attention  first  as  domestic  problems,  then  as  they 
are  related  to  the  various  political  units  involved.  The  influence  of 
European  and  American  relations  as  they  are  reflected  in  local  changes 
are  given  consideration.    Spring  semester  of  odd  years. 

His  352     History  of  the  Twentieth  Century  World 

5  semester  hours 
Everett 

The  significance  of  events  in  the  present  century  brought  out  by  a 
study  of  the  growth  of  capitalism,  imperialism,  totalitarianism,  interna- 
tional jealousies,  World  Wars  I  and  II,  and  the  attempts  of  the  family 
of  nations  to  find  world  peace  through  international  understanding.  Fall 
semester  of  odd  years. 

His  326     History  of  Russia  5  semester  hours 

Fleck 

A  study  of  the  Russians  from  the  time  of  the  Slavic  migrations  and 
the  Kievan  state  to  the  present.  Major  emphasis  is  on  the  period  since 
Peter  the  Great,  with  particular  concentration  on  the  political,  diplo- 
matic, economic  and  social  development  of  Russia  from  1917  to  the 
present  day.    Spring  semester. 


Anthropology 

Ant  231     Introduction  to  Cultural  Anthropology 

J  scuiesti"'  hours 
Radetsky 

An  introduction  to  the  science  of  culture;  comparative  analysis  of 
preliterate  technologies,  family  systems,  political  organization  and  re- 
ligion; emphasis  will  be  on  the  variety  of  response  exhibited  by  pre- 
literate and  advanced  cultures  to  common  human  problems. 

Ant  331     Human  Evolution  3  semester  hours 

Radetsky 

An  intensive  introduction  to  human  evolution  and  race  formation; 
the  emergence  of  evolutionary  theory,  comparative  primate  anatomy 
and  behavior,  the  fossil  record,  population  genetics,  climate  and  race, 
races  of  the  world.  Emphasis  will  be  on  the  genetic  theory  of  evolu- 
tion.    Some  preliminary   course   work   in   Biology   is    recommended. 


216  Social  Science 

Ant  332     Social  Organization  j  semester  hours 

Radetsky 

An  intensive  consideration  of  types  of  social  groups,  their  struc- 
ture and  function.  Kinship-based  groupings,  bands,  villages  and  larger 
units,  as  well  as  associations  and  secret  societies,  will  be  considered. 
Emphasis  will  be  on  forms  of  organization  characteristic  of  preliterate 
cultures.    Prerequisite:  Ant  231. 

Ant  333     Cultural  Dynamics  5  semester  hour^ 

Radetsky 

An  empirical  and  theoretical  study  of  culture  change.  Theories  of 
cultural  evolution  will  be  stressed,  with  some  emphasis  placed  on  em- 
pirical studies  of  culture  changed.  The  impact  of  western  civilization 
on  preliterate  cultures  will  be  discussed.    Prerequisite:  Ant  231. 

Ant  334     World  Ethnography  j  semester  hours 

Radetsky 

Selective  survey  of  the  preliterate  cultures  of  the  world,  especially 
those  of  Oceania,  Tropical  Africa,  and  the  American  Indian.  Empha- 
sis will  be  on  the  cultures  as  they  were  before  the  changes  wrought 
by  contact  with  the  west,  although  problems  of  culture  change  will  be 
discussed.  Selection  will  be  made  to  illustrate  various  levels  of  societal 
complexity. 

Economics 

Eco  231     Principles  of  Economics  j  semester  hours 

Schooler 

A  study  of  the  fundamental  concepts  necessary  for  an  understand- 
ing of  the  operation  and  problems  of  a  modem  industrial  economic 
system.  Of  basic  concern  is  the  explanation  of  production  and  con- 
sumption activities  in  our  modified  capitalistic  economy,  accompanied 
by  considerable  emphasis  on  the  important  and  urgent  problems  of 
unemployment,  inflation,  economic  growth,  and  concentration  of  eco- 
nomic power.  Attention  is  given  to  associated  matters  such  as  labor 
problems,  business  organization,  banking,  and  the  economic  role  of 
government.     Both   semesters   and    summer. 

Eco  332     Contemporary  Economic  Problems     5  semester  hours 
Schooler 

This  course  applies  economic  principles  and  economic  reasoning  to 
the  analysis  of  today's  major  economic  issues.  Of  primary  importance 
is  the  comparison  of  social  costs  and  benefits  of  alternative  approaches 
to  the  resolution  of  economic  problems.     Specific  problem  areas  cov- 


Social  Science  217 

ered  include  economic  growth,  price  and  employment  instability,  gov- 
ernment intervention  and  control,  income  distribution,  and  interna- 
tional economic  relations.  Fall  semester  of  even  years.  Prerequisite: 
Eco  231. 

Eco  333     Consumer  Economics  5  semester  hours 

Schooler 

A  major  objective  of  this  course  is  to  acquaint  the  student  with 
the  kinds  of  economic  decisions  he  must  make  as  a  consumer.  Of 
equal  importance  is  an  analysis  of  the  economic  and  social  conse- 
quences of  common  patterns  of  consumer  decision-making.  Specific 
topics  include  saving,  investment,  budgeting,  advertising,  insurance, 
housing,  medical  care,  consumer  protection,  and  the  consumer  and 
government.     Spring  semester  of  even  years. 

Eco  334     Industrial  Relations  5  semester  hous 

Schooler 

The  history  of  labor-management  relations  in  the  United  States  is 
surveyed.  This  provides  the  background  for  analysis  of  objectives 
sought  and  policies  followed  by  labor  and  management  in  modern  in- 
dustrial relations.  The  collective  bargaining  process  is  examined  and 
its  influence  in  the  labor  market  evaluated.  The  role  of  government 
in  industrial  relations  is  thoroughly  examined.  Spring  semester  of  odd 
years.    Prerequisite:  Eco  231. 

Eco  335     Money  and  Banking  j  semester  hours 

Schooler 

A  course  designed  to  portray  the  place  and  influence  of  monetary 
institutions  and  policies  in  a  modern  industrial  economy.  The  historical 
evolution  of  modern  monetary  systems  is  traced  and  is  used  to  aid  the 
explanation  of  general  principles  of  credit,  the  effect  of  monetary  policy 
on  economic  activity,  money  and  price  levels,  and  the  Federal  Reserve 
and  the  banking  system.     Prerequisite:   Eco  231. 

Eco  336     Business  and  Government  j  semester  hours 

Schooler 

The  general  objective  of  this  course  is  to  examine  the  major  ways 
that  government  directly  modifies  the  operation  of  our  private-enter- 
prise economy.  Particular  concern  is  paid  to  the  pros  and  cons  of  public 
policies  which  change  the  extent  or  nature  of  competition,  those  which 
substitute  public  for  private  enterprise,  and  those  which  substitute 
regulation  for  competition.     Prerequisite:  Eco  231. 


218  Social  Science 


Eco  337     Economic  Growth  and  Development  j  semester  hours 

Schooler 

A  two-fold  approach  is  taken  in  this  course.  First  is  a  survey  and 
critical  evaluation  of  general  theories  of  economic  development  in  a 
capitalist  economy.  Second  is  an  examination  of  special  problems  fac- 
ing presently  underdeveloped  countries  and  regions,  and  of  alternative 
public  policies  for  attacking  these  problems.     Prerequisite:  Eco  231. 

Eco  338     International  Economics  j  semester  hours 

Schooler 

This  course  is  a  descriptive  and  analytical  examination  of  the  con- 
ditions which  lead  to  and  shape  international  economic  relationships. 
Of  major  concern  are  the  operations  of  the  financial  institutions  which 
facilitate  trade  and  other  relationships  among  nations.  Specific  topics 
include  the  balance  of  trade  and  payments,  disequilibrium  and  gold 
flows,  exchange  rates,  quotas  and  exchange  control,  and  "the  dollar 
shortage."     Prerequisite:    Eco    231. 


Political  Science 

PSc  231     American  Government  5  semester  hours 

Staff 

A  study  of  the  general  principles  of  the  American  system  of  con- 
stitutional government;  special  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  organiza- 
tion and  functions  of  the  national  government  —  legislative,  executive, 
and  judicial;  the  rights  and  duties  of  citizenship;  the  electorate,  political 
parties,  civil  rights,  and  the  growing  regulatory  functions  of  govern- 
ment are  carefully  treated.    Both  semesters  and  summer. 

PSc  331     State  and  Local  Government  5  semester  hours 

Phillips 

The  organization,  structure,  and  function  of  our  state,  county,  and 
city  governments.  Consideration  is  given  to  modern  administrative 
techniques  and  methods  as  they  apply  to  state  and  local  governmental 
units.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  upon  Pennsylvania  state  and  local 
governmental  organs.    Spring  semester  of  odd  years. 

PSc  332     Comparative  Government  5  semester  hours 

Vollbrecht 

Major  attention  is  given  to  Great  Britain  and  Soviet  Russia  as  best 
representing,  among  foreign  governments,  the  democratic  and  authori- 
tarian systems.  Brief  consideration  is  given  to  the  governments  of 
France,  Italy,  Germany,  and  Japan.  Frequent  comparison  and  contrasts 
are  drawn  between  these  governments  and  government  in  the  United 
States.     Fall  semester  of  odd  years. 


Social  Science  219 

PSc  333     International  Relations  j  semester  hours 

Harding 

A  study  of  the  modern  economic,  social,  political,  religious,  and 
cultural  problems  that  reflect  the  influence  of  international  relation- 
ships of  the  nations  of  the  world  using  the  United  States  as  the  point  of 
departure.  Special  attention  is  paid  to  the  struggle  of  the  people  through 
their  representatives  in  international  conferences  and  organizations  to 
resolve  their  differences.     Spring  semester  of  odd  years. 

PSc  334     American  Political  Parties  5  semester  hours 

Phillips 

A  study  of  American  political  parties,  pressure  groups,  and  elec- 
tions. The  course  covers  such  topics  as  party  organization,  legal  control 
of  parties,  finance,  nominations,  the  conduct  of  elections,  the  right  to 
vote,  political  machines,  bosses,  lobbies,  and  public  opinion.  Some  com- 
parisons are  made  with  the  English  and  French  party  systems.  Spring 
semester  of  even  years. 

PSc  335     American  Political  Ideas  5  semester  hnvrs 

Phillips 

Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  nature  of  American  political  ideas. 
This  includes  the  English  and  European  backgrounds,  the  political 
thought  of  the  American  Revolution,  and  the  concepts  of  democracy 
and  the  extensive  republic.  Political  ideas  as  a  response  to  the  indus- 
trialization of  the  society  are  analyzed.  The  crisis  of  individualism 
and  the  philosophy  of  the  welfare  state  are  given  critical  evaluation 
as  an  introduction  to  present  democratic  thought. 

PSc  336     Soviet  Government  and  Politics        j  semester  hours 

Phillips 

An  investigation  into  the  concepts  of  interest  and  political  power 
defined  within  the  framework  of  Soviet  ideology.  An  analysis  of  how 
the  incompatibilities  between  Soviet  national  interest  and  world  revo- 
lution as  an  ultimate  goal  of  Soviet  policy  are  reconciled.  Special 
emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  impact  of  the  Stalin  and  Khrushchev 
regimes  upon  the  Utopian  Soviet  state. 

Sociology 

Soc  331     Principles  of  Sociology  j  semester  hours 

Maneval 

A  basic  course  in  sociology  dealing  with  the  interaction  arising  from 
the  association  of  human  beings.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  natural  and 
social  heritage,  the  meaning  and  functions  of  culture,  the  origin,  func- 


220  Social  Science 

tion,  and  characteristics  of  social  institutions,  such  as  family,  religion, 
and  the  state;  inquiry  into  the  nature  and  genesis  of  social  pathology. 
Both  semesters  and  summer. 

Soc  332     Contemporary  Social  Problems 

Maneval 

An  advanced  course  in  sociology.  It  deals  with  several  problems 
such  as  poverty,  unemployment,  crime,  divorce,  and  mental  maladjust- 
ment. Lectures,  reports,  and  seminar  techniques  are  used.  Fall  semester 
of  odd  years. 

Soc  333     The  Family 

Maneval 

The  development  of  the  family  and  home  in  its  historical,  eco- 
nomic, and  legal  aspects.  The  various  factors  influencing  the  organiza- 
tion, disorganization,  and  reorganization,  of  the  family  are  considered, 
as  well  as  the  modem  trends  in  this  basic  institution.  Both  semesters 
and  summer. 

Soc  334    Juvenile  Delinquency 

Maneval 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  meet  the  needs  of  those  interested 
in  the  areas  of  delinquency,  probation,  child  care  and  community  re- 
creation. The  functions  of  the  family,  neighborhood,  and  community 
will  be  discussed  together  with  the  dangers  of  social  disorganization  in- 
herent in  our  institutions.  The  social  treatment  such  as  character  build- 
ing agencies,  probation,  and  reform  schools  will  be  reviewed.  The  work 
of  the  juvenile  court  process,  the  child  guidance  clinic,  and  counseling 
will  be  analyzed.    Spring  semester  of  even  years. 

Soc  335     Racial  and  Cultural  Minorities 

Maneval 

The  condition  of  minority  groups  in  America,  the  problems  of  as- 
similation of  the  foreign  bom,  the  immigration  policy  of  the  United 
States,  race  friction,  and  prejudices  and  the  need  for  interracial  coop- 
eration will  be  investigated.     Fall  semester  of  even  years. 

Soc  336     Urban  Sociology 

Maneval 

This  course  deals  with  the  development  of  the  modern  city  and 
metropolitan  areas;  the  differentiation  of  functions;  city  complexity; 
demographic  characteristics;  ecological  and  social  organization;  city 
planning  and  the  city  as  a  way  of  life  with  emphasis  upon  present  day 
reorganization,  growth  and  improvement.    Spring  semester  of  odd  years. 


Summer  Sessions  221 

SUMMER  SESSIONS  OF  1963 

Pre-Sessions  (3  weeks)    June     3  ■  June  21 

Regular  Session:  (6  weeks)   June    24  -  Aug.     2 

Post  Session:   (3  weeks)    Aug.     5  -  Aug.  23 

COLLEGE  COURSES  FOR  TEACHERS 

Credit  Secured  in  Summer  School 

No  student  will  be  allowed  to  secure  more  credits  than  the  number 
of  weeks  in  a  session  except  by  special  permission  of  the  Dean  of 
Academic  affairs.  A  student  may  enroll  for  one,  two,  or  all  three  ses- 
sions. By  attending  all  twelve  weeks  a  student  can  complete  twelve 
semester  hours  of  credit. 

Expenses  and  Fees  * 

Board  and  room  are  $17  a  week.  The  Activity  Fee  for  the  Regular 
Sessions  is  $3.50  and  for  the  Pre-Session  and  Post  Session  $1.75  each. 
Books  must  be  purchased.  They  will  cost  approximately  $6.00  per 
course.  A  basic  fee  of  $12.50  per  semester  hour  of  credit  (minimum 
basic  fee — $37.50),  covering  instructional  costs,  is  charged  for  legal  resi- 
dents of  Pennsylvania  for  Regular  Sessions  or  $18.75  for  Pre  or  Post- 
Session;  out-of-state  students  pay  at  the  rate  of  $20  per  semester  hour 
of  credit  (minimum  basic  fee,  $60  for  Regular  Session  or  $30  for 
Pre  or  Post-Session).  The  full  expense  of  any  summer  session  must 
be  paid  on  the  day  of  registration. 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

During  the  Summer  Sessions,  the  College  plans  to  offer  courses  in 
the  Health  and  Physical  Education  curriculum.  The  courses  to  be  of- 
fered will  be  of  collegiate  grade  and  will  carry  credit  toward  the  B.S. 
degree  in  the  field  of  health  and  physical  education.  The  program  will 
interest  and  appeal  to  the  following  groups  of  people: 

1.  Those  who  are  planning  to  meet  requirements  for  the  degree  in 
health  and  physical  education; 

2.  Graduates  of  other  curricula  who  now  plan  to  secure  teaching 
certification  in  the  health  and  physical  education  field; 

3.  Teachers  in  service  who  are  called  upon  to  teach  and  supervise 
health  and  physical  education  and  playground  work  and  who  de- 
sire to  meet  the  state  requirements  for  this  work. 


♦Fees  subject  to  change  without  notice. 


222  Extension  Work 


Music  Education 

During  the  Summer  Sessions  the  College  plans  to  offer  courses  in 
Music  Education  for  three  classes  of  people: 

1.  Those  who  are  planning  to  meet  requirements  for  the  degree  in 

music  education; 

2.  Supervisors  of  music  in  the  elementary  or  secondary  schools  who 
are  desirous  of  furthering  their  musical  education; 

3.  Those  who  have  done  advanced  or  somewhat  irregular  work  in 
music  and  who  wish  to  continue  their  education  in  the  four-year 
college  curriculum. 


In  the  Summer  Sessions,  courses  will  be  offered  only  when  a  suf- 
ficient number  of  students  apply  for  them. 

More  detailed  information  about  the  Summer  Sessions  will  be  sent 
upon  request  to  the  Director  of  Admissions,  West  Chester  State  College, 
West  Chester,  Pennsylvania. 


EXTENSION  WORK 

Extension  courses  permitted  in  the  four-year  curricula  for  the  prep- 
aration of  teachers  of  the  public  schools: 

1.  The  College  adheres  to  the  regulations  set  up  by  the  American 
Association  of  Colleges  for  Teacher  Education.  A  committee  of 
this  Association  has  recommended  that  extension  credits  be  lim- 
ited to  thirty-two  semester  hours  in  the  four-year  curricula; 

2.  Any  course  in  the  four-year  curricula  may  be  offered  by  the 
State  Colleges  subject  to  the  standards  approved  by  the  State 
Council  of  Education; 

3.  Credit  for  equivalent  courses  given  by  other  institutions  may  be 
given  subject  to  the  thirty-two  semester  hour  limit  and  provided 
the  courses  have  been  given  in  accord  with  the  standards  of  the 
State  Council  of  Education; 

4.  All   instructors   of  extension   classes  must  be   regularly-selected 

members  of  the  faculty,  and  the  names  of  all  such  persons  em- 
ployed must  appear  in  the  regular  catalogue  as  members  of  the 
faculty. 

5.  Extension  credits  previous  to  June  1,  1941,  sliall  be  in  accord 
with  the  limited  list  in  effect  at  that  time. 


Extension  Work  223 

COLLEGE  COURSES  FOR  TEACHERS 

Each  semester  a  number  of  courses  may  be  offered  in  the  evenings 
and  on  Saturday  mornings.  These  courses  are  planned  for  teachers  in 
service  who  wish  to  continue  their  work  toward  a  degree.  The  courses 
given  are  selected  from  the  several  curricula  and  are  chosen  with  the 
idea  of  accommodating  as  many  teachers  as  possible. 

The  cost  of  these  courses  is  at  the  rate  of  $12.50  per  semester  hour 
of  credit  for  legal  residents  of  Pennsylvania.  A  minimum  basic  fee  of 
$37.50  will  be  charged.  For  out-of-state  students  the  rate  is  $20  per 
semester  hour  (minimum  basic  fee  —  $60). 

No  Activity  Fee  is  charged  students  who  are  enrolled  in  the  College 
Courses  for  Teachers.  The  payment  of  the  Activity  Fee  does,  however, 
entitle  the  student  to  participate  in  all  student  activities  and  college  ac- 
tivities that  are  provided  for  by  this  fee. 

Not  more  than  six  semester  hours  of  credit  will  be  allowed  for 
courses  completed  in  any  one  semester  by  a  student  who  during  such 
term,  is  a  regularly  employed  full-time  teacher. 

The  College  gladiy  welcomes  any  suggestions  for  courses  to  be  of- 
fered evenings  and  Saturdays.  Such  requests  should  be  mailed  to  the 
Dean  of  Academic  Affairs. 


224  -  Graduate  Studies 


GRADUATE  STUDIES 

West  Chester  began  offering  a  program  of  graduate  studies  in  the 
Fall  semester  of  1959.  The  graduate  program  has  been  organized  in 
accordance  with  plans  approved  by  the  Pennsylvania  State  Council  of 
Education.  Classes  are  scheduled  for  late  afternoons,  evenings,  and 
Saturdays  during  the  regular  college  year.  A  full-time  program  of 
graduate  work  is  offered  during  the  last  two  weeks  of  the  Pre-Sessions, 
during  the  regular  six  week  summer  sessions,  and  during  the  first  two 
weeks  of  the  Post  Sessions. 

The  graduate  program  provides  for  twelve  hours  of  general  and 
cultural  courses  with  an  opportunity  for  specialization  at  the  graduate 
level  in  English,  geography,  social  studies,  music,  mathematics,  health 
and  physical  education,  science,  and  elementary  education,  as  well  as 
required  professional  courses  in  elementary  and  secondary  education. 

A  breakdown  of  the  enrollment  in  the  Fall  semester  of  1962  by 
curriculum  produces  the  following  figures: 

Secondary  Education   113 

Elementary  Education   62 

Physical  Education   65 

Music 38 

Special    10 

TOTAL 288 

The  program  has  grown  approximately  66%  since  its  beginning  in 
1958.  It  is  designed  especially  for  in-service  teachers,  and  the  outlook 
for  the  immediate  future  is  that  it  will  most  likely  tend  to  be  a  part- 
time  program  in  the  spring  and  fall  terms  and  a  fuU  program  in  the 
summer   sessions. 

The  Graduate  Program  provides  in-service  teachers  an  oppor- 
tunity to  secure  permanent  certification  and  earn  the  Master  of  Edu- 
cation degree  with  no  interference  with  their  teaching  assignments.  It 
permits  them  to  improve  their  position  on  salary  schedules  which 
recognize  graduate  study. 

Thirty  students  have  received  their  Master  of  Education  degree 
since  1961. 

A  special  Graduate  Studies  Bulletin  and  further  information  re- 
garding the  graduate  program  may  be  secured  in  writing  the  Director 
of  Graduate  Studies,  West  Chester  State  College,  West  Chester,  Penn- 
sylvania. 


IxDEX  225 

INDEX 

page 

Accreditation    of    the    College     2 

Administrative   Officers    7 

Admission: 

Application    Blank    229 

Requirements  and  Information    65 

Advanced  Placement  Program    47 

All-Star  Entertainment  Program    38 

Alumni        51 

Art: 

Art  Faculty    135 

Descriptions  of  Courses    135 

Athletics: 

Intercollegiate       39 

Intramural      40 

Women's  Intercollegiate  Athletic  Program    41 

Women's  Athletic  Association    40 

Attendance,  Class  and  Assembly    48 

Automobile  Regulations    53 

Board    of   Trustees    7 

Book  Store   53 

Calendar      28 

Camping       106 

Certification    Requirements     131 

Classification  of  Students  43 

College  Community   Organization   and  Administration    37 

College   Courses    for   Teachers    223 

Comprehensive   Campus  Plans    32 

Correspondence   and   Communications    27 

Ci'edit  by   Examination    46 

Curricula   Offered: 

Elementary    Education     83 

Health  and  Physical  Education    102 

Liberal  Arts   116 

Music   Education    108 

Secondary  Education    87 

Special  Education    85 

Dental   Hygienists   Curriculum    HO 

Dismissal  from  College  49 

Education: 

Description  of  Courses 135 

Faculty  135 

Employment,  Student  61 

English: 

Description  of  Courses    144 

Faculty       144 

Required  and  Elective  Courses   90 

Expenses      72 

Extra-Curricular  Activities  Program    53. 

Faculty       9" 

Fees     72 

Film   Libraries    42 


226  Index 

INDEX    (Continued) 

page 

French: 

Description  of  Courses    152 

Required  and  Elective  Courses   91 

Geography: 

Description  of  Courses    159 

Faculty       159 

Required   and  Elective  Courses    94 

German: 

Description  of  Courses    155 

Graduate    Studies    223 

Graduation        50 

Health  and  Physical  Education  Curriculum: 

Description  of  Courses    164 

Faculty       164 

Required  and  Elective  Courses   102 

Health  Service    41 

History  of  the  College   31 

Honor   Roll       46 

Housing      52 

Insurance       42 

Intercollegiate    Athletics    39 

Latin: 

Description  of  Courses   157 

Loans       60 

Marking   System    44 

Mathematics: 

Description  of  Courses   180 

Faculty       180 

Required  and  Elective  Courses  95 

Music  Education  Curriculum: 

Description  of  Courses    184 

Faculty       184 

Required  and  Elective  Courses  108 

Musical    Organizations    38 

Pennsylvania  Regional  Film  Library  42 

Physical   Therapy    107 

Placement   Service    42 

Public  School  Nursing  Curriculum  113 

Description  of  Courses   197 

Publications       54 

Purpose  of  West  Chester  State  College  33 

Readmission    of   Former    Students    68 

Recreation   Leadership    105 

Regulations: 

Concerning  Dormitory   Guests    53 

Concerning  Dormitory   Students    52 

Remedial  Instruction    47 

Reports  to  Parents   46 

Resident  Credit  Requirements 48 

Russian: 

Description  of  Courses   156 


Index  227 

INDEX     (Continued) 

page 

Safety    Education    106 

Scholarships     55 

Scholarship    Requirements    45 

School  Nurse  Curriculum   113 

Sciense: 

Biology       96 

Chemistry 97 

Comprehensive   Science    95 

Description  of  Courses   198 

Earth  and  Space  Science  98 

Faculty       198 

General    Science    96 

Psysics        98 

Secondary  Education  Curriculum: 
Fields  of  Specialization 

Biology       96 

Chemistry      97 

Comprehensive  Science  95 

Earth  and  Space  Science   98 

English       90 

French    91 

General   Science    96 

Geography        94 

German      92 

Latin       93 

Mathematics       95 

Physics       98 

Russian       93 

Social    Science    99 

Spanish       92 

Selective   Service   Information    51 

Social  Science: 

Description  of  Courses   210 

Faculty       210 

Required    and    Elective   Courses    99 

Social    Work    102 

Spanish: 

Description  of  Courses   154 

Staff: 

Business    Office    22 

Health  Service    22 

Operating      23 

Student  Life: 

Automobile    Regulations    53 

Class  Load    49 

Dormitory  Regulations    52 

Student  Government    37 

Student  Teaching    47 

Summer  Sessions   30 

Transscripts      48 

Trustees,  Board  of    7 

Withdrawals: 

From  a  Course   49 

From    a    College    48 


I 


REGISTRATION 

WEST  CHESTER  STATE  COLLEGE 

(3-(i3)  (Use  Ink) 

West  Chester,  Pennsylvania 
request  for  application  forms 

(to  be  sent  after  Sept.  1  of  a  student's  senior  year  in  high  school) 


1.  Name    

(Last)  (First)  (Second) 


2.  Number  and  Street County 


3.  City Zone State 


4.  When  do  you  wish  to  enter  this  College? 

Month  (September,  January  or  June)   19 . 


5.  In  what  curriculum  do  you  wish  to  enroll? 

Elementary  Ed Secondary  Ed Physical  Ed. 

Music  Ed Liberal  Arts 

If  Secondary  Education  or  Liberal  Arts,  list  major 


6.  Have  you  attended  any  other  college?    Yes No If  so, 

give  name  of  the  college   

7.  Do  you  apply  as  a  Resident  Student?  Day  Student?  

Date  of  graduation  from  High  School:  Month Year 


NOTE:  When  this  information  has  been  received  by  the  Director  of 
Admissions,  instructions  for  completing  your  application  will 
be  sent  to  you.    Do  not  send  application  fee  with  this  form. 


i 


hChA^.    Vr><KA4w-v,_, 


J 


Bulletin 

I  WEST 

CHESTER 
I  STATE 

COLLEGE 

WEST  CHESTER,  PENNSYLVANIA 


CATALOGUE  NUMBER 
SUMMER  SESSIONS 
1964 

UNDERGRADUATE 
GRADUATE 


WEST  CHESTER  STATE  COLLEGE 

IS  ACCREDITED  BY 

THE  MIDDLE  STATES  ASSOCIATION  OF  COLLEGES 

AND  SECONDARY  SCHOOLS, 

THE  NATIONAL  COUNCIL  FOR  ACCREDITATION 

OF  TEACHER  EDUCATION, 

THE  AMERICAN  ASSOCIATION  FOR  HEALTH, 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  AND  RECREATION, 

AND  THE 

NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION  OF  SCHOOLS  OF  MUSIC 


1964  SUMMER  SESSIONS 

Vol.  92  No.  2 

MARCH  1964 


Issued  six  times  a  year,  February,  March,  April,  May,  August  and  October 

by  the  Trustees  of  West  Chester  Stsrte  College 

at  West  Chester,  Pennsylvania. 

Entered  as  second  class  matter  March  3,  1931,  at  the  Post  Office  at  West 
Chester,  Pennsylvania,  under  the  Act  of  Congress  of  August  24,  1912. 

Second  Class  Postage  Paid  at  West  Chester,  Pa. 


COMMONWEALTH  OF  PENNSYLVANIA 

STATE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION 

COUNCIL  OF  HIGHER  EDUCATION 

Dr.  Charles  H.  Boehm,  President 
and  Chief  Executive  Officer 

Charles  G.  Simpson Philadelphia 

George  G.  Gray Levittown 

Dr.  Katharine  E.  McBride Bryn  Mawr 

Dr.  Otis  C.  McCreery Bridgeville 

Gail  L.  Rose Renfrew 

James  H.  Rowland Harrisburg 

Dr.  Leonard  N.  Wolf Scranton 

DEPARTMENT  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 

Charles  H.  Boehm Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 

George  W.  Hoffman Special  Deputy  Superintendent 

Neal  V.  Musmanno Deputy  Superintendent 

Richard  Gibboney Deputy  Superintendent 

BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES,  WEST  CHESTER  STATE  COLLEGE 

Robert  R.  Batt,  President Ithan 

Mrs.  Nolan  N.  Atkinson,  Vice-President Bryn  Mawr 

Mrs.  James  John.  Secretary West  Chester 

Hon.  J.  Paul  MacElree West  Chester 

Joseph  A.  Joyce West  Chester 

Mrs.  Elizabeth  Read  Ross Doylestown 

Charles  E.  Swope West  Chester 

John  H.  Tyson Upper  Darby 

Mrs.  Susan  G.  Harney West  Chester 

3 


ADMINISTRATIVE  OFFICERS 

President Earl  F.  Sykes 

Academic  Affairs 

Dean  of  Academic  Affairs Walter  J.  Gale 

Director  of  the  Undergraduate  Program Emil  H.  Messikomer 

Director  of  the  Graduate  Program Willard  J.  Trezise 

Director  of  the  Liberal  Arts  Program Kenneth  C.  Slagle 

Staff  Assistant  to  the  Dean  of  Academic  Affairs Arnold  Fletcher 

Director  of  Admissions B.  Paul  Ross 

Assistant  Director  of  Admissions F.  William  Leeds 

Registrar Helen  E.  Shippee 

Head  Librarian Joseph  K.  Hall 

Principal  of  the  Demonstration  School Gerald  F.  Cartright 

Director  of  Student  Teaching  and  Placement Mark  M.  Evans 

Student  Affairs 

Dean  of  Student  Affairs Jack  A.  Owens 

Assistant  to  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs William  R.  Beimer 

Dean  of  Women Bernice  H.  Bematz 

Assistant  Dean  of  Women Florence  B.  Ingram 

Dean  of  Men W.  Glerm  Killinger 

Assistant  Dean  of  Men Robert  M.  Mitten 

Director  of  the  Student  Activities  Association B.  Reed  Henderson 

Director  of  Athletics Robert  W.  Reese 

Administrative  Affairs 

Dean  of  Administration Kenneth  R.  Widdall 

Business  Manager Everett  E.  Shaefer 

Assistant  Business  Manager Robert  Crauder 

Superintendent  of  Buildings  and  Grounds Herbert  Clavier 

Assistant  to  the  Superintendent 

of  Buildings  and  Grounds William  A.  Peoples 

Public  Relations  and  College  Publications 

Director  of  Public  Relations 

and  College  Publications WiUiam  Houpt 


WEST  CHESTER  STATE  COLLEGE 

West  Chester  State  College  is  accredited  by  the  Middle  States 
Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools;  the  National  Council 
for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education;  the  American  Association 
for  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation;  and  the  National 
Association  of  Schools  of  Music. 

Modem  and  adequate  science  laboratories,  instructional  equip- 
ment, and  classroom  facihties  are  provided. 

The  annual  All-Star  Course  brings  to  the  campus  some  of  the 
world's  most  famous  artists  in  the  fields  of  music,  drama  and  dance. 
Among  these  have  been  the  Pittsburgh,  Detroit,  National,  Cleveland 
and  Minneapolis  Symphony  Orchestras,  the  Canadian  Players,  the 
Singing  Boys  of  Norway,  George  London,  Isaac  Stern,  Carmen  Am- 
aya,  Roberta  Peters,  the  Jose  Limon  Dance  Company,  Brian  Sulli- 
van, Maureen  Forrester,  the  Columbus  Boys'  Choir,  Blanche  The- 
bom,  Jerome  Hines,  the  Dublin  Gate  Theatre,  the  Chicago  Opera 
Ballet,  and  the  Robert  Shaw  Chorale. 

The  William  Pyle  Philips  Lecture  Foundation  brings  to  the 
campus  lecturers  who  are  leaders  in  the  fields  of  literature,  science 
and  world  affairs.  Among  these  have  been  Madame  V.  L.  Pandit, 
Arnold  Toynbee,  Harrison  Sahsbury,  Loren  Eiseley,  Daniel  Schorr, 
Ashley  Montague,  Walter  SulUvan,  Robert  Frost,  Bennett  Cerf,  Max 
Lemer  and  William  Teller. 

The  college  Assemblies,  which  are  held  approximately  twice 
each  month,  provide  the  students,  faculty  and  citizens  of  the  com- 
munity with  an  additional  series  of  cultural  and  professional  pro- 
grams. 

In  addition  to  regular  courses  for  preparing  Elementary  and 
Secondary  teachers,  West  Chester  has  two  special  curricula  prepar- 
ing teachers  in  Music  and  Health  and  Physical  Education. 

The  College  offers  Liberal  Arts  curricula  in  Humanities,  Social 
Sciences,  and  Natural  Sciences  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 

The  College  maintains  an  active  Placement  Service  without  cost 
to  graduates. 


SUMMER   SESSIONS 


GENERAL  STATEMENT 

The  twelve-week  summer  sessions  are  di\'ideci  into  three  peri- 
ods: the  Pre  Session  of  three  weeks,  the  Regular  Session  of  six 
weeks,  and  the  Post  Session  of  three  weeks.  The  schedule  includes 
courses  for  regular  coUege  students,  and  a  number  of  special  offer- 
ings for  teachers  in  service. 

West  Chester  State  College  is  located  in  the  beautiful  residential 
town  of  West  Chester,  near  the  historic  Brandywine  and  Valley 
Forge.  Students  enjoy  the  added  advantage  of  easy  access  to  Phila- 
delphia, New  York,  and  Atlantic  City. 

The  College  provides  for  its  wide  area  of  service  a  modern,  pro- 
gressive, and  constantly  expanding  co-educational  program.  The 
major  aim  of  the  program  is  the  preparation  of  teachers  particularly 
for  the  public  schools  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania.  Stu- 
dents who  have  attended  summer  sessions  at  West  Chester  know  it 
is  an  ideal  place  to  combine  serious  study  with  wholesome  recrea- 
tion and  student  life. 


SOCIAL  AND  RECREATIONAL  PROGRAM 

A  summer  at  West  Chester  gives  the  student  an  opportunity  to 
pursue  college  work  under  the  most  favorable  conditions.  The  tree- 
shaded  campus,  with  its  conveniently  located  buildings,  provides  a 
beautiful  and  rastful  environment. 

Opportunities  for  recreation  are  many:  softball,  tennis,  swim- 
ming, and  other  recreational  activities.  Social  hours,  when  the  stu- 
dents may  talk  informally  with  their  professors,  are  a  feature  of  the 
Pre  and  Post  Sessions. 

The  borough  and  vicinity  of  West  Chester  are  beautiful  and  at 
the  same  time  provide  material  for  study  and  research  in  history, 
science,  and  the  arts.  Philadelphia  excels  in  scenic  and  historic 
interest,  and  special  trips  to  the  city  will  be  arranged  for  those  in- 
terested in  taking  advantage  of  these  opportunities. 

Seeing  the  world-famous  fountains  at  Longwood  Gardens,  pic- 
nicking and  canoeing  on  the  Brandywine,  taking  advantage  of  the 
best  in  music,  art,  and  the  theatre  —  these  are  some  of  the  events 
that  make  a  summer  at  West  Chester  much  to  be  desired. 

6 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 


CREDITS 

Credits  for  the  summer  session  may  be  earned  at  the  rate  of 
one  semester  hour  per  week  of  work;  thus,  a  student  attending  all 
three  sessions  may  earn  twelve  credits. 

Students  will  not  be  permitted  to  carry  more  than  six  semester 
hours  of  work  in  the  Regular  Session  unless  permission  to  do  so 
has  been  secured  in  advance  from  the  Dean  of  Academic  Affairs. 

PRE-ADMISSION  COURSE  CREDIT 

Not  more  than  nine  (9)  semester  hours  of  course  work  complet- 
ed at  West  Chester  prior  to  formal  admission  to  a  degree  program 
will  be  credited  toward  a  degree.  In  order  to  obtain  degree  credit 
for  such  pre-admission  courses,  a  minimum  grade  of  "C"  must  be 
attained. 

HOUSING 

There  will  be  adequate  housing  available  for  all  men  and  wom- 
en students  for  all  three  summer  sessions.  The  College  is  unable, 
however,  to  provide  housing  for  married  students  and  their  families. 

After  filing  an  application  for  admission  to  the  Summer  Ses- 
sions with  the  Admissions  Office,  room  reservations  should  be  made 
through  a  written  application  to  either  the  Dean  of  Women's  or  the 
Dean  of  Men's  Office  one  week  prior  to  the  opening  of  each  session. 

Rooms  may  be  occupied  after  2:00  P.M.  on  the  Sunday  pre- 
ceding each  session. 

COLLEGE  REGULATIONS 

The  same  college  regulations  pertaining  to  student  procedure 
and  conduct  in  effect  during  the  academic  year  at  West  Chester 
State  College  are  effective  for  the  three  summer  sessions. 

ENROLLMENT 

Classes  will  be  held  in  the  courses  offered  subject  to  enrollment. 

REGISTRATION  (Undergraduate) 

Registration  as  a  student  in  any  summer  session  does  not  esta- 
blish priority  or  privilege  for  admission  as  a  student  for  the  regular 
academic  year. 

Students  who  have  graduated  from  high  school  but  have  never 
attended  college  are  not  permitted  to  register  in  the  summer  ses- 
sions without  permission  of  the  Director  of  Admissions.    Such  per- 


mission  must  be  secured  in  advance  of  registration  day.  Persons 
who  have  not  graduated  from  high  school  are  not  permitted  to  regis- 
ter in  the  summer  sessions. 

Students  of  other  colleges  must  file  with  their  applications  a 
statement  of  approval  of  attendance  from  the  Dean  of  Instruction 
of  the  college  Uiey  attend.  No  application  will  be  accepted  witiiout 
such  a  statement. 

West  Chester  students  must  present  their  college  I.D.  cards  in 
order  to  register. 

1.  Registration  for  each  summer  session  will  be  held  in  Swope 
Hall  on  the  opening  day  of  each  session. 

The  College  will  operate  on  Daylight  Saving  Time. 

2.  Procedure.  Application  for  admission  to  any  or  all  of  the 
summer  sessions  may  be  made  by  filling  in  a  form  which  may  be 
secured  from  the  Director  of  Admissions,  West  Chester  State  Col- 
lege, West  Chester,  Pennsylvania.  Upon  filing  an  application,  a 
student  may  consider  himself  accepted,  unless  notified  otherwise, 
and  he  should  report  for  registration  on  the  day  or  days  indicated 
in  the  Summer  Sessions  calendar. 

3.  Late  Registration.  Since  the  sunmier  sessions  are  short,  it 
is  necessary  for  students  to  register  at  the  times  indicated  as  regis- 
tration periods. 

For  acceptable  reasons,  a  student  may  register  not  more  than 
one  day  late,  for  which  the  late  fee  is  applicable.  No  additional 
absences  will  be  permitted  to  secure  full  credit  for  the  courses  taken. 


CLASS  MEETINGS  AND  PERIODS 

In  each  of  the  three  summer  sessions  classes  will  be  held  on  all 
weekdays  except  Saturdays. 

No  class  cuts  are  permitted  during  the  Summer  Sessions. 

Pre  and  Post  Sessions.  After  registration  day,  each  class  will 
meet  twice  daily,  8:00-9:30  A.M.  and  10:30-12:00  A.M.  The  hour 
from  9:30-10:30  is  for  rest,  hbrary  work,  or  recreation.  It  will  not 
be  possible  for  a  student  to  carry  more  than  one  course  during 
either  the  Pre  or  Post  Session  since  all  courses  meet  concurrently. 

Regular  Session.  Classes  begin  on  Tuesday  and  meet  once 
daily  (unless  otherwise  indicated)  at  the  time  stated  in  the  schedule. 


The  schedule  for  classes  during  the  Regular  Session  will  operate  on 
DayUght  Saving  Time  as  follows: 

8:00-  9:30  First  Period 
9:30-11:00  Second  Period 
11:00-12:30  Third  Period 
12:30-  1:30  Luncheon 
1:30-  3:00  Fourth  Period 


*  F  E  E  S  (Undergraduate) 

I.  Regular  Summer  Sessions  —  6  weeks 

1.  Basic  Fee  for  the  Regular  Summer  Session. 

The  basic  fee  is  $12.50  per  semester  hour  of  credit  for  students 
who  are  residents  of  Pennsylvania  and  are  pursuing  a  course  leading 
to  a  degree  or  certification  in  Teacher  Education.  A  minimum 
basic  fee  of  $37.50  will  be  charged. 

The  basic  fee  is  $15.00  per  semester  hour  of  credit  for  stu- 
dents who  are  residents  of  Pennsylvania  and  are  enrolled  in  Arts 
and  Sciences  or  any  curriculum  other  than  Education.  A  minimum 
basic  fee  of  $45.00  will  be  charged. 

The  basic  fee  for  out-of-state  students,  regardless  of  curriculum, 
is  $20.00  per  semester  hour.  A  minimum  basic  fee  of  $60.00  will 
be  charged. 

Students  who  enroll  in  the  Health  Education  Curriculum  are 
charged  an  additional  fee  of  $6. 

Those  who  enroll  in  the  Music  Education  Curriculum  and  are 
taking  work  toward  music  certification,  but  without  private  lessons, 
pay  an  additional  music  fee  of  $15. 

Students  in  the  Humanities  Curriculum  of  Liberal  Arts  are 
charged  a  fee  of  $45.00  for  one  hour  lesson  if  electing  individual 
lessons  in  piano,  voice,  organ,  or  orchestral  instrument.  If  piano 
practice  room  is  needed,  the  usual  instrument  rental  of  $2.00  will 
be  charged. 

Applied  music  fees  for  accelerating  Music  students  will  be  con- 
solidated in  the  Regular  Session,  and  the  music  fee  will  be  $45.00. 

2.  Housing  Fee  for  the  Regular  Summer  Session. 

The  housing  fee  for  students  is  $102.  This  includes  room  and 
meals. 


*  These  fees  are  subject  to  change  without  notice.    All  charges  for  a  session 
must  be  paid  on  the  day  of  registration. 


(1)  An  additional  charge  of  $3  is  made  for  rooms  with  run- 
ning water. 

(2)  No  reduction  in  the  fee  is  made  foi  absences  of  a  few 
days  at  a  time. 

(3)  A  student  may,  at  the  discretion  of  the  President  of  the 
College,  occupy  a  double  room  by  paying  an  additional  $12. 

(4)  The  rate  for  separate  meals  is: 
Breakfast  $0.60 

Lunch  $0.85 
Dinner  $1.25 

3.  The  Student  Activities  Fee  for  the  Regular  Summer  Session  is 
$3.50. 

4.  Books  Must  Be  Purchased.    They  will  cost  approximately  $10. 

5.  Other  Charges: 

(1)  Music  Education  Students 

A.  Pipe  organ  for  practice,  $12  per  session. 

B.  Rental  of  orchestral  instruments,  $2  per  session. 

(2)  Academic  Students 

A.  The  fee  of  $37.50  will  be  charged  for  individual,  one- 
hour  lessons  in  voice,  piano,  organ,  band,  or  orchestral 
instruments,  plus  the  credit  fee. 

B.  Rental  of  piano  or  orchestral  instruments  for  practice, 
$2  per  session. 

C.  Rental  of  pipe  organ  for  practice,  $12  per  session. 

(3)  Private  voice  and  piano  lessons  for  Music  Education  stu- 
dents carry  one  extra  credit  costing  $12.50.  Chorus,  Band 
and  Orchestra  carry  one-half  hour  credit.  (This  is  in  addi- 
tion to  the  regular  $45  music  fee.) 

(4)  Late  Registration  Payment  —  $1  for  one  day. 

(5)  Degree  Fee — $5  to  be  paid  by  each  candidate  for  a  degree. 

II.  Pre-Session  and  Post-Session 

1.  The  Basic  Fee  for  Pre  and  Post  Sessions: 

The  basic  fees  are  the  same  as  for  the  Regular  Summer  Session, 
see  Section  1,  above,  with  the  exception  of  the  minimum  charges 
which  are  as  follows  for  the  Pre  and  Post  Summer  Sessions: 

(1)  Residents  of  Pennsylvania — Education  Curriculum  _$18.75 
Residents  of  Pennsylvania — Other  Curricula $22.50 

10 


(2)  Out-of-State  residents — All  Curricula $30.00 

Students  in  either  of  these  sessions  who  enroll  in  the  Health 
and  Physical  Education  Curriculum  are  charged  an  additional  fee 
of  $3. 

Those  who  enroll  in  the  Music  Education  curriculum  and  take 
work  toward  music  certification,  but  without  private  lessons,  pay 
an  additional  music  fee  of  $7.50. 

2.  Housing  Fee  for  Pre  and  Post  Sessions: 

The  housing  fee  for  Pre  and  Post  Sessions  is  $51.00  for  each 
session.    The  fee  includes  room  and  meals. 

3.  The  Student  Activity  Fee  for  Pre  and  Post  Sessions  is  $1.75  for 
each  session. 

4.  Books  Must  Be  Purchased.    They  will  cost  approximately  $8. 

5.  Other  Music  Charges  —  for  each  session,  one-half  of  those  listed 
under  Section  5  above  for  the  Regular  Session. 


OPPORTUNITIES  FOR  EMPLOYMENT  AND  LOANS 

Students  interested  in  securing  employment  should  consult  the 
Dean  of  Student  Affairs.  Full  information  concerning  student  loans 
will  be  found  in  the  general  college  catalog. 

PLACEMENT 

The  Placement  Bureau  of  the  College  offers  excellent  oppor- 
tunities for  employment  in  teaching.  Graduates  are  invited  to  make 
use  of  this  bureau  without  cost. 


CERTIFICATION  OF  TEACHERS 

School  Laws  of  Pennsylvania,  Section  1202.    State  Certificates  — 

"State  certificates  shall  be  issued  as  herein  provided.  Each 
such  certificate  shall  set  forth  the  branches  which  its  holder  is  en- 
titled to  teach.  No  teacher  shall  teach,  in  any  public  school,  any 
branch  which  he  has  not  been  properly  certificated  to  teach  .... 

"A  certificate  to  teach  shall  not  be  granted  or  issued  to  any 
person  not  a  citizen  of  the  United  States,  except  in  the  case  of  ex- 
change teachers  not  permanently  employed  and  teachers  employed 
for  the  purpose  of  teaching  foreign  languages." 

11 


Provisional  College  Certificate 

A  student  who  satisfactorily  completes  one  of  the  curricula 
offered  by  the  College  receives  his  degree  from  the  College  and 
qualifies  for  a  Provisional  College  Certificate  which  is  issued  to  him 
upon  application  to  the  Department  of  Public  Instruction,  Harris- 
burg,  Pennsylvania. 

In  the  elementary  field  this  certificate  qualifies  the  holder  to 
teach  in  the  public  elementary  schools  of  Pennsylvania  for  three 
years. 

In  the  secondary  field  this  certificate  qualifies  the  holder  to 
teach  the  subjects  written  thereon  in  the  pubHc  secondary  schools 
of  Pennsylvania  for  three  years. 

In  health  education  and  music  education  the  certificate  qualifies 
the  bolder  to  teach  the  special  subject  in  both  elementary  and  sec- 
ondary public  schools  of  Pennsylvania  for  three  years. 

Permanent  College  Certificate 

The  Permanent  College  Certificate  requires  three  years  of  suc- 
cessful teaching  in  the  public  schools  of  this  Commonwealth  under 
the  Provisional  College  Certificate  and  the  satisfactory  completion 
of  twelve  semester  hours  of  additional  work  of  collegiate  grade, 
completed  subsequent  to  the  issuance  of  the  baccalaureate  degree. 
One-half  of  the  additional  work  must  be  professional  and  the  re- 
mainder related  to  the  subject  or  subject  fields  on  the  certificate. 
This  certificate  is  then  a  permanent  license  to  teach. 

Extension  of  College  Certificates 

1.  A  college  certificate  valid  for  the  secondary  field  may  be 
extended  to  include  the  elementary  field  by  completing  twenty-four 
semester  hours  of  approved  courses  in  the  field  of  elementary  edu- 
cation, distributed  as  follows:  a  course  in  the  teaching  of  reading; 
the  remainder  selected  from  a  minimum  of  four  of  the  following 
areas:  mathematics,  arts  and  crafts,  music,  physical  education,  lan- 
guage arts,  sciences,  social  studies,  geography,  mental  hygiene,  or  a 
course  dealing  with  exceptional  children. 

2.  A  college  certificate  valid  for  the  elementary  field  may  be 
extended  to  include  any  subject  of  the  secondary  field  by  completing 
eighteen  to  forty  semester  hours  in  a  secondary  subject,  depending 
upon  the  area  of  specialization. 

3.  A  college  certificate  valid  for  the  secondary  field  may  be 
extended  to  include  additional  academic  subjects  when  the  holder 
has  completed  the  number  of  semester  hours  required  for  the  sub- 
ject field. 

12 


Certification  in  Other  States 

Concerning  the  requirements  for  certification  for  teaching  in 
other  states,  students  should  consuh  the  Dean  of  Academic  Affairs. 


LIBERAL  ARTS  PROGRAM 

All  students  enrolled  in  the  Program  are  required  to  complete 
128  semester  hours  of  credit,  approximately  half  of  which  are  de- 
voted to  general  studies  concentrated  primarily  in  the  freshman  and 
sophomore  years. 

These  studies  consist  of  courses  distributed  among  four  areas: 
a  basic  core  of  courses  in  English  composition,  speech,  a  foreign 
language  at  the  intermediate  level,  philosophy,  literature,  art,  music, 
history  of  civihzation,  anthropology,  sociology,  economics,  political 
science,  geography,  psychology,  a  choice  of  a  biological  or  physical 
science,  and  mathematics  and/or  logic. 

To  supplement  his  general  academic  studies,  the  student  is  also 
required  to  take  a  course  in  health  and  physical  education  in  each 
of  four  semesters. 

Upon  completing  the  above,  the  student  elects  one  of  three 
broad  fields  of  concentration:  humanities,  social  sciences  or  natural 
sciences. 


UNDERGRADUATE  PROGRAM 
SUMMER  CALENDAR  1964 

1964  PRE-SESSION 

Registration Monday,  June  8 

Students  will  register  alphabetically  according  to  last  name: 

8:30-11:30  A.M. A  through  L 

1:30-  4:00  P.M. M  through  Z 

Classes  begin  8:00  A.M. Tuesday,  June  9 

Classes  end Friday,  June  26 

1964  REGULAR  SESSION 

Registration Monday,  June  29 

Students  will  register  alphabetically  according  to  last  name: 

8:30-11:30  A.M. A  through  L 

1:30-  3:30  P.M M  through  Z 

Classes  begin Tuesday,  June  30 

Classes  end Friday,  August  7 

13 


1964  POST-SESSION 

Registration Monday,  August  10 

Students  will  register  alphabetically  according  to  last  name: 

8:30-10:00  A.M.  A  through  L 

10:00-11:30  A.M. M  through  Z 

Classes  begin  1:30  P.M. Monday,  August  10 

Classes  end Friday,  August  28 

THE  ACADEMIC  YEAR 
1964  -  1965 

FALL  SEMESTER 

Last  day  to  quaUfy  for  admission August  15 

Faculty  and  Department  meetings Tuesday,  Sept.  8 

Registration 

Freshmen Wednesday,  Sept.  9 

Sophomores  and  Seniors Thursday,  Sept.  10 

Juniors Friday,  Sept.  11 

Readmission,  Transfer,  and 

Special  Students Friday,  Sept.  11  (p.m.) 

Part-time  and  Graduate  Students Saturday,  Sept.  12 

Freshman  Classification  Tests Thursday,  Sept.  10 

and  Friday,  Sept  1 1 

Freshman  Orientation Friday,  Sept.  11 

Classes  begin Monday,  Sept.  14 

Thanksgiving  Recess 

Begins  —  close  of  classes Tuesday,  Nov.  24 

Ends  —  8:00  a.m. Monday,  Nov.  30 

Christmas  Recess 

Begins  —  close  of  classes Saturday,  Dec.  19 

Ends  —  8:00  a.m. 

Undergraduate Monday,  Jan.  4 

Part-time  and  Graduate Monday,  Jan.  4 

Final  Examinations Thursday,  Jan.  14-22 

Commencement Thursday,  Jan.  21 

Fall  semester  ends Friday,  Jan.  22 

SPRING  SEMESTER 

Last  day  to  qualify  for  admission 1 Jan.  10 

Registration 

Part-time  Students Saturday,  Jan.  23 

Freshmen  and  Seniors Monday,  Jan.  25 

Sophomores  and  Juniors Tuesday,  Jan.  26 

14 


Classes  begin 

Part-time  and  Graduate Monday,  Jan.  25 

Undergraduate Wednesday,  Jan.  27 

Washington's  Birthday  Recess 

Begins  —  close  of  classes Saturday,  Feb.  20 

Ends  —  8:00  a.m. Tuesday,  Feb.  23 

Spring  Recess 

Begins  —  close  of  classes Saturday,  Mar.  20 

Ends  —  8:00  a.m. Monday,  Mar.  29 

Easter  Recess 

Begins  —  close  of  classes Thursday,  April  15 

Ends  —  8:00  a.m. Tuesday,  April  20 

Final  Examinations Thursday,  May  13  to 

Thursday,  May  20 

Alumni  Day Saturday,  May  22 

Commencement Sunday,  May  23 

SUMMER  SESSION 
1965 

Pre-Session June  7  -  June  25 

Regular  Session June  28 -August  6 

Post  Session August  9  -  August  27 

ACADEMIC  YEAR  —  Undergraduate 
1964-1965 

HOUSING 

The  college  has  made  provisions  for  the  housing  of  its  resident 
students.  It  may  be  impossible  to  provide  housing  for  all  students 
who  apply  for  admission.  Although  College  authorities  are  em- 
barrassed by  this  situation,  there  is  nothing  that  can  be  done  about 
it  in  this  period  of  serious  housing  shortages.  It  is  very  important 
that  all  housing  arrangements  for  both  upperclassmen  and  new  stu- 
dents be  satisfactorily  settled  with  the  Dean  of  Women  or  Dean  of 
Men  before  any  student  comes  to  the  campus  in  September. 

ADMISSION  REQUIREMENTS 

Candidates  for  admission  to  the  College  must  meet  the  follow- 
ing requirements: 

1.  General  scholarship  as  evidenced  by  graduation  from  an 
approved  secondary  school  or  equivalent  preparation  as 
determined  by  the  Credentials  Evaluation  Division  of  the 

15 


Pennsylvania  Department  of  Public  Instruction.  All  candi- 
dates for  admission  must  take  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test 
and  English  Composition  Test  of  the  College  Entrance  Ex- 
amination Board; 

2.  Satisfactory  character  and  personality  traits  as  well  as 
proper  attitudes  and  interests  as  determined  by  the  high 
school  principal,  guidance  director,  or  other  school  official 
acquainted  with  the  student; 

3.  Health  and  physical  condition  as  evidenced  by  a  medical 
examination  by  the  student's  family  physician  reported  on 
the  adopted  form  and  approved  by  the  College  physician. 
No  student  shall  be  admitted  who  has  disabilities  which 
will  impair  his  service  as  a  teacher; 

4.  Recommendations  of  one  or  more  College  staff  members 
following  a  personal  interview  with  the  applicant; 

5.  For  admission  to  special  curricula,  the  College  may  require 
the  candidate  to  take  an  appropriate  aptitude  test  in  the 
special  field  in  order  to  obtain  further  evidence  of  abiUty 
to  succeed. 

Admission  Procedure 

Admission  to  the  regular  fall  or  spring  semester  involves  a 
number  of  steps,  the  first  of  which  is  the  filing  of  application  forms 
which  may  be  secured  from  the  Admissions  Office. 

The  West  Chester  State  College  is  owned  and  operated  by  the 
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  and  therefore  charges  no  tuition. 
In  effect,  each  student  who  enrolls  receives  a  free  tuition  scholarship 
from  the  State. 

♦COSTS  BY  CURRICULA  PER  ACADEMIC  YEAR 


A  Summary  of  Costs  For         J  g  b  g  So  § 


P.'-o  >a'-0  m  ?.'-s  '-a 


the  Different  2«  a*  ^aS  .SS 


curricula  ^^  «y  SCuW  Std  ^< 


i^ 


Basic   Fee 

$  250 

$  250 

$  250 

$  250 

$  300 

Special  Curriculum  Fee 

— 

— 

36 

90 

— 

Activity  Fee 

35 

35 

35 

35 

35 

Books  &  Supplies  (approx.) 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

Total— Day  Students 

405 

405 

441 

495 

455 

Room  &  Board 

612 

612 

612 

612 

612 

Total — Boarding   Students 

$1017 

$1017 

$1053 

$1107 

$1067 

16 


NOTES: 

1.  THE  ABOVE  COSTS  ARE  FOR  ONE  ACADEMIC  YEAR. 

2.  Payments  are  due  on  or  before  the  date  of  registration. 

3.  For  students  other  than  legal  students  of  Pennsylvania  a  tuition 
fee  of  $20.00  per  semester  hour  is  charged  in  lieu  of  basic  fee. 

*4.  Fees  are  subject  to  change  without  notice. 

CURRICULA  OFFERED  AT  WEST  CHESTER 

Elementary  Education — 

A  non-specialized  course  for  teachers  of  the  elementary  grades. 
Specialization  in  the  Kindergarten-Primary  or  Intermediate  areas  is 
possible  through  selection  of  appropriate  elective  courses. 

Secondary  Education — 

Teaching  in  the  junior  and  senior  high  schools.  Students  must 
choose  a  teaching  field  from  the  following:  EngUsh,  Latin,  French, 
Spanish,  German,  mathematics,  general  science,  chemistry,  physics, 
biology,  geography,  and  social  studies. 

Health  and  Physical  Education — 

Teaching  health  and  physical  education  in  the  elementary  and 
secondary  schools. 

Music  Education — 

Teaching  music  —  both  instrumental  and  vocal  —  in  the  ele- 
mentary and  secondary  schools. 

Liberal  Arts — 

The  satisfactory  completion  of  a  four-year  course  of  study  in 
any  of  these  three  areas:  Humanities,  Social  Sciences,  and  Natural 
Sciences,  will  lead  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Degree  Curriculum  for  Dental  Hygienists. 

Degree  Curriculum  for  Public  School  Nurses. 

17 


REGISTRATION  INSTRUCTIONS 
1964  Summer  Sessions 

UNDERGRADUATE  STUDENTS  —  Ground  Floor,  Swope  Hall 

Station  1  —  Student  Lounge  (students  who  have  made  appHcation 
before  day  of  registration) 

A.  Students  who  have  completed  their  appHcation  for  admis- 
sion to  the  1964  summer  sessions  should  go  directly  to  the 
Student  Lounge  on  the  ground  floor  of  Swope  Hall  and 
pay  the  Student  Activity  fee.  The  fees  are  $1.75  for  Pre 
and  Post  sessions  and  $3.50  for  the  Regular  session. 
HAVE  CHECKS  MADE  OUT  IN  ADVANCE  PAY- 
ABLE TO  THE  STUDENT  ACTIVITY  ASSOCIATION. 

B.  Proceed  to  Choral  Room,  Swope  Hall,  to  secure  class 
schedule  and  Permit  Cards. 

Station  II  —  Room  S-3,  Swope  Hall  (Students  making  application 
on  day  of  registration) 

A,  Students  who  have  not  completed  the  application  for  ad- 
mission to  the  1964  summer  sessions  should  report  to 
Room  S-3,  ground  floor,  Swope  Hall  to  be  cleared  by  the 
Admissions  Office.  Students  should  secure  a  white  sum- 
mer school  application  and  an  IBM  master  card  in  this 
room. 

B.  Students  should  (a)  proceed  to  the  Student  Lounge  for  pay- 
ment of  Student  Activity  fee  (see  directions  in  A-1)  (b)  re- 
port directly  to  the  Choral  Room  to  secure  schedule  and 
class  permit  cards. 

StatioH  III  —  Choral  Room  —  Students  MUST  show  Student  Ac- 
tivity fee  receipt 

A.  Students  who  have  completed  application  for  summer  ses- 
sions are  to  stop  at  Station  C  to  pick  up  summer  school 
application  and  Class  Permit  Cards. 

B.  Course  Card  Tables  (only  students  who  were  admitted  to 
summer  school  on  day  of  registration).  Present  applica- 
tion and  master  card  at  these  tables  and  secure  course 
card  and  permit  card. 

Station  IV  —  Choral  Room  —  Students  Repeating  Courses 

Students  repeating  courses  in  which  they  received  "D"  or 
"F"  grades  must  take  their  permit  cards  to  a  designated 
table. 

18 


Station  V  —  Lobby  —  Seniors  graduating  in  August,  1964. 

Senior  students  planning  to  graduate  in  August,  1964, 
must  sign  for  diplomas  and  secure  applications  for  Pro- 
visional Teacher  Certification.  Please  designate  gradua- 
tion date  as  Pre  or  Regular  Session. 

Station  VI  —  Registrar's  Table  —  Lobby  (ALL  STUDENTS) 

1.  Secure  registration  form  and  special  pencil. 

2.  Secure  Dean  of  Men's  or  Dean  of  Women's  card. 

3.  Students  receiving  veterans'  benefits  must  secure  proper 
form. 

4.  Students  who  wish  to  have  credits  transferred  to  another 
college  secure  special  form. 

Station  VII  —  Swope  Auditorium 

1.  Complete  the  following:     (see  attached  samples) 

a.  Registration  form  —  using  special  IBM  pencil,  PLEASE 
GIVE  ALL  INFORMATION  REQUESTED. 

b.  Permit-to-Attend-Class  Card:    please  print  name 

c.  Dean  of  Men's  Card  or  Dean  of  Women's  card. 

2.  Dean  of  Men's  or  Women's  Table 

a.  All  students  must  stop  here  to  check  resident  or  com- 
muting status. 

b.  Resident  students  will  receive  room  assignments  and  in- 
dicate same  on  their  registration  forms. 

c.  All  resident  students  must  take  their  meals  in  the  Col- 
lege dining  room. 

d.  ALL  RESIDENT  STUDENTS  MUST  HAVE  THE 
APPROVAL  OF  THE  DEAN  OF  MEN  OR  DEAN 
OF  WOMEN  TO  SECURE  AUTOMOBILE  STICK- 
ERS. 

3.  Check-out  Tables  on  the  Stage 

a.  Registration  form  and  Permit-to-Attend-Class  card  are 
to  be  checked  at  these  tables. 

b.  Registration  form  and  special  pencil  will  be  collected. 

c.  Blue  Permit-to-Attend-Class  Card  and  summer  school 
application  form  will  be  returned  to  the  student. 

4.  Automobile  Regulations  —  Stage 

Students  who  have  the  pre-approval  of  the  Dean  of  Men 
or  the  Dean  of  Women  MUST  secure  their  automobile 
stickers  at  this  station. 

19 


Station  VIII  —  Business  Office  —  Instrumental  Room,  Swope 
HaU 

A.  Pay  tuition  and  room  and  board  fees. 

B.  Have  permit  cards  stamped  by  the  Business  Office. 
THESE  CARDS  ARE  TO  BE  SUBMITTED  TO  YOUR 
INDIVIDUAL  PROFESSORS  FOR  CLASS  ADMIS- 
SION. 

C.  THE  APPROVED  BLUE  PERMIT  CARD  MUST  BE 
PRESENTED  TO  THE  INSTRUCTOR  FOR  ADMIS- 
SION TO  CLASS. 

SUMMER  SCHOOL  GRADES  FOR  ALL  SESSIONS  WILL  BE 
MAILED  TO  THE  STUDENTS  AT  THE  END  OF  THE  POST 
SESSION. 


SUMMER  WORKSHOPS 

DEMONSTRATION  SCHOOL 

The  Demonstration  School  will  be  open  during  the  six  weeks' 
session  for  the  purpose  of  demonstrating  teaching  at  the  elementary 
level.  Experience  in  student  teaching  will  be  available  for  a  limited 
number  of  students  who  file  applications  early  in  the  spring. 

WORKSHOP  IN  ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

A  Workshop  in  Elementary  Education  will  be  conducted  to 
provide  opportunity  for  study  of  newer  practices  in  elementary  edu- 
cation. Current  problems  will  be  shared  by  the  members  of  the 
group.     Discussions   will  be  led  by   an   experienced   coordinator. 

Master  teachers  and  the  faciUties  of  the  Demonstration  School 
will  be  utilized  for  demonstration  and  observance.  The  Workshop 
will  meet  during  the  first  and  second  periods  (8:00-11:00  A.M.) 
during  the  Regular  Session  and  will  carry  four  semester  hours  of 
credit.  Students  may  elect  an  additional  three  credit  course.  The 
Workshop  is  open  to  experienced  teachers  and  college  graduates. 

WORKSHOP  IN  COMMUNITY  AND  SCHOOL 
HEALTH  EDUCATION 

The  Community  and  School  Health  Education  Workshop  for 
rural  teachers,  school  nurses,  health  education  specialists,  and  others 
engaged  in  health  work  will  be  conducted  during  the  three  week 
period  from  June  29  to  July  17.  Three  college  credits  may  be 
earned  by  students  who  meet  the  College  admission  requirements. 
No  additional  courses  may  be  carried  by  the  student  during  this 

20 


three-week  session.  Information  and  application  forms  may  be 
secured  from  your  local  County  Superintendent  of  Schools,  the  Exec- 
utive Secretary  of  the  County  Tuberculosis  and  Health  Society  of  the 
county  in  which  you  reside,  or  from  Miss  N.  Ruth  Reed,  Dept.  of 
Health  and  Physical  Education,  West  Chester  State  College,  West 
Chester,  Pennsylvania. 

WORKSHOP  IN  SPECIAL  EDUCATION 

An  opportunity  to  undertake  an  intensive  program  of  observa- 
tion and  instruction  of  mentally  retarded  and  physically  handicapped 
children;  six  week  tutorial  experience  guiding  the  development  of  a 
child  who  has  special  learning  problems.  Actual  instruction  experi- 
ence will  be  combined  with  lecture,  demonstration  and  case  study. 
(Regular  Session,  8:00  A.M.— 12:00  Noon,  6  Credits.) 

SUMMER  MUSIC  WORKSHOP  FOR 
HIGH  SCHOOL  MUSICIANS 

A  summer  music  workshop  for  serious  musicians  of  high  school 
age  will  be  held  from  July  6  to  July  30  under  the  sponsorship  of 
the  Music  Department.  Offerings  will  include:  band,  orchestra, 
chorus,  individual  lessons,  music  theory,  ensembles,  and  dance  band. 
Concerts,  recitals,  and  special  clinics,  open  to  the  public,  will  be 
presented  during  the  workshop.  For  brochure  and  application  forms 
write  to:  Richard  A.  Boerlin,  Workshop  Director,  Music  Department, 
West  Chester  State  College,  West  Chester,  Pennsylvania. 

MUSIC  WORKSHOP  FEES 

Total  fee  for  commuting  students  (including  accident  insurance, 
individual  lessons,  activity  fee,  and  full  workshop  privileges)    $65.00 

Total  fee  for  resident  students  (including  above,  plus  room  and 
board  on  campus  for  four  weeks) $149.00 

STRING  CONFERENCE  AND 
CHAMBER  MUSIC  WORKSHOP 

AUGUST  9-16,  1964 

The  Pennsylvania  String  Teachers  Association,  in  cooperation 
with  the  Music  Department  of  West  Chester  State  College,  will  pre- 
sent a  7-day  string  conference  and  chamber  music  workshop  from 
August  9  to  August  16  in  the  new  air-conditioned  Swope  Hall.  A 
faculty  of  internationally  known  string  authorities  will  present  master 
classes  for  each  of  the  stringed  instruments.  A  daily  two-hour  string 
orchestra  repertory  session  will  be  directed  by  a  number  of  well- 
known  conductors.  Two  orchestras,  an  adult  string  orchestra  and 
a  youth  string  orchestra,  will  rehearse  daily,  culminating  in  per- 
formances at  the  end  of  the  week.    Chamber  music  ensembles  will 

21 


be  organized  and  coached  by  members  of  the  distinguished  faculty. 
A  complete  program  for  young  musicians,  ages  12-18,  will  be  pre- 
sented, including  participation  in  a  string  orchestra,  sectional  re- 
hearsals, chamber  music,  attendance  at  master  classes,  and  recrea- 
tion. Information  and  application  forms  may  be  obtained  by  writ- 
ing Dr.  Constantine  Johns,  Department  of  Music,  West  Chester  State 
College,  West  Chester,  Pennsylvania. 

A  PROGRAM  OF  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  AND 
SUPERVISED  FIELD  EXPERIENCE  IN  CAMPING 

The  Department  of  Health,  Physical  Education,  and  Recreation 
offers  a  special  program  of  courses  in  camp  leadership  for  staff  mem- 
bers at  children's  summer  camps.  These  courses  are  designed  to  aid 
the  student's  professional  growth  and  knowledge  through  directed 
leadership  experience  with  children  in  the  informal  atmosphere  of 
the  camp. 

COURSES  AVAILABLE 

Undergraduate  Students 

464.  Supervised  Recreation  Leadership  —  3  credits.  (6  to  8 
weeks'  attendance  at  camp  July  through  August.) 

ELIGIBILITY: 

Any  matriculated  student  at  West  Chester  State  College  is  eli- 
gible to  participate  in  the  program.  Permission  of  the  special  ad- 
viser should  be  obtained  if  credit  is  to  be  applied  toward  a  degree. 
Students  from  other  colleges  may  register  with  the  permission  of  the 
course  instructor.  It  is  suggested  that  students  enrolled  at  other 
colleges  obtain  the  approval  of  their  special  adviser  or  appropriate 
administrative  officer  to  assure  that  these  courses  may  be  applied 
toward  degree  requirements. 

Apply  to:  Mr.  Alvin  B.  Davis,  Dept.  of  Health  and  Physical 
Education. 

SEMINAR  IN  CONTEMPORARY  EUROPEAN  CULTURE 

Cost:  The  cost  to  each  student  will  be  approximately  $1,300, 
plus  the  tuition  for  the  course. 

Dates:  The  tour  will  leave  from  Kennedy  Airport  June  17  and 
will  return  to  New  York  on  August  5. 

College  Credit:  The  tour  will  be  organized  as  a  fully  accredited 
course  offered  to  students  of  the  college. 

Course  Description:  Social  Science  300:  Seminar  in  Contem- 
porary European  Culture  6  credit  hours. 

22 


A  fully  guided  tour  of  Europe  with  visits  to  important  areas 
of  the  major  countries.  The  tour  will  be  organized  as  a  seminar  with 
a  number  of  orientation  discussions  before  departure.  Opportunity 
will  be  provided  for  questions  and  discussion  periods  en  route.  A 
report  in  which  the  student  will  be  encouraged  to  do  research  on 
some  particular  facet  of  the  tour  will  be  required. 

All  students  participating  in  the  tour  will  be  required  to  pay 
the  tuition  fees,  even  though  they  may  wish  to  audit  the  course  and 
not  take  it  for  credit  —  in  which  case  they  need  not  write  the  paper. 

Apply  to:  Dr.  Clifford  H.  Harding,  Dept.  of  Social  Science. 

WORKSHOP  IN  ATHLETIC  ACTIVITIES 
FOR  WOMEN  —  HEd  202 

A  workshop  in  athletic  activities  designed  to  develop  a  more 
comprehensive  knowledge  and  experience  in  women's  athletics.  Cur- 
rent trends  and  techniques  applicable  to  the  role  of  women  in  the 
modern  sports  program  will  be  emphasized.  Information  and  ap- 
plication forms  may  be  secured  from  Mrs.  Elinor  Z.  Taylor,  Health 
and  Physical  Education  Department,  West  Chester  State  College, 
West  Chester,  Pennsylvania. 

WORKSHOP  IN  WORLD  CULTURES 

The  Social  Science  Department  will  conduct  a  Workshop  in 
World  Cultures  from  June  29  to  July  24.  The  workshop  will  carry 
two  (2)  hours  of  graduate  credit  and  is  designed  for  teachers-in- 
service  who  have  been  assigned  to  teach  the  mandated  World  Cul- 
tures course  in  the  secondary  schools  of  Pennsylvania. 

The  workshop  will  provide  an  opportunity  for  in-service  teach- 
ers to  study  the  western  and  non-western  cultures  through  the  use 
of  resource  persons  and  faculty,  through  research  in  recent  reference 
materials,  and  through  consultation  with  representatives  of  the  cul- 
ture areas. 

For  further  information  write  to:  Dr.  Byron  Y.  Fleck,  Chair- 
man, Social  Science  Department,  West  Chester  State  College,  West 
Chester,  Pennsylvania. 


GEOGRAPHY  FIELD  COURSE  INTO  CANADA 

(Post  Session) 

Geo  310  Geography  Field  Course  into  Canada  3  sem.  hrs. 

The  course  includes  camping  and  field  studies  into  front- 
ier areas  of  Ontario.  Agriculture,  mining  centers,  indus- 
tries and  urban  areas  will  be  investigated.  Undergraduate. 

23 


Enrollment  will  be  by  pre-arrangement.  Apply  to  Mr. 
Richard  G.  Bucksar,  Department  of  Geography,  before 
July  15. 

Geo  583  Advanced  Geography  Field  Course  into  Canada 

3  sem.  hrs.  (Post-Session) 

The  course  includes  camping  and  advanced  field  studies 
in  frontier  areas  of  Ontario.  Agriculture,  mining  centers, 
industries  and  urban  areas  will  be  invsetigated.  Graduate. 
Enrollment  will  be  by  pre-arrangement.  Apply  to  Mr. 
Richard  G.  Bucksar,  Department  of  Geography,  before 
July  15. 

Regular  Session,  1964 

National  Science  Foundation  Summer  Institute  in  Mathematics 

Foundations  of  Algebra  for  Junior  High  School  Teachers 
Foundations  of  Geometry  for  Junior  High  School  Teachers 
Seminar  in  the  Teaching  of  Junior  High  School  Mathematics 

Admission  to  this  program  is  limited  to  those  granted  National 
Science  Foundation  stipends.  For  further  information  contact  Dr. 
Albert  E.  Filano,  Chairman,  Mathematics  Department. 

The  Deadline  for  submission  of  applications  is  February  15, 
1964. 


24 


UNDERGRADUATE  COURSES  OFFERED 

Pre-Session  —  June  8  to  June  26 
(Each  class  meets  8:00-9:30  a.m.  and  10:30-12:00  noon) 


ART 


Courses 

Art     101         Fine  Arts 

Art     306         Advanced  Sculpture 


EDUCATION 

Edu    100         Social   Foundations   of  Education 
Edu    300         Audio-Visual   Education   (Section  01) 

Audio-Visual  Education  (Section  02) 
Edu    301         Early   Childhood   Education 
Edu    350         Educational  Psychology  (Section  01) 

Educational  Psychology  (Section  02) 
Edu    401  Problems  of  Elementary   Education 

Edu    414         Professional  Practicum  (Secondary) 
Psy     250         General  Psychology 
Psy     352         Human  Development  (Adolescent) 


ENGLISH 

Eng  101  Grammar  and  Composition  (Section  01) 
Grammar  and  Composition  (Section  02) 

Eng  221  General  Literature  1 

Eng  223  American   Literature   I 

Eng  225  English  Literature  I 

Eng  348  Short  Story 

Eng  350  Children's  Literature 


GEOGRAPHY 

Geo    101         World  Geography 

Geo    102         Geography  of  the  United  States  and  Pa. 


HEALTH  and  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

HEd  361         Tests  and  Measurements  in  Physical  Ed. 
HEd  481         Introduction  to  Safety  Education 

MATHEMATICS 

Mat    101         Introduction   to  College  Mathematics 
Mat    241         Differential  Calculus 

MUSIC 

Mus   220         Fine  Arts 

Mus   251         Music  for  the  Primary  Grades 

Mus    310         History  of  Music  II 


Cr. 

Room 

3 

119 

3 

19 

3 

101 

3 

11 

3 

17 

3 

107 

3 

103 

3 

102 

3 

105 

2 

R118 

3 

SEB 

3 

SEB-C 

3 

115 

3 

116 

3 

R224 

3 

R222 

3 

R120 

3 

117 

3 

217 

3 

201 

3 

205 

ON 

3 

S-8 

3 

5 

3 

111 

3 

113 

3 

S-3 

3 

S-7 

3 

S-1 

25 


SCIENCE 


Courses 

Sci  100 
Sci  150 
Bio  242 
Che    120 


Basic  Biological  Science 

Basic  Physical  Science 

Ornithology 

General  Chemistry 

(lab  to  be  arranged)  Health  Ed  only 


Cr. 

3 
3 
3 


Room 

206A 
212 
202 

210 


SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

His  101  History  of  Civilization  I  3  207 

His  102  History  of  Civilization  II  3  211 

His  211  History  of  the  United  States  and  Pa.  I  3  213 

His  212  History  of  the  United  States  and  Pa.  II  3  215 

His  313  History  of  Pennsylvania  3  7 

SSc  331  Teaching  Social  Studies  in  Secondary  Schools    3  209 

PSc  231  American  Government  3  R104 

Soc  333  The  Family  3  R116 


Regular  Session  —  June  29  to  August  7 

(Classes  meet  daily  Monday  through  Friday 
unless  otherwise  indicated) 

Student  Teaching — (Application  should  be  filed  prior  to  May  1) 

Edu    411       Elementary  (6  credits)  June  29  to  August  7 

*Edu    412       Secondary  (6  credits)  June  29  to  August  7 

HEd  471  Health  and  Physical  Educ.  (6  credits)  June  29  to  August  7 
*Enrollment  in  Professional  Practicum,  Edu  414,  (Secondary)  June  15  to  June 
26  is  required  of  those  who  register  for  Secondary  Student  Teaching.  Stu- 
dents report  for  registration  and  class  as  instructed  by  the  Director  of 
Student  Teaching. 

SSc  300  Seminar  in  Contemporary  European  Culture  6 
(European  Culture)  Apply  to  Dr.  Clifford  H. 
Harding,  Department  of  Social  Sciences 


Courses 


Art     202 


Edu  300 

Edu  302 

Edu  350 

Edu  441 

Edu  451 

Psy  351 

SpE  340 


FIRST  PERIOD:  8:00-9:30  A.M. 

ART 

Art  for  Elementary  Grades 

EDUCATION 

Audio-Visual  Education  (Section  01) 

Audio-Visual  Education  (Section  02) 

Problems   of   Secondary   Education 

Educational  Psychology 

Workshop  in  Elementary  Education 

(8:00-  11:00  a.m.) 

Tests  and  Measurements  in  Guidance 

Human  Development  (Childhood) 

Workshop  in  Special  Education 

(8:C0-  12:00  noon) 


Cr. 

Room 

3 

19 

3 
3 
3 
3     . 

4 

11 

17 

107 

105 

Dem.  Sch. 

3 
3 
6 

103 

101 

SEE 

26 


Courses 

Eng  101 
Eng  102 
Eng  211 
Eng  221 
Eng    353 


ENGLISH 


Grammar  and  Composition 

Composition 

Journalism 

General  Literature  I 

Speech  Problems 


Cr. 

3 
3 
3 
3 
3 


Room 

113 
119 
116 

212 
117 


GEOGRAPHY 

Geo    202         Geography  of  the  United  States  and  Canada      3 
Geo    307         Geography  of  the  U.  S.  S.  R.  3 


201 
205 


HEALTH  and  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

HEd  350         Health  for  the  Elementary  Grades  2 

HEd  451         School  and  Community 

Health  Education  Workshop  3 

(June  29  to  July  17  —  all  day.  Apply  to  Miss 
N.  Ruth  Reed,  West  Chester  State  College) 

HEd  464         Supervised  Recreation  Leadership  3 

(Six  to  eight  weeks  attendance  at  camp  July 
through  August.  Apply  to  Mr.  Alvin  B.  Davis, 
West  Chester  State  College.) 

HEd  483         Psychology  of  Accident  Prevention  3 


Men's  Dorm 
Lounge 


Pre 
Pre 
Pre 
Pre 
Ger 
Ger 

101 
102 
103 
104 
101 
102 

Mat 

211 

Mus 
Mus 

211 

212 

PSN 

305 

Sci 
Sci 
Bio 
Bio 

100 
150 
111 
261 

Phy 
Phy 

131 
132 

LANGUAGE 

Elementary  French  I 
Elementary  Prench  II 
Intermediate  French  I 
Intermediate  French  II 
Elementary  German  I 
Elementary  German  II 

MATHEMATICS 

Advanced  Algebra 


MUSIC 

Sight  Singing  I 

Sight  Singing  II  (8:00  to  9:00  a.m.) 


SCIENCE 

Basic  Biological  Science 

Basic  Physical  Science 

Botany  I  (lab  to  be  arranged) 

Anatomy  and  Physiology  I 

(lab  to  be  arranged) 

Physics  I  (June  29  to  July  24) 

Physics  II  (July  27  to  August  21) 


PUBLIC  SCHOOL  NURSING 

Family  Case  Work  3 


R120 
R120 
R118 
R118 
R104 
R104 


R116 


S-7 
S-8 


217 


202 

210 

206A 

R112 

214 
214 


27 


Courses 

His  102 
His  316 
PSc  231 
Eco     231 


SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

History  of  Civilization  II 
History  of  American  Frontier 
American  Government 
Principles  of  Economics 


Cr. 

Room 

3 

207 

3 

211 

3 

209 

3 

R216 

SECOND  PERIOD:  9:30-11:00  A.M. 


Art 
Art 

302 
305 

Edu 

Edu 
Edu 

300 
309 
319 

Edu 

317 

Edu 
Edu 
Psy 
Phi 

330 
350 
370 
480 

Eng 
Eng 
Eng 
Eng 

000 
101 
102 

222 

Geo 
Geo 

204 
210 

HEd 

482 

ART 

Creative  Art  (Painting)  3 

History  of  Western  Art  3 

EDUCATION 

Audio-Visual  Education  3 

Language  Arts  (9:30  a.m.  to  12:30  p.m.)  6 

Teaching  of  Reading  in  Elementary 

Grades  (by  permission)  3 

Oral  and  Written  Expression  in 

Elementary  Grades  (by  permission)  3 

Teaching  the  Exceptional  Child  3 

Educational  Psychology  3 

Mental  Hygiene  3 

Introduction  to  Philosophy  3 

ENGLISH 

Remedial  English  0 

Grammar  and  Composition  3 

Composition  3 

General  Literature  II  3 

GEOGRAPHY 

Geography  of  Pennsylvania  3 
Geographic  Influences  in  American  History        3 

HEALTH  and  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

Driver  Training  3 


19 
119 


11 
102 

17 

103 

105 

R222 

SEB-C 

107 


R216 
115 
116 

R224 


205 
201 


Men's  Dorm 
Lounge 


LANGUAGE 


Fre  302  Advanced  Oral  French 

Spa  101  Elementary  Spanish  I 

Spa  102  Elementary  Spanish  II 

Ger  302  Advanced  Oral  German 


R120 
R118 
R118 
R104 


MATHEMATICS 

Mat    101         Introduction  to  College  Mathematics  3  R116 

Mat    105         College  Algebra  and  Trigonometry  3  R220 

Mat    341         Intermediate  Calculus  3  113 


28 


Courses 

Mus    110 

Mus  201 
Mus  220 
Mus  325 
Mus   401 


PSN  302 


Sci  350 
Che  321 
Bio  411 


His  211 

His  220 

Soc  231 

PSc  231 


MUSIC 

Theory  of  Music  I 

Theory  of  Music  II 

Fine  Arts 

Piano  Class  Methods 

Piano  Class  (Elementary  Teachers) 

PUBLIC  SCHOOL  NURSING 

Public  Health  Nursing  I 

SCIENCE 

Teaching  Science  in  Secondary  Schools 
Organic  Chemistry  I  (lab  to  be  arranged) 
Plant  Taxonomy 

SOCIAL  SCIENCE 


History  of  United  States  and  Pa. 
Renaissance  and  Reformation 
Principles  of  Sociology 
American  Government 


Cr. 

Room 

3 

S-7 

3 

S-8 

3 

S-1 

2 

S-Inst. 

3 

S-Inst. 

217 


R108 
212 
204 


211 

215 

213 

R208 


10:30-12:00  noon 

Mus    171-178  Symphony  Orchestra 


1/2 


S-stage 


THIRD  PERIOD:  11:00-12:30  P.M. 


ART 


Art 

101 

Fine  Arts 

EDUCATION 

3 

119 

Edu 
Edu 
Edu 
Edu 

Psy 

Psy 

300 
306 
350 
320 

250 

352 

Audio-Visual  Education 

Introduction  to  Counseling  and  Guidance 

Educational  Psychology 

Teaching  Reading  Academic 

Subjects  (Secondary  School) 

General  Psychology 

Human  Development  (Adolescent) 

ENGLISH 

3 
3 
3 

2 
3 

3 

11 

103 
R218 

17 

R222 

107 

Eng 
Eng 
Eng 
Eng 
Eng 

103 

222 
224 
226 
349 

Speech 

General  Literature  II 
American  Literature  II 
English  Literature  II 
Bible  as  Literature 

GEOGRAPHY 

2 
3 
3 
3 
3 

R220 

R226 

117 

116 

PLB 

Geo 
Geo 

101 
203 

World  Geography 
Economic  Geography 

3 
3 

201 
207 

29 


LANGUAGE 

Courses 

Spa     103 
Spa     104 
Spa     302 
Ger    103 
Ger    104 

Intermediate  Spanish  I 
Intermediate  Spanish  II 
Advanced  Oral  Spanish 
Intermediate  German  I 
Intermediate  German  II 

MATHEMATICS 

Cr. 

3 
3 
3 
3 
3 

Room 
R120 
R120 
R216 
R104 
R104 

Mat    131 

Mat    242 

Analytic  Geometry 
Integral   Calculus 

MUSIC 

3 

3 

R116 
R118 

Mus   301 
Mus   327 

Theory  of  Music  IV 
Teaching  Music  Appreciation 
in  Elementary  Grades 

2 
3 

S-7 
S-6 

PSN  303 


PUBLIC  SCHOOL  NURSING 

Public  Health  Nursing  II  3 


217 


SCIENCE 

Bio  141  Zoology  1  (lab  to  be  arranged) 

Bio  210  Field  Botany 

Sci  100  Basic  Biological  Science 

Sci  150  Basic  Physical  Science 

Sci  250  Science  for  Elementary  Grades 

SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

His  101  History  of  Civilization  I 

His  212  History  of  the  United  States  and  Pa. 

His  321  History  of  England 

PSc  334  American  Political  Parties 


II 


206A 
204 
212 
210 
202 


215 
211 
209 
213 


FOURTH  PERIOD:  1:30-3:00  P.M. 


Edu    100 


Eng    316 


Mat    351 


HEd  131 
HEd  132 
HEd  331 


EDUCATION 

Social  Foundations  of  Education  3 

ENGLISH 

Teaching  English  in  Secondary  Schools  3 

MATHEMATICS 

Arithmetic  for  Elementary  Grades  3 

HEALTH  and  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

Aquatic  Fundamentals  1 

Aquatics  and  Water  Safety  1 

Aquatic  Leadership  2 


101 


116 


113 


Pool 
Pool 
Pool 


30 


MUSIC 


Courses 


Mus 
Mus 


181-188  Conceit   Band 
161-168  Choir 


Mus    332         Instrumental  Conducting  (2:00-3:00  p.m.) 
Woodwind   Instruments  (Indiv.  lessons)  by 
appointment 

Piano   (Individual   lessons)   by   appointment 
Voice  (Individual  lessons)  by  appointment 


Cr. 

1/2 

1/2 

2 


Room 

S-stage 
S-choral 


Post  Session  —  August  10  to  August  28 


EDUCATION 

Edu 
Edu 
Edu 
Edu 
Psy 
SpE 

307 
350 
451 
300 
352 
341 

Diagnostic  and  Remedial  Reading 

Educational   Psychology 

Tests  and  Measurements  in  Guidance 

Audio- Visual  Education 

Human  Development  (Adolescent) 

Psychology  of  Exceptional  Children 

ENGLISH 

3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 

17 
107 
105 

11 

103 

SEB 

Eng 

Eng 
Eng 
Eng 
Eng 
Eng 

000 

101 
221 
222 
328 
350 

Remedial  English  (Section  01) 
Remedial  English  (Section  02) 
Grammar  and  Composition 
General  Literature  I 
General  Literature  II 
American  Prose 
Children's  Literature 

GEOGRAPHY 

0 
0 

3 
3 
3 
3 
3 

101 
102 
116 
R216 
115 
117 
217 

Geo 
Geo 

201 
310 

Conservation  of  Natural  Resources 
Field  Trip  into  Canada 

3 
3 

203 

HEd  484 


HEALTH  and  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

Methods  and  Materials  of  Safety  Education        3 


Mat    101 


MATHEMATICS 

Introduction  to  College  Mathematics 


R116 


Mus   233 


MUSIC 


Acoustics 


S-7 


SCIENCE 

Sci      100         Basic  Biological  Science 
Sci      150         Basic  Physical  Science 
Sci      250         Science  for  Elementary  Grades 
(in-service  teachers  only) 


R218 
210 

202 


31 


Courses 

Bio     262         Anatomy  and  Physiology  II 

(lab  to  be  arranged) 
Phy    132         Physics  II  (July  27  to  August  21) 
Phy    330         General  Astronomy 

SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

His  101  History  of  Civilization  I 

His  102  History  of  Civilization  II 

His  211  History  of  the  United  States  and  Pa.  I 

His  212  History  of  the  United  States  and  Pa.  II 

SSc  332  Teaching  Social  Studies  and  Geography 

(Elementary) 

PSc  231  American  Government 


Cr. 

Room 

3 

R112 

4 
3 

214 
212 

3 
3 
3 
3 

R220 
209 
211 
213 

3 
3 

215 
7 

32 


GRADUATE  PROGRAM 

West  Chester  State  College  offers  a  graduate  program  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Master  of  Education.  Degrees  can  be  obtained  in  one  of  eight 
fields:  Elementary,  Music,  Health  and  Physical  Education,  English,  Mathe- 
matics, Science,  Social  Science,  and  Geography. 

The  program  is  designed  exclusively  for  persons  engaged  in  classroom 
teaching.  Each  of  the  eight  fields  in  which  the  student  can  specialize  places 
its  emphasis,  therefore,  on  developing  the  student's  background  for  his  actual 
teaching. 

The  basic  requirements  for  the  degree  are:  30  semester  credits,  18  of 
v^'hich  must  be  in  the  student's  area  of  specialization;  the  writing  of  a  research 
report  or  thesis;  and  an  acceptable  overall  average.  The  time  limit  for  earn- 
ing the  degree  is  six  years.  Students  may  transfer  a  maximum  of  six  semester 
credits  from  other  accredited  graduate  schools. 

The  graduate  program  at  West  Chester  is  fully  accredited  by  the  Middle 
States  Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools;  the  National  Council 
of  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education;  the  National  Association  of  Schools 
of  Music;  and  the  American  Association  for  Health,  Physical  Education  and 
Recreation. 

The  charge  for  Tuition  in  the  Graduate  Program  is  $20  per  semester 
hour  of  credit.  Graduate  students  desiring  housing  facilities  during  the  sum- 
mer sessions  may  procure  such  facilities  at  the  regular  rates  listed  on  pages 
9  and  10.  All  fees  are  due  and  payable  on  the  day  of  registration,  after 
which  the  late  fee  is  applicable.  Graduate  students  are  also  required  to  pay 
any  fees  (activity  fee,  library  fines,  etc.)  required  of  other  summer  school 
students,  as  well  as  the  late  registration  fee  if  the  latter  fee  is  applicable.  All 
fees  are  subject  to  change  without  notice. 

For  a  bulletin  of  information  or  for  application  for  admission  to  the 
summer  or  other  sessions,  write: 

Dr.  Willard  T.  Trezise,  Director  of  the  Graduate  Program 
West  Chester  State  College 
West  Chester,  Pennsylvania 

IT  SHOULD  BE  NOTED  THAT  ALL  COURSES  OFFERED  IN 
THE  GRADUATE  PROGRAM,  WHEN  TAKEN  AS  PART  OF  AN 
APPROVED  PROGRAM,  MAY  BE  APPLIED  TOWARD  PERMANENT 
CERTIFICATION. 

GRADUATE  PROGRAM  OFFERINGS 
Master's  Degree  Certification  Personal  Growth 

PRE-SESSION 
June  8-26 

Registration:  Monday,  June  8,  1964 

3:00-5:00  P.M. 

Swope  Auditorium 
Classes  begin  Monday,  June  8,  at  7:00  P.M. 
Classes  meet  Monday  -  Thursday  7:00-9:30  (2  credit  classes) 

6:00  -  9:30  (3  credit  classes) 

33 


REQUIRED  COURSES  — ALL  CURRICULA 


Courses 

Hum  500         Seminar  in  the  Humanities 
Dr.  Mitchell  and  Dr.  Slagle 


Cr. 

2 


Room 

S-3 


BIOLOGY 

Bio     524         Experimental  Biology  I 

Dr.  Dorchester 
Bio     591         History  of  Biology 

Mr.   McDonnell 
Bio     573         Experimental  Cellular  Physiology  I 

Dr.  O'Malley 
Bio     610         Thesis 

Staff 


R-11 
206-A 

204 


EDUCATION 

Edu    517         Curriculum  Problems  in  Elementary  Ed. 

Mr.  Studenmund 
Edu    529         The  Production  of  Non-Projected 

Still  Materials 

Dr.  Weagley 
Gui    564         Homeroom  Guidance 

Dr.  Hill 


101 

21 
117 


ENGLISH 

Eng    550         Literature  for  Elementary  Schools 
Mrs.  Faucett 


116 


Lan    501 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGE 


Linguistics 
Dr.  Frieman 


R-122 


GEOGRAPHY 

Geo    543         Geography  of  South  America 
Dr.  Langdon 


205 


HEALTH  and  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

HEd  501         Advanced  Rhythmical  Foreign  Gymnastics         2  F.H.-Gym 

Mr.  Davis 
HEd  504         Dance  in  Education  2  E.  Gym 

Miss  Powlus 
HEd  521         Administration  and  Supervision  of 

Interschool  and  Intramural  Athletics  2  (CCR) 

Dr.  Cottrell 
HEd  550         Foundations  and  Principles  of  Health, 

Physical  Education  and  Recreation  2  F.H. 

Dr.  Sturzebecker 
HEd  570         Curriculum  Development  in  Health  and 

Physical  Education  2  S-7 

Dr.  Youmans 


34 


MATHEMATICS 

Coorses  Cr.  Room 

Mat    521         Educational   Statistics  2  111 

Dr.  Filano 

PHYSICAL  SCIENCE 

PSc     590         History  of  the  Physical  Sciences  2  214 

Dr.  Rickert 

SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

SSc     532         International  Relations  2  207 

Dr.  Harding 

MUSIC 

Mus   513         Music  in  the  Elementary  Schools  2  S-5 

Mrs.  Bernard 


REGULAR  SESSION 
June  29  -  August  7 

Registration:  Monday,  June  29,  1964 

8:30-11:30  A.M.  and  1:30-3:30  P.M. 

Swope  Hall 
Classes  begin  Tuesday,  June  30,  at  8:00  A.M. 
Classes  meet  Monday  -  Friday  at  stipulated  time. 
No  Classes  Monday,  July  6,  1964. 
Summer  Commencement  Thursday,  August  6,  at  10:00  A.M. 

REQUIRED  COURSES  — ALL  CURRICULA 

Edu    500         Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  2  R-218 

(Secondary  Students  Only)  8:00-9:00  A.M. 

Dr.  Berry 
Edu    500         Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  2  17 

(Elementary  Students  Only)  1:00-2:00  P.M. 

Dr.  Hill 
HEd  590         Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  2  115 

(Health  Education  Students  Only) 

Dr.  Youmans 

8:00-9:00  A.M. 
Edu    510         Educational  Foundations  2  R-220 

Dr.  Bannon 

8:00-9:00  A.M. 
Edu    510         Educational  Foundations  2  17 

Dr.  Bannon 

10:00-11:00  A.M. 
Hum  500         Seminar  in  the  Humanities  2  S-3 

Dr.  Mitchell  and  Dr.  Slagle 

8:00-9:00  A.M. 

35 


Courses 

Bio 

511 

Bio 

514 

Bio 

524 

Bio 

573 

Bio 

561 

Bio 

575 

Bio 

595 

Bio 

610 

BIOLOGY 

Cr.  Room 

Systemic  Botany  3  R-105 

Mr.  Overlease 

8:00-9:30  A.M. 

Plant  Pests  and  Diseases  3  206 

Dr.  Espenshade 

9:30-11:00  A.M. 

Experimental  Biology  3  R-11 

Dr.  Dorchester 

8:00-9:30  A.M. 

Experimental  Physiology  II  3  204 

Dr.  O'Malley 

8:00-9:30  A.M. 

Human  Heredity  3  R-112 

Dr.  Trezise 

10:00-11:30  A.M. 

Advanced  Human  Physiology  II  3  R-112 

Dr.  O'Malley 

11:30  A.M.-1:00  P.M. 

Resource  Materials  for  Elementary  Grades        3  202 

Miss  Greenwood 

9:30-11:00  A.M. 

Thesis  3 

Staff 

By  Appointment 

EDUCATION 

Edu    501         Foundations  of  Reading  2  105 

Dr.  Gallen 

11:00  A.M.-12:00  P.M. 
Edu    505         Curriculum  Research  in  Language  Arts  2  R-226 

Mrs.  Gulp 

10:00-11:00  A.M. 
Edu    523         Elementary  School  Organization 

and  Supervision  2  107 

Dr.  Micken 

1:00-2:00  P.M. 
Edu    530         Selection  and  Effective  Utilization 

of  Audio- Visual  Materials  2  21 

Dr.  Weagley 

11:00  A.M.-12:00  P.M. 
Edu    535         Administering  Audio-Visual  Services  2  21 

Dr.  Weagley 

10:00-11:00  A.M. 
Edu    561         Guidance  in  the  Elementary  School  2  210 

Miss  King 

10:00-11:00  A.M. 
Gui     567         Group  Guidance  2  101 

Mr.  Recktenwald 

11:00  A.M.-I2:00  P.M. 
Gui     572         Introduction  to  Rehabilitation  Counseling  2  117 

Mr.  Greenberg 

1:00-2:00  P.M. 
Psy     552         Personality  Development  2  101 

Dr.  Gregg 

10:00-11:00  A.M. 
Psy     553         Group  Dynamics  2  102 

Dr.  Gregg 

8:00-9:00  A.M. 

36 


ENGLISH 

Courses  Cr.  Room 

Eng    502         History  of  the  English  Language  2  115 

Mr.  Clokey 

11:00  A.M.-12:00  P.M. 
Eng^.522         Chaucer  2  21 

'''~  Dr.  Thomas 

9:00-10:00  A.M. 
Eng    525         Biography  2  117 

Dr.  Binney 

10:00-11:00  A.M. 
Eng    534         Nineteenth  Century  American  Prose: 

Twain,  James  2  R-222 

Dr.  Bailey 

8:00-9:00  A.M. 

FOREIGN  LANGUAGE 

Pre     532        20th  Century  French  Novel  3  R-122 

Dr.  Roberts 

9:30-11:00  A.M. 
Spa     540         The  Picaresque  Novel  3  R-104 

Mr.  Lombardi 

1:00-2:30  P.M. 
Ger    532         German  Drama  of  the  19th  and  20th  Century     3  R-122 

Mr.  Kulhanek 

11:00  A.M.-12:30  P.M. 

GEOGRAPHY 

Geo    541         Geography  of  Canada  2  205 

Mr.  Bucksar 

11:00  A.M.-12:00  P.M. 
Geo    546         Geography  of  Asia  (Excluding  U.  S.  S.  R.)        2  203 

Mr.  Hawthorne 

9:00-10:00  A.M. 

HEALTH  and  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 


HEd  603 

Advanced  Aquatics 

2 

Field  House 

Dr.  Twardowski 

Pool 

11:00  A.M.-12:00  P.M. 

HEd  502 

Elementary  Physical  Education  Workshop 

2 

Field  House 

Mr.  Wilkinson 

Gym 

10:00-11:00  A.M. 

HEd  520 

Advanced  Coaching 
Mr.  Lorback 
10:00-11:00  A.M. 

2 

R-105 

HEd  530 

Psychological  and  Physiological 

Basis  of  Motor  Activity 

2 

R-105 

Mr.  Norris 

11:00  A.M.-12:00  P.M. 

HEd  531 

Adaptive  Physical  Education  Workshop 
Mr.  Norris 
8:00-9:00  A.M. 

2 

R-226 

HEd  541 

School  Community  Health 

Education  Workshop 

2 

1-5-7 

Dr.  Cottrell 

8:30  A.M.-3:30  P.M. 

37 


Courses  Cr.                Room 
HEd  561         Measurement  and  Evaluation  in  Health, 

Physical  Education  and  Recreation  2                   CCR 

Mr.  Lorback 

HEd  591         Seminar  (Non-Thesis)  2     Grad.  Center 

Dr.  Youmans  232  Sharpless 

9:00-10:00  A.M.  Street 

MATHEMATICS 

Mat    503         History  of  Mathematics  3  R-218 

Staff 

9:30-11:00  A.M. 
Mat    547         Introduction  to  the  Theory  of  Functions 

of  a  Complex  Variable  3  113 

Staff 

11:00  A.M.-12:30  P.M. 

PHYSICAL  SCIENCE 

PSc     512         Mechanics  for  Teachers  3  214 

Dr.  Rickert 
9:00-10:30  A.M. 

SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

SSc     500         Seminar  in  Contemporary  European 

Culture  (European  Tour)  4 

Dr.  Harding 
His     526         Workshop  in  World  Cultures  2  Philips 

(June  29-July  24)  Ballroom 

Mr.  Shaffer 

10:00  A.M.-12:00  P.M. 
His     524         Cultures  of  the  Non-Western  World  2  213 

Dr.  Everett 

8:00-9:00  A.M. 
His     512         United  States  as  a  World  Povv'er  2  207 

Dr.  Everett 

9:00-10:00  A.M. 
Soc     531         Social  Pathology  2  215 

Dr.  Maneval 

8:00-9:00  A.M. 
Eco     533         Teaching  Economics  in  Secondary  Schools         2  207 

Dr.  Schooler 

10:00-11:00  A.M. 

MUSIC 

Mus    500         Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  2  S-5 

Dr.  Fletcher 

8:00-9:00  A.M. 
Mus    504         Advanced  Instrumental  Conducting  2  S-11 

Mr.  Carson 

1:00-2:00  P.M. 
Mus    505         Contemporary  Music  2  S-1 

Dr.  Johns 

8:00-9:00  A.M. 

38 


Courses 

Mus   508         Choral  Literature 

Dr.  Jones 

11:00  A.M.-12:00  P.M. 
Mus   509         Piano  Literature 

Mrs.  Gottlieb 

11:00  A.M.-12:00  P.M. 
Mus   511         Administration  of  Public  School  Music 

Dr.  Antonowich 

10:00-11:00  A.M. 
Mus   515         Marching  Band  Techniques  and  Materials 

Mr.  Carson 

10:00-11:00  A.M. 
Mus   519         Music  Appreciation  in  the 

General  Music  Program 

Dr.  Antonowich 

11:00  A.M.-12:00  P.M. 
Mus   531-535  Voice,  Advanced 

Voice  Staff 

By  Appointment 
Mus   536-537  Vocal  Ensemble  and/or  Chorus 

Dr.  Jones 

1:30-2:30  P.M. 
Mus   538         Opera  Workshop 

Dr.  Jones 

3:00-5:00  P.M. 
Mus   541-551  Advanced  Piano 

Piano  Staff 

By  Appointment 
Mus   560        Study  and  Appreciation  of  the  Opera 

Miss  Williams 

9:00-10:00  A.M. 

(Open  to  all  Graduate  Students) 
Mus   561-565  Advanced  Instruments 

Instrumental  Staff 

By  Appointment 
Mus   566-569  Ensemble  and/or  Band 

Mr.  Carson 

1:30-2:30  P.M. 
Mus   566-569  Ensemble  and/or  Orchestra 

Dr.  Johns 

11:00  A.M.-12:00  P.M. 
Mus   571         Music  Criticism  and  Aesthetics 

Dr.  Jones 

(Open  to  all  Graduate  Students) 

10:00-11:00  A.M. 
Mus   572         Vitalizing  the  Elementary  Music  Program 

(Elementary  Education  Curriculum) 

Mr.  Gutscher 

9:00-10:00  A.M. 
Mus    581         Accompanying 

Mr.  Whitten 

9:00-10:00  A.M. 
Mus    582         Form  in  Music 

Dr.  Wright 

9:00-10:00  A.M. 
Mus   586         Vocal  Diction 

Miss  Sheppard 

8:00-9:00  A.M. 


Cr. 

Room 

2 

S-C 

2 

8-3 

2 

S-6 

2 

S-11 

2 

S-1 

1 

1 

S-C 

2 

S-C 

1 

2 

S-5 

S-Inst. 
S-S 
S-3 

S-6 

S-S 

S-10 
s-6 


39 


Courses 

Cr. 

Room 

Mus   588 

Research  Seminar  in  Music 
Mr.  Sprenkle 
8:00-9:00  A.M. 

2 

S-5 

Mus   590 

Study  and  Appreciation  of  the  Symphony 
Dr.  Johns 

(Open  to  all  Graduate  Students) 
9:00-10:00  A.M. 

2 

S-3 

POST  SESSION 
August  10  -  August  28 

Registration:  Monday,  August   10,   1964 

8:30-11:30  A.M.  and  1:30-3:30  P.M. 

Swope  Hall 
Classes  Begin  Tuesday,  August  11,  1964 
Make-up  Class,  Saturday,  August  15,  1964 
Classes  meet  Monday  -  Friday  8:00  -  9:30 

10:30-12:00 

REQUIRED  COURSES  — ALL  CURRICULA 

Hum  500         Seminar  in  the  Humanities  2  S-3 

Dr.  Mitchell  and  Dr.  Slagle 

BIOLOGY 

Bio     521         Wildlife  and  Man.  Ecology  and  Conservation     3  204 

Mr.  Harry  Jones 
Bio     543         Freshwater  Biology  3  206 

Mr.  McDonnell 
Bio     610         Thesis  3 

By  Appointment 

Staff 


EDUCATION 

Gui 

500 

Principles  and  Techniques  in  Guidance 
Dr.  Hill 

2 

R-118 

Edu 

532 

Photography 
Mr.  Strayer 

2 

19 

Edu 

536 

Supervision  in  the  Improvement 

of  Instruction 

2 

R-104 

Mr.  Cartright 

Edu 

541 

Contemporary  Teaching  Trends 
Dr.  Benda 

ENGLISH 

2 

21 

Eng 

514 

American  Literary  Movements 
Dr.  Berry 

FOREIGN  LANGUAGE 

2 

R218 

Lan 

502 

Foreign  Language  in  the  Elem.  School 
Mr.  DuGard 

3 

R-120 

Ger 

540 

The  German  Short  Story 
Mr.  Kulhanek 

3 

R-122 

40 


GEOGRAPHY 


Courses 

Geo 

520 

Geo 

524 

Geo 

583 

HEd 

510 

HEd 

560 

HEd 

580 

Conservation  Workshop 

Staff 

Modern  Concepts  of  Global  Geography 

Mr.  Hawthorne 

Advanced  Geography  Field  Course  into  Can. 


Cr. 

2 

2 
3 


HEALTH  and  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

School  and  Community  Recreation  2 

Mr.  Davis  or  Dr.  Twardowski 

Contemporary  Problems  in  Health 

and  Physical  Education  2 

Dr.  Sturzebecker 

Contemporary  Practices  in 

Safety  Education  2 

Dr.  Cottrell 


Room 
201 

205 


CCR 

Field  House 

Field  House 


R-216 


MATHEMATICS 

Mat    501         Fundamental  Concepts  of  Mathematics 
for  the  Elementary  Teacher 
Staff 


111 


PSc    532 


PHYSICAL  SCIENCE 


Space  Science 
Dr.  Rickert 


212 


SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

His      513         Seminar  in  American  Constitutional  History 
Dr.  Fleck 


207 


MUSIC 


Mu9   510 

Current  Trends  in  Music  Education 
Dr.  Antonowich 

2 

S-6 

Mus   585 

String  Literature  and  Pedagogy 
Dr.  Johns 

2 

S-10 

41 


&2 


o 


p  o 


*  . 'rJto 

ea   bo   M 

OS 
>-»>.-► 

2>o